Schneider Electric Supplemental And Obsolescence DIGEST 175 165301 Catalog

1000311539-Catalog 1000311539-Catalog 1000311539-Catalog B2 unilog cesco-content

141938-Brochure 141938-Brochure 141938-Brochure B2 unilog cesco-content

139194-Catalog 139194-Catalog 139194-Catalog B4 unilog cesco-content

100591-Catalog 100591-Catalog 100591-Catalog 785901 Batch10 unilog cesco-content

88958-Attachment 88958-Attachment 88958-Attachment 785901 Batch10 unilog cesco-content

2016-06-25

: Pdf 165301-Catalog 165301-Catalog B1 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 186 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

Table of Contents
- Table of Contents
Load Centers
Safety Switches
03 Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Enclosures
04 Panelboards
07 International Load Centers
08 International Safety Switches
09 International Circuit Breakers
10 International Panelboards
- NQX Factory Assembled Circuit Breaker Panelboards
- Table of Contents
11 Obsolescent and Obsolete Circuit Breakers
13 Obsolescent Panelboards
Busway
- I-Line Busway
- Table of Contents
Limit Switches
Terminal Blocks
- NEMA Style Terminal Blocks
  - Type K
    - Class 9080 / Refer to Catalog 9080CT9601
    - Terminal Block Assembly Data
- Table of Contents
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Square D Conditions of Sale
IBC.pdf

03-09 tk

Schneider Electric - North American Operating Division

1415 S. Roselle Road

Palatine, IL 60067

Tel: 847-397-2600

Fax: 847-925-7500

www.schneider-electric.us

Document Number 0100PL0902

> Customer Information Center

Now there’s one toll-free number to get all the information you need. The Customer

Information Center (CIC) is a single point of contact where qualied personnel answer

your customer service and technical support questions.

Serving all Square D® authorized distributors and customers in the U.S.

Monday - Friday, 8:00 a.m. - 8:00 p.m. Eastern Time

1-888-SquareD (1-888-778-2733)

> Engineering Services

Offers the industry’s most comprehensive approach to meet NFPA 70E,

Part 2 requirements.

Engineering analysis•

Training programs•

New equipment•

Equipment upgrades•

Emergency services•

Available 24 hours a day, seven days a week•

Service for ALL manufacturers’ equipment•

1-888-SquareD (1-888-778-2733)

www.schneider-electric.us

Residential

Data Center

Building

Energy and

Infrastructure

Industry

2009

Supplemental and Obsolescence

Digest

Supplemental and Obsolescence Digest

Make the most of your energySM

Schneider Electric is the global specialist in

energy management. We offer integrated

solutions making energy safer, more reliable,

more efcient, more productive and green.

Developing technologies, processes and

solutions that are so simple, efcient and

renewable, you forget they’re even there.

Making tomorrow’s world a better place to be.

Going places?

Wherever you go, we’ll be there

managing the energy.

Visit us at www.schneider-electric.us

Make the most of your energySM

i - 1

www.schneider-electric.us

Table of Contents

01 LOAD CENTERS ................................................................................. 1-1

Fusible Pullouts ................................................................................................................. 1-2

Circuit Breaker Covers ...................................................................................................... 1-3

Air Conditioning Disconnects ............................................................................................ 1-4

02 SAFETY SWITCHES ........................................................................... 2-1

General Duty Safety Switches ........................................................................................... 2-2

Accessories ................................................................................................................. 2-2

Heavy Duty Safety Switches ............................................................................................. 2-3

Accessories ................................................................................................................. 2-3

Key Interlock Systems ................................................................................................ 2-6

Sample Applications ................................................................................................... 2-6

03 MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND ENCLOSURES ............ 3-1

Molded Case Circuit Breakers ............................................................................................ 3-2

F-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers ............................................................... 3-2

K- and Q4-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers ................................................ 3-4

L-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers ............................................................... 3-6

L-Frame Micrologic® Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers ................................................. 3-8

M-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers ............................................................ 3-10

M-Frame Micrologic® Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers .............................................. 3-11

N-Frame Circuit Breakers .......................................................................................... 3-12

P-Frame Circuit Breakers .......................................................................................... 3-13

Molded Case Circuit Breakers .......................................................................................... 3-14

Automatic Molded Case Switches ............................................................................. 3-14

Molded Case Circuit Breakers .......................................................................................... 3-15

Mag-Gard® Motor Circuit Protector ............................................................................ 3-15

Mag-Gard® Motor Circuit Protection Selection Table ................................................ 3-16

Special Construction Circuit Breakers .............................................................................. 3-17

UL Listed 500 Vdc Circuit Breakers ........................................................................... 3-17

Special Terminal Connectors and Lugs ..................................................................... 3-18

I-Line® Drawout Connectors and Rear-Connected Studs ......................................... 3-19

Special Calibration, Visi-Blade, Moisture/Fungus Treatment,

and Short LA/LH Handle ............................................................................................ 3-20

Special Magnetic or Thermal Calibration ................................................................... 3-20

Visi-BladeTM Circuit Breakers .................................................................................... 3-20

Moisture and Fungus Resistant Treatment for Circuit Breakers ................................ 3-20

Short Handle for LA/LH Circuit Breakers (No Additional Charge) .............................. 3-20

P-Frame Replacement Handles, Key Interlock Adapter Plate

and Exchange Program ............................................................................................. 3-21

Special Terminations ................................................................................................. 3-22

Grounded BØ Systems .............................................................................................. 3-23

Circuit Breakers for Grounded B-Phase (BØ) (Corner-Grounded Delta)

Systems (No Additional Charge) ................................................................................ 3-23

Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers for Mining Applications ...................................... 3-24

UL Marine Listed Circuit Breakers ............................................................................. 3-25

UL Naval Listed Circuit Breakers ............................................................................... 3-25

Circuit Breaker Accessories ............................................................................................. 3-26

Factory-Installed Accessories .................................................................................... 3-26

Factory-Installed Electrical Accessories .................................................................... 3-26

Field-Installable Accessories ..................................................................................... 3-27

Field-Installable Electrical Accessories ...................................................................... 3-27

Electrical Operators, Handle Accessories, Cylinder Locks,

and Walking Beam Mechanical Interlocks ................................................................. 3-28

Mechanical Lug Information ....................................................................................... 3-29

Compression Lug and Power Distribution Connectors .............................................. 3-30

Electronic Products .......................................................................................................... 3-31

Micrologic® Trip Unit Test Sets .................................................................................. 3-31

Neutral Current Transormers and

Micrologic® Series B Trip Unit Accessories ............................................................... 3-32

Restraint Interface Module ......................................................................................... 3-33

Ground-Fault Protection ................................................................................................... 3-34

Micrologic® Add-On Ground-Fault Module (GFM)

and Ground Censor® Type GA—600 Vac ................................................................. 3-34

Circuit Breaker Dimensions .............................................................................................. 3-35

Enclosures ........................................................................................................................ 3-36

Industrial Circuit Breaker Enclosures ......................................................................... 3-36

Enclosed Switches and Enclosure Dimensions ......................................................... 3-37

Accessories ................................................................................................................ 3-38

Key Interlock Systems—Factory Installed Only ......................................................... 3-39

Special Applications ................................................................................................... 3-40

i - 2

www.schneider-electric.us

04 PANELBOARDS ...................................................................................4-1

Panelboards ....................................................................................................................... 4-2

General Information and Instructions............................................................................ 4-2

Pricing Instructions ....................................................................................................... 4-2

Metric Conversion ........................................................................................................ 4-2

Special Features ................................................................................................................ 4-3

Mains ........................................................................................................................... 4-3

Metering—Type 1 Enclosures Only (1200 A Maximum) .............................................. 4-3

Current Transformers In Mains (ac only and line side only) ........................................ 4-3

Customer Equipment Space ........................................................................................ 4-3

Branches ...................................................................................................................... 4-4

Keyed Interlocks .......................................................................................................... 4-4

Motor Operators—I-Line Circuit Breakers Only ........................................................... 4-4

Cabinets .......................................................................................................................4-5

Increased Enclosure Depth .......................................................................................... 4-5

Increased Side Gutters (Type 1 Enclosures Only) ....................................................... 4-5

Extended Top and Bottom End Gutters ....................................................................... 4-5

Ground Lugs, Drip Hoods ............................................................................................. 4-5

Special Finishes and Trims........................................................................................... 4-6

Free-standing Enclosures (welded base channels) ..................................................... 4-6

Padlock Hasp, Special Locks........................................................................................ 4-7

Multi-Section Panels .................................................................................................... 4-7

Panel Skirt for Standard Width Panelboards ............................................................... 4-8

Wireway ....................................................................................................................... 4-8

Panels to Fit Existing Enclosures ................................................................................. 4-9

Space Heater ............................................................................................................... 4-9

Special Enclosures .................................................................................................... 4-10

Ready-to-Install (RTI) Merchandise ................................................................................. 4-11

Miscellaneous Panelboard Accessories .................................................................... 4-11

Copper Equipment Ground Bars ................................................................................ 4-11

Field Installable I-Line® Door Kits .............................................................................. 4-11

Type 1 Door-in-Door (Hinged) Trim Fronts ................................................................ 4-11

Replacement Parts for Standard Panelboards ................................................................. 4-12

Trim Clamps and Screws ........................................................................................... 4-12

Locks and Keys .......................................................................................................... 4-13

Retrofit Existing Enclosure Data Sheet ...................................................................... 4-14

Data Sheet for Panelboards to Retrofit Existing Enclosures ...................................... 4-14

05 SWITCHBOARDS .................................................................................5-1

Power-Style® Commercial Multi-Metering .......................................................................... 5-2

Replacement Parts ...................................................................................................... 5-2

Meter Sockets, Covers, Hardware Kits ........................................................................ 5-2

eplacement Parts ......................................................................................................... 5-3

Tenant Main Disconnects ............................................................................................ 5-3

Replacement Parts ...................................................................................................... 5-4

Class T Fusible Pullouts, CMM Pullout Heads ............................................................ 5-4

06 TRANSFORMERS ................................................................................6-1

Dry Type 600 Volts and Below ........................................................................................... 6-2

Three-Phase General Purpose .................................................................................... 6-2

Three-Phase Copper Wound ....................................................................................... 6-2

Single-Phase and Watchdog® ...................................................................................... 6-3

Single-Phase, General Purpose .................................................................................. 6-3

Watchdog® Low Temperature Rise ............................................................................. 6-3

K-Rated ........................................................................................................................6-4

Open Core and Coil ..................................................................................................... 6-5

Industrial Control ................................................................................................................ 6-6

Type EO ....................................................................................................................... 6-6

Types T, TF and MultiTap™ Transformers................................................................... 6-7

Selection Guide ............................................................................................................ 6-7

Instrument 600 Volt Class .................................................................................................. 6-8

Voltage Transformers, Current Transformers .............................................................. 6-8

Current Transformers: Torroidal .................................................................................. 6-9

Current Transformers: Torroidal, Shorting Terminal Blocks ...................................... 6-10

Shorting Terminal Blocks ........................................................................................... 6-10

Current Transformers: Multi-Ratio, Rectangular, Split-Core ...................................... 6-11

Rectangular Window Current Transformers .............................................................. 6-11

Split-Core Current Transformers ................................................................................ 6-11

Current Transformers: Bushing, Auxiliary .................................................................. 6-12

Bushing Current Transformers 50–400 Hz ................................................................ 6-12

Auxiliary Current Transformers .................................................................................. 6-12

07 INTERNATIONAL LOAD CENTERS ....................................................7-1

International Miniature Circuit Breakers ............................................................................. 7-2

QO® Plug-On and Bolt-On Circuit Breakers and Switches .......................................... 7-2

General Description, Characteristics and Accessories ................................................ 7-2

Plug-On QOXD and Bolt-On QOBXD .......................................................................... 7-3

Load Centers ...................................................................................................................... 7-4

IEC Certified QO® Load Centers, Type 1 (Indoor) ....................................................... 7-4

i - 3

www.schneider-electric.us

08 INTERNATIONAL SAFETY SWITCHES .............................................. 8-1

General Duty Safety Switches, International....................................................................... 8-2

CSA Certified General Duty—Fusible 240 Vac ............................................................ 8-2

Heavy Duty Safety Switches .............................................................................................. 8-3

International ................................................................................................................. 8-3

CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Fusible 240 Vac .............................................................. 8-3

CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Fusible 600 Vac .............................................................. 8-3

CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Non-Fusible 600 Vac ...................................................... 8-4

CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Special Applications ........................................................ 8-4

Double-Throw Safety Switches .......................................................................................... 8-5

nternational .................................................................................................................. 8-5

CSA Certified Double-Throw ........................................................................................ 8-5

Accessories .................................................................................................................. 8-6

CSA Certified Switch Accessories ............................................................................... 8-6

09 INTERNATIONAL CIRCUIT BREAKERS ............................................ 9-1

Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers .................................................................................... 9-2

F-, Q-, K-, L- and M-frame, IEC Rated 415/240 Vac Max. ........................................... 9-2

Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers .......................................................................................... 9-3

P-frame, 3P, Micrologic® Electronic-trip, IEC Rated .................................................... 9-3

R-frame, 3P, Micrologic® Electronic-trip, IEC Rated .................................................... 9-4

P-frame, 4P, Micrologic® Electronic-trip, IEC Rated .................................................... 9-5

R-frame, 4P, Micrologic® Electronic-trip, IEC Rated .................................................... 9-6

Breaking Capacities ........................................................................................................... 9-7

Circuit Breaker Dimensions ................................................................................................ 9-8

10 INTERNATIONAL PANELBOARDS .................................................. 10-1

NQX Factory Assembled Circuit Breaker Panelboards ............................................. 10-1

11 OBSOLESCENT AND OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS .............. 11-1

Obsolescent and Obsolete Types .................................................................................... 11-2

Circuit Breaker Availability ......................................................................................... 11-2

Pictorial and Dimensions ..................................................................................11-3, 11-4

Obsolescent Circuit Breakers ........................................................................................... 11-5

F-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers ............................................................. 11-5

K- and Q4-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers .............................................. 11-6

Obsolescent Circuit Breakers ........................................................................................... 11-7

Automatic Molded-Case Switches,

Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers for Mining Applications ...................................... 11-7

Automatic Molded Case Switches ............................................................................. 11-7

Obsolescent Circuit Breakers ........................................................................................... 11-8

Mag-Gard® Motor Circuit Protector ............................................................................ 11-8

Obsolescent Circuit Breakers ........................................................................................... 11-9

UL Listed Marine and 500 Vdc Circuit Breakers ........................................................ 11-9

UL Marine Listed Circuit Breakers ............................................................................. 11-9

UL Listed 500 Vdc Circuit Breakers ........................................................................... 11-9

Circuit Breakers for NQO, NQOB and NQOD Panelboards, Branch Circuit Breakers

and Mounting Assemblies for ML Panelboards ........................................................... 11-10

Rating Plugs For Obsolete Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers .................................... 11-11

EH/EHB Circuit Breakers ......................................................................................... 11-12

FJA Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers .................................................................. 11-13

QE Metering Circuit Breakers .................................................................................. 11-14

KD/KG Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers ............................................................. 11-15

IL/ ILL Circuit Breakers and Adapter Kit for Rotary Handle Operator ...................... 11-16

NHL Thermal-Magnetic Molded Case Circuit Breaker ............................................. 11-17

SE Circuit Breaker with Full-Function Trip Unit ........................................................ 11-18

SE Circuit Breaker Accessories ............................................................................... 11-19

Compact® CK Circuit Breaker, UL 489 .................................................................... 11-20

Compact® C Circuit Breaker, IEC 947-2 .................................................................. 11-20

Compact® CK Trip Units, Rating Plugs .................................................................... 11-21

Compact® CK and Compact® C Circuit Breaker ...................................................... 11-22

Compact® CK and Compact® C Circuit Breaker Accessories ................................. 11-23

Compact® CM Circuit Breakers, UL 489 Listed ....................................................... 11-24

Compact® CM Circuit Breaker Accessories IEC 947-2 ............................................ 11-25

Compact® CM 1250/1600/2000/3200 Circuit Breakers ........................................... 11-26

Masterpact® Circuit Breakers, UL 489/1066 Listed ................................................. 11-27

Masterpact® Circuit Breaker Control Units ............................................................... 11-29

Masterpact® Circuit Breaker Accessories ................................................................ 11-30

Masterpact® Circuit Breaker Spare Parts ................................................................ 11-35

12 OBSOLETE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS ..................................... 12-1

Osolete Motor Control Centers ......................................................................................... 12-2

Model 4 Branch Feeder Units .................................................................................... 12-2

Branch Feeder Units and Modifications ..................................................................... 12-2

Model 4 Circuit Breaker Type Combination Starters

1B Wiring and 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. Auxiliary Interlock (Standard) ................................ 12-3

Model 4 Fusible Switch Combination Starter Units

1B Wiring and 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. Auxiliary Interlock (Standard) ................................ 12-4

Series 5600 General Information ............................................................................... 12-5

Telemecanique® Series 5600 History ........................................................................ 12-5

i - 4

www.schneider-electric.us

Transition Sections From Telemecanique Series 5600 To Square D Model 6 .......... 12-5

Series 5600 Branch Feeder and Circuit Breaker Type

Combination Starter Units .......................................................................................... 12-6

13 OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS .....................................................13-1

QMB Fusible Panelboards ............................................................................................... 13-2

Ready-to-Install (RTI)—600 Vac, 250 Vdc ................................................................. 13-2

QMB Layout Information ............................................................................................ 13-2

Main Switch Replacement Units ................................................................................ 13-3

Branch Switch Replacement ...................................................................................... 13-4

Obsolescent Branch Switch Replacement Units ........................................................ 13-5

30–200 A Obsolescent Switch Units—Series D2 ...................................................... 13-5

Series E1 Motor Starter Replacement Units .............................................................. 13-6

Replacement Parts ........................................................................................................... 13-7

Trim Clamps and Screws; Circuit I.D. Numbers; Locks ............................................. 13-7

Series Ratings .................................................................................................................. 13-8

NQOD Panelboards ................................................................................................... 13-8

NQOD Panelboards ......................................................................................................... 13-9

Pricing Procedure Examples ...................................................................................... 13-9

NQOD Merchandised Pricing Procedure ................................................................... 13-9

NQOD Merchandised Panelboards ................................................................................ 13-10

NQOD 20-inch Wide Enclosures—240 Vac, 48 Vdc ............................................... 13-10

NQOD 14-inch Wide Enclosures—240 Vac, 48 Vdc ............................................... 13-12

For Non-Linear Loads (200% Rated Neutral) .......................................................... 13-13

NQOD Panelboards ....................................................................................................... 13-14

Terminal Data .......................................................................................................... 13-14

14 BUSWAY .............................................................................................14-1

I-Line Busway ................................................................................................................... 14-2

Special Purpose Plug-In Units ................................................................................... 14-2

APD and SD Busway Plug-In Units (Not I-Line® Busway) ......................................... 14-2

Capacitor and Transformer Units ............................................................................... 14-2

Combination Switches and Contactors (For I-Line® Busway) .................................... 14-2

Ground Indicator and Neutralizer Plugs ..................................................................... 14-2

15 LIMIT SWITCHES ...............................................................................15-1

Heavy Duty, Industrial Precision and Oiltight—Type XA .................................................. 15-1

Heavy Duty, Industrial Reed Contact—Type C ................................................................ 15-2

16 TERMINAL BLOCKS ..........................................................................16-1

NEMA Style Terminal Blocks—Type K ............................................................................ 16-2

17 NEMA CONTACTORS AND STARTERS ...........................................17-1

Reduced Voltage Starters ................................................................................................ 17-2

Description of All Types ............................................................................................. 17-2

Reduced Voltage Starting of Squirrel Cage Motors ................................................... 17-2

Electromechanical Reduced Voltage Starters ........................................................... 17-2

How to Order .............................................................................................................. 17-3

Electromechanical Reduced Voltage Starters ..............................................................17-4

Autotransformer Starters ............................................................................................ 17-4

Wye-Delta Starters (Open Transition) ........................................................................ 17-5

Part Winding Starters ................................................................................................. 17-7

Approximate Dimensions ........................................................................................... 17-8

Well-Guard® Pump Panel ..........................................................................................17-9

Reduced Voltage Type .............................................................................................. 17-9

Well-Guard® Pump Panels ...................................................................................... 17-10

Approximate Dimensions ......................................................................................... 17-10

Factory Modifications (Forms) ...................................................................................17-11

Reduced Voltage Starters ........................................................................................ 17-11

Factory Modifications (Forms) .................................................................... 17-12—17-14

SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC CONDITIONS OF SALE ..................................A-1

Coordinated Projects ...................................................................................................A-1

Standard ......................................................................................................................A-3

1-1

1LOAD CENTERS

Table of Contents

Section 1

Load Centers

Fusible Pullouts

Class T Fusible Pullouts 1-2

Dimensions 1-2

Circuit Breaker Covers

Circuit Breaker Covers 1-3

Dimensions 1-3

Air Conditioning Disconnects

Air Conditioning Disconnects 1-4

Dimensions 1-4

www.schneider-electric.us

1LOAD CENTERS

Fusible Pullouts

Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501

Class T Fusible Pullouts

•2- or 3-pole fusible pullouts

•200 A maximum 300 V Class T fuses (not included)

•1Ø3W 120/240 V

1Ø2W 240 V

•3Ø3W 240 V delta

3Ø4W 240/120 V delta

3Ø4W 208Y/120 V

•UL Listed 100 kA short circuit current rating

Dimensions

FTL2200 FTL3200

Table 1.1: Fusible Pullouts

Mains Two-pole Three-pole Main Wire Size

AWG/kcmil Fuse Pullout Only $ Price

System Rating Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Al or Cu

1Ø3W 120/240 V

1Ø2W 240 V

100 A FTL2100a380.00 ——

4–250

4050704950a128.00

200 A FTL2200a400.00 — — 4050703850a151.00

3Ø3W 240 V delta

3Ø4W 240/120 V delta

3Ø4W 208Y/120 V

100 A — — FTL3100 1000.00 4050707050a196.00

200 A — — FTL3200 1045.00 4050705950a288.00

aNot stocked in PDS. Order point Lexington.

3.80

3.16

2.96

1.48

6.38

162

3.44

3.20

81 4.25

108

.63

(2) .187 Dia. Hole

.34 Dia. C'bore

1.85

2.19

2.85

3.80

3.00

2.23

1.85

Pull

200A 4.00

102

2.98

4.46

113

1.48

1.50

(4) .187 Dia. Mounting Holes

.34 Dia. C'bore, .38 Deep

Pull 200A

6.61

168

.78

5.03

128

4.25

108

DE5 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

1LOAD CENTERS

Circuit Breaker

Covers Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501

Circuit Breaker Covers

Available now from Square D / Schneider Electric are two different versions of rainproof circuit breaker covers which

are UL component recognized as being suitable for use as breaker handle covers.

They are constructed of durable impact-resistant material and are intended for use by OEMs where a rainproof cover

is needed (e.g. on heat pumps and air conditioners with built-in disconnects). Both models have a built-in latch with

padlock provisions.

The BCH covers are for use on a horizontally-mounted circuit breaker and fit over Square D two-pole QO, QOU, Q2,

EH and three-pole Q2 and EH circuit breakers.

The BCV covers are for use on vertically-mounted circuit breakers and will fit over Square D two and three pole QO,

QOU, Q2, EH, FA and KA circuit breakers.

Dimensions

Table 1.2: Covers

Quantity Cat. No. $ Price

1BCH20.50

1BCV20.50

4.58

116

1.09

1.32

4.82

122 4.40

112

BCV

Vertical Cover

3.14

.30

2.50

2.11

2.33

4.62

117

BCH

Horizontal Cover

1.10

DE2E Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

1LOAD CENTERS

Air Conditioning

Disconnects Class 3150 / Refer to Catalog 3150CT0401

Air Conditioning Disconnects

Dimensions

aDoes not contain overcurrent protection. Suitable for use on systems with up to 10 kA available fault current at 240

Vac max when protected by a fuse or circuit breaker rated 60 A or less.

bSuitable for use on systems with up to 10 kA available fault current at 240 Vac.

NOTE: For Repair and Replacement parts:

• Go to www.schneider-electric.us

• Click on FAQ’s

• Enter the device catalog number

• Click SEARCH

• Look for the information required.

Table 1.3: Non-Fusible Air Conditioning Disconnect—Pullout

Rainproof—UL Listed

Service Ampere

Ratinga

Metallic Non-metallic Max. Hp

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

2 Wire—240 Vac Maximum

60 A UFP222R 170.00 UFP222RNM 191.00 10

2 Wire—240 Vac Maximum—with 20 A GFI receptacle

60 A UFP222RGFI 455.00 ——10

2 Wire—240 Vac Maximum—with 20 A duplex receptacle

60 A UFP222RD 260.00 ——10

Table 1.4: Fusible Air Conditioning Disconnect—Pullout

Rainproof—UL Listed

Service Ampere

Ratingb

Metallic Non-metallic Max. Hp

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

2 Wire (Pullout and Fuseholder)—240 Vac Maximum

30 A FP221R 161.00 FP221RNM 191.00 3

60 A FP222R 161.00 FP222RNM 191.00 10

Note: Suitable for use as service equipment on 120/240 Vac 1Ø3 wire services if used only on a 1Ø2 wire load;

and only when the equipment grounding terminal is replaced with ground terminal kit PK3GTA1.

Price $7.60.

Table 1.5: Box Dimensions

Cat. No. HWD

in. mm in. mm in. mm

QO200TR 6.50 165 4.63 117 3.88 98

QO200TRNM 8.75 222 6.50 165 3.88 98

UFP222R 7.50 191 5.25 133 3.25 83

UFP222RNM 8.75 222 6.50 165 3.88 98

FP221R 7.50 191 5.25 133 3.25 83

FP221RNM 8.75 222 6.50 165 3.88 98

FP222R 8.88 225 5.25 133 3.25 83

FP222RNM 8.75 222 6.50 165 3.88 98

G/B

GFI Rec.

Duplex Rec.

G/B

FP221R

G/B

DE2A Discount

Schedule

2-1

2SAFETY SWITCHES

Table of Contents

Section 2

Safety Switches

General Duty Safety Switches

Field-Installable Class J Fuse Kit 2-2

Field-Installable Lug Kit 2-2

Heavy Duty Safety Switches

Electrical Interlock Kits 2-3

Phenolic Legend Plate 2-3

Push Button—Pilot Light—Selector Switch 2-3

Key Interlock Systems 2-4

Sample Applications 2-4

www.schneider-electric.us

2SAFETY SWITCHES

General Duty Safety

Switches

Accessories

Class 3130

Field-Installable Class J Fuse Kit

The kit consists of three Class J fuse adapters as required

for a 3P, fusible 600 A general duty switch.

Kit can be installed in field in 600 A series E3 switches

only (NEMA 1).

Field-Installable Lug Kit

Kit consists of three line, three load, and two neutral lugs as

required for a 3P 400 A or 600 A general duty switch.

Kit can be installed in field on 400 or 600 A Series E3

switches.

aNot applicable for use on the 400 A NEMA Type 3R General Duty

Safety Switch.

Table 2.1: Class J Fuse Kit

Switch Rating

(A) Class J Kit

Cat. No. $ Price

600 A Series E3 GDJK600 293.00

Table 2.2: Lug Kit

Switch Rating

(A) Lug Kit

Cat. No.

Wire Range/NEC

312.6

AWG/kcmil

Lug Wire Range

per Lug

AWG/kcmil $ Price

400 or 600 A

Series E3aGD4060LK (1) 1/0–600 or

(2) 1/0–500 or

(4) 1/0–250

(2) 1/0–600 or

(4) 1/0–250 404.00

DE1 DE3A Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

2SAFETY SWITCHES

Heavy Duty Safety

Switches

Accessories

Class 3130

Electrical Interlock Kits

Electrical interlocks for heavy duty 30–1200 A safety

switches are available factory-installed or in kit form for

field installation. Each kit contains instructions for proper

field mounting. A pivot arm operates from switch

mechanism, breaking the control circuit before the main

switch blades break. Switches with electrical interlocks

installed are UL Listed. For factory-installed electrical

interlocks add EI (for one contact) or EI2 (for two contacts)

suffix to catalog number.

aSee Digest Section 3 for electrical interlocks on NEMA 4X fiberglass

reinforced polyester and Krydon®.

bElectrical interlock kit catalog numbers with 1 suffix indicates one

normally open and one normally closed contact; 2 indicates two

normally open and two normally closed contacts. Kits are UL Listed.

cHU461AWK uses EK3061 or EK3062.

dThe following series -F5–F7 devices use EIK-1,2: H3612, H3612A,

H3612AWK, H3612RB, H461, H461DS, H461AWK, HU461, HU461DS,

HU661DS, HU661AWK, H361AWA, H361AWC, HU361AWA and

HU361AWC.

eH362WA, HU362WA, H362WC, H362AWA, HU362AWA, H362AWC,

HU362AWC, and H2212AWK use EIK1 or EIK2 electric interlock.

Note: Single pole single throw interlock kits are rated 1⁄2 hp @ 110 and 220

Vac.

Phenolic Legend Plate

Available engraved and mounted on all heavy duty safety

switches, except NEMA 7 and 9. Legend engraved in 1/4

in. high white letters on black background. Customer must

provide legend. UL Listed.

To order, add suffix NP to standard Cat. No.

Example: H363-NP

Price adder per legend plate—$167.00

Push Button—Pilot Light—Selector Switch

Push buttons, pilot lights or selector switches are available

factory-installed in the cover of NEMA 1, 3R, (4-4X-5)

stainless steel or 12 heavy duty non-fusible safety switches

and all double throw switches. Wiring to contact blocks is

not available. Customer must furnish catalog number of

push button, pilot light or selector switch device desired.

UL Listed. Add suffix PB to switch catalog number. Order

by description.

Price = Switch + push button, pilot light or selector switch +

factory-installed adder.

Factory-installed price adder—$584.00

Table 2.1: Electrical Interlock Kit a

Switch

Rating Series Number

(See Digest Section 3)

Electrical

Interlock Kit

Cat. No.b$ Price Factory-

Installed

$ Price

30 A

F1, F5–F7 EIK031c d145.00 239.00

EIK032c d

F3 EIK1 207.00 301.00

EIK2

60 A

F1-F3

F5–F7 (600 V)

EIK1 207.00 301.00

EIK2

F5–F6 (240 V)

EIK031e145.00 239.00

EIK032e

100–200 A F2–F7 EIK1 207.00 301.00

EIK2

400–1200 A E1–E4 EIK40601 355.00 449.00

EIK40602

Table 2.2: Electrical Interlock Contact

RatingsNote:

Interlock

Type

AC - 50 or 60 Hz DC

Volts Make Break Cont. Volts Make &

Break Cont.

Cat. No. ending with a 1 utilize a 9007A01 limit switch.

1 NO/1 NC

Contact

120 40 A 15 A 15 A 115 0.50 A 15 A

240 20 A 10 A 15 A 230 0.25 A 15 A

480 10 A 6 A 15 A ———

600 8 A 5 A 15 A 600 0.05 A 15 A

Cat. No. ending with a 2 utilize a 9007C03 limit switch.

2 NO/2 NC

Contacts

120 30 A 3.0 A 10 A 115 1.0 A 10 A

240 15 A 1.5 A 10 A 230 0.30 A 10 A

480 7.5 A 0.75 A 10 A ———

600 6.0 A 0.60 A 10 A 600 0.10 A 10 A

DE1 DE3A Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

2SAFETY SWITCHES

Heavy Duty Safety

Switches

Key Interlock Systems

Factory-installed only on heavy duty safety switches and

double throw safety switches.

Interlocks are used to prevent the authorized operator

from making an unauthorized operation. Not available on

hazardous location devices (NEMA 7/9) or fiberglass

reinforced polyester (NEMA 4X).

The key interlock system is a simple and easy method of

applying individual key interlock units and assemblies to

the above equipment so as to require operation in a

predetermined sequence. UL Listed.

Quoting:

Contact Schneider Electric for catalog number, availability

and pricing prior to quoting a job.

Ordering:

Order cannot be released for production until the following

information has been provided:

•End User—Company name, address;

•Function of each lock (e.g., switch to be locked open with key

removed, key held when switch is closed);

•Existing Equipment—if switch is to be interlocked with equipment

already on site, provide brand of existing lock and key number;

•Other New Equipment—if switch is to be interlocked with new

equipment not yet installed at the site, then provide contact

person and phone number so that locks may be coordinated

•Additional information may be required upon order entry;

•Schneider Electric locks supplied unless otherwise specified.

Use these suffixes on switch catalog numbers:

•KI = 1 lock per switch

•KI2 = 1 lock with 2 cylinders per switch

•KIKI = 2 separate locks per switch

aPrices do not apply when more than three devices are interlocked as these

schemes normally require more than one key assembly per device.

Sample Applications

Sample Application—1

To prevent two devices from being closed simultaneously.

Two devices are shown in Figure 1. In operation they are

not closed at the same time. With the interlocks arranged

as shown only one key is required in the interlocking

system. Both devices are shown open, therefore, the key

is free. To close any one device the key is inserted and

turned in that particular lock, the key is held in this lock

until the device is again locked open. This simple

interlocking sequence lends itself to a multitude of

applications. The procedure is the same for two devices,

neither of which is to be opened at the same time.

Sample Application—2

To prevent opening of switch A when circuit breaker B is

closed.

Switch A and circuit breaker B are in closed position. Key

A-1 is held in circuit breaker B interlock.

1. Open circuit breaker.

2. Turn key A-1 in L-O-R interlock on circuit breaker B to lock

open. Key A-1 is now free.

3. Insert key A-1 in L-C-R interlock on switch A and turn to

unlock.

4. Open switch A. Key A-1 is now held. Reverse sequence to

restore service.

Sample Application—3

To prevent operation of switch A when circuit breaker B is

closed. Permits re-closing of circuit breaker for servicing

when switch is locked open.

Switch A and circuit breaker B are in closed position. Key

A-1 is held in circuit breaker interlock.

5. Open circuit breaker.

6. Turn key A-1 in L-O-R interlock on circuit breaker B to lock

open. Key A-1 is now free.

7. Insert key A-1 in L-O-C-R interlock on switch A and turn to

unlock.

8. Open switch A.

9. Turn key A-1 in L-O-C-R interlock on switch A to lock open.

Key A-1 is now free.

10. Return key A-1 to circuit breaker interlock and unlock for

operation during servicing period.

Reverse sequence to restore service.

Sample Application—4 (Main-Tie-Main)

To prevent paralleling of lines A and B.—Two loads, fed

from either source.

Circuit breaker A is closed to supply load M. Circuit

breaker B is closed to supply load N. Tie-circuit breaker C

is open. Keys A-1 are held in interlocks on both circuit

breakers A and B. Tie-circuit breaker C cannot be closed

unless either A or B is locked open.

To transfer load N to circuit breaker A, proceed as follows:

1. Open circuit breaker B.

2. Turn key A-1 in L-O-R interlock on circuit breaker B to lock

open. Key A-1 is now free.

3. Insert Key A-1 in L-O-R interlock on tie-circuit breaker C and

turn to unlock. Key A-1 is now held.

4. Close tie-circuit breaker C.

5. Reverse sequence to restore service.

6. Load M can be supplied through circuit breaker B in a similar

manner.

Locking Position—

Designations

L-O-R

L-C-R

L-O-C-R

L-O-H

L-C-H

L-O-C-H

Devices locked open

with key removed

Devices locked closed

with key removed

Devices locked open

or closed with key

removed

Devices locked open

with key held

Devices locked closed

with key held

Devices locked open or

closed with key held

Multi-lock interlock

(More than one key

per lock)

Diagram Symbols

Note:

Device locked open =

switch in OFF (O) position

Device locked closed =

switch in ON (I) position

A-1 A-2 A-3

Device normall

open

Device normall

closed

Direction of key

transfer

Key

interchange

number

Key

Table 2.1: Price Adder Per Locka

Switch Type $ Price

30–1200 A Heavy Duty 2055.00

30–600 A Double Throw 1988.00

Figure 1

A-1

A 1

L-O-R L-O-R

A-1

Figure 2

A-1

L-C-R L-O-R

A 1

Figure 3

A-1

L-O-C-R L-O-R

A 1

Figure 4

L-O-R

A 1

L-O-R

A 1

A-1

3-1

3MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Table of Contents

Section 3

03 Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Enclosures

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 3-2

F-frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 3-2—3-3

K- and Q4-frame Thermal-magnetic Circuit Breakers 3-4—3-5

L-frame Thermal-magnetic Circuit Breakers 3-6—3-7

L-frame Micrologic® Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers 3-8—3-9

M-frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 3-10

M-frame Micrologic® Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers 3-11

N-frame Circuit Breakers 3-12

P-frame Circuit Breakers 3-13

Automatic Molded-Case Switches 3-14

Mag-Gard® Motor Circuit Protector 3-15

Mag-Gard® Motor Circuit Protection Selection Table 3-16

Special Construction Circuit Breakers 3-17

UL Listed 500 Vdc Circuit Breakers 3-17

Special Terminal Connectors and Lugs 3-18

I-Line® Drawout Connectors and Rear-connected Studs 3-19

Special Calibration, VIsi-Blade, Moisture/Fungus Treatment, and

Short LA/LH Handle

3-20

P-frame Replacement Handles, Key Interlock Adapter Plate and

Exchange Program

3-21

Special Terminations 3-22

Grounded BØ Systems 3-23

Thermal-magnetic Circuit Breakers for Mining Applications 3-24

UL Marine Listed Circuit Breakers 3-25

Circuit Breaker Accessories 3-26

Factory-Installed Accessories 3-26

Field-Installable Accessories 3-27

Electrical Operators, Handle Accessories, Cylinder Locks, and

Walking Beam Mechanical Interlocks

3-28

Mechanical Lug Information 3-29

Compression Lug and Power Distribution Connectors 3-30

Electronic Products 3-31

Micrologic® Trip Unit Test Sets 3-31

Neutral Current Transormers and Micrologic Series B Trip Unit

Accessories

3-32

Restraint Interface Module 3-33

Ground-fault Protection 3-34

Micrologic® Add-on Ground-Fault Module (GFM) and

Ground Censor® Type GA—600 Vac

3-34

Circuit Breaker Dimensions 3-35

Enclosures 3-36

Industrial Circuit Breaker Enclosures 3-36

Enclosed Switches and Enclosure Dimensions 3-37

Accessories 3-38

Key Interlock Systems—Factory Installed Only 3-39

Special Applications 3-40

www.schneider-electric.us

3MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Molded Case Circuit

Breakers

F-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers

Class 650

Thermal-magnetic molded case circuit breakers shown on

pages 3-2 through 3-13 are permanent trip UL Listed,

CSA® Certified, IEC rated, and also meet the

requirements of Federal Specification W–C–375B/GEN as

indicated on Digest pages 7-4 through 7-7.

NOTE: Consider using PowerPact® circuit breakers for

situations requiring circuit breaker accessories.

See Digest Section 7 for more information.

aSee Section 11

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-26—3-28

OptionalLugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-29—3-30

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-35

Enclosures: see Digest Section 7

FAL 1P

15–100 A

FAL/FHL 2P

15–100 A

FAL/FHL 3P

15–100 A

Table 3.1: F-Frame—100 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted, Standard Interrupting, 240 Vac

Ampere

Rating

Fixed AC Magnetic

Trip

1 P 2 P 3 P Terminal Wire Range

(AWG)

120 Vac 240 Vac 240 Vac

Hold Trip Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

15 A 275 A 600 A FAL12015 198.00 FAL22015 333.00 FAL32015 495.00

AL50FA

14–4 Cu or 12–4 Al

20 A 275 A 600 A FAL12020 198.00 FAL22020 333.00 FAL32020 495.00

25 A 275 A 600 A FAL12025 198.00 FAL22025 333.00 FAL32025 495.00

30 A 275 A 600 A FAL12030 198.00 FAL22030 333.00 FAL32030 495.00

35 A 400 A 850 A FAL12035 198.00 FAL22035 333.00 FAL32035 495.00

AL100FA

14–1/0 Cu or 12–1/0 Al

40 A 400 A 850 A FAL12040 198.00 FAL22040 333.00 FAL32040 495.00

45 A 400 A 850 A FAL12045 198.00 FAL22045 333.00 FAL32045 495.00

50 A 400 A 850 A FAL12050 198.00 FAL22050 333.00 FAL32050 495.00

60 A 800 A 1450 A FAL12060 198.00 FAL22060 333.00 FAL32060 495.00

70 A 800 A 1450 A FAL12070 261.00 FAL22070 543.00 FAL32070 704.00

80 A 800 A 1450 A FAL12080 261.00 FAL22080 543.00 FAL32080 704.00

90 A 900 A 1700 A FAL12090 261.00 FAL22090 543.00 FAL32090 704.00

100 A 900 A 1700 A FAL12100 261.00 FAL22100 543.00 FAL32100 704.00

Table 3.2: F-Frame—100 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted, 480 Vac

Standard Interrupting

Ampere

Rating

Fixed AC Magnetic

Trip

1P 2P 3P Terminal

Wire Range

(AWG)

277 Vac, 125 Vdc 480 Vac, 250 Vdc 480 Vac, 250 Vdc

Hold Trip Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

15 A 275 A 600 A FAL14015 251.00 FAL24015 609.00 FAL34015 782.00 AL50FA

(1) 14–4 Cu or

(1) 12–4 Al

20 A 275 A 600 A FAL14020 251.00 FAL24020 609.00 FAL34020 782.00

25 A 275 A 600 A FAL14025 251.00 FAL24025 609.00 FAL34025 782.00

30 A 275 A 600 A FAL14030 251.00 FAL24030 609.00 FAL34030 782.00

35 A 400 A 850 A FAL14035 251.00 FAL24035 609.00 FAL34035 782.00

AL100FA

(1) 14–1/0 Cu

or (1) 12–1/0 Al

40 A 400 A 850 A FAL14040 251.00 FAL24040 609.00 FAL34040 782.00

45 A 400 A 850 A FAL14045 251.00 FAL24045 609.00 FAL34045 782.00

50 A 400 A 850 A FAL14050 251.00 FAL24050 609.00 FAL34050 782.00

60 A 800 A 1450 A FAL14060 251.00 FAL24060 609.00 FAL34060 782.00

70 A 800 A 1450 A FAL14070 312.00 FAL24070 788.00 FAL34070 924.00

80 A 800 A 1450 A FAL14080 312.00 FAL24080 788.00 FAL34080 924.00

90 A 900 A 1700 A FAL14090 312.00 FAL24090 788.00 FAL34090 924.00

100 A 900 A 1700 A FAL14100 312.00 FAL24100 788.00 FAL34100 924.00

Table 3.3: F-Frame—100 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted, 600 Vac

Ampere

Rating

Fixed AC

Magnetic

Trip

Standard Interrupting High Interrupting Current Limiting

Terminal

Wire Range

(AWG)

2P 3P 1P 2P 3P 2P 3P

600 Vac, 250 Vdc 600 Vac, 250 Vdc 277 Vac, 125 Vdc 600 Vac, 250 Vdc 600 Vac, 250 Vdc 600 Vac, 250 Vdc 600 Vac, 250 Vdc

Hold Trip Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

15 A 275 A 600 A FAL26015 704.00 FAL36015 906.00 FHL16015 452.00 FHL26015 1163.00 FHL36015 1358.00 ——

AL50FA

14–4 Cu or

12–4 Al

20 A 275 A 600 A FAL26020 704.00 FAL36020 906.00 FHL16020 452.00 FHL26020 1163.00 FHL36020 1358.00 FIL26020 2633.00 FIL36020 3296.00

25 A 275 A 600 A FAL26025 704.00 FAL36025 906.00 FHL16025 452.00 FHL26025 1163.00 FHL36025 1358.00 FIL26025 2633.00 FIL36025 3296.00

30 A 275 A 600 A FAL26030 704.00 FAL36030 906.00 FHL16030 452.00 FHL26030 1163.00 FHL36030 1358.00 FIL26030 2633.00 FIL36030 3296.00

35 A 400 A 850 A FAL26035 704.00 FAL36035 906.00 FHL16035 452.00 FHL26035 1163.00 FHL36035 1358.00 FIL26035 2633.00 FIL36035 3296.00

AL100FA

14–1/0 Cu

or 12–1/0 Al

40 A 400 A 850 A FAL26040 704.00 FAL36040 906.00 FHL16040 452.00 FHL26040 1163.00 FHL36040 1358.00 FIL26040 2633.00 FIL36040 3296.00

45 A 400 A 850 A FAL26045 704.00 FAL36045 906.00 FHL16045 452.00 FHL26045 1163.00 FHL36045 1358.00 FIL26045 2633.00 FIL36045 3296.00

50 A 400 A 850 A FAL26050 704.00 FAL36050 906.00 FHL16050 452.00 FHL26050 1163.00 FHL36050 1358.00 FIL26050 2633.00 FIL36050 3296.00

60 A 800 A 1450 A FAL26060 704.00 FAL36060 906.00 FHL16060 452.00 FHL26060 1163.00 FHL36060 1358.00 FIL26060 2633.00 FIL36060 3296.00

70 A 800 A 1450 A FAL26070 890.00 FAL36070 1115.00 FHL16070 509.00 FHL26070 1353.00 FHL36070 1541.00 FIL26070 2633.00 FIL36070 3296.00

80 A 800 A 1450 A FAL26080 890.00 FAL36080 1115.00 FHL16080 509.00 FHL26080 1353.00 FHL36080 1541.00 FIL26080 2633.00 FIL36080 3296.00

90 A 900 A 1700 A FAL26090 890.00 FAL36090 1115.00 FHL16090 509.00 FHL26090 1353.00 FHL36090 1541.00 FIL26090 2633.00 FIL36090 3296.00

100 A 900 A 1700 A FAL26100 890.00 FAL36100 1115.00 FHL16100 509.00 FHL26100 1353.00 FHL36100 1541.00 FIL26100 2633.00 FIL36100 3296.00

Table 3.4: Interrupting Ratings

Voltage FAL FHL FCLa FIL

240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac

240 Vac 10 kA 18 kA (1P), 25 kA (2P, 3P) 25 kA 25 kA (1P) 65 kA (2P, 3P) 100 kA 200 kA

480 Vac — 18 kA 18 kA 25 kA (2P, 3P) 65 kA 200 kA

600 Vac — — 14 kA 18 kA (2P, 3P) — 100 kA

Termination Option

Termination Letter

F = No Lugs

L = Lugs both ends

P with MT Suffix = Lugs ON end

P = Lugs OFF end

F A L 3 6 1 0 0

For factory-installed termination, place

termination letter in the third block of the

circuit breaker catalog number.

Termination Letter

DE2 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

3MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Molded Case Circuit

Breakers

F-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers

Class 650

NOTE: Consider using PowerPact® circuit breakers for situations requiring circuit breaker

accessories.

eSee Section 11.

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-26—3-28

OptionalLugs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-29—3-30

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 3-35

Enclosures: see Digest Section 7

Table 3.5: F-Frame—100 A, Thermal-Magnetic, I-Line® Construction, 240 Vac,

Standard Interrupting

Ampere

Rating

Fixed AC Magnetic

Trip

2 Pa3 P Terminal

Wire Range

(AWG)

240 Vac 240 Vac

Hold Trip Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

15 A 275 A 600 A FA22015( ) 398.00 FA32015 572.00 AL50FA

14–4 Cu or

12–4 Al

20 A 275 A 600 A FA22020( ) 398.00 FA32020 572.00

25 A 275 A 600 A FA22025( ) 398.00 FA32025 572.00

30 A 275 A 600 A FA22030( ) 398.00 FA32030 572.00

35 A 400 A 850 A FA22035( ) 398.00 FA32035 572.00

AL100FA

14–1/0 Cu

or 12–1/0 Al

40 A 400 A 850 A FA22040( ) 398.00 FA32040 572.00

45 A 400 A 850 A FA22045( ) 398.00 FA32045 572.00

50 A 400 A 850 A FA22050( ) 398.00 FA32050 572.00

60 A 800 A 1450 A FA22060( ) 398.00 FA32060 572.00

70 A 800 A 1450 A FA22070( ) 617.00 FA32070 780.00

80 A 800 A 1450 A FA22080( ) 617.00 FA32080) 780.00

90 A 900 A 1700 A FA22090( ) 617.00 FA32090 780.00

100 A 900 A 1700 A FA22100( ) 617.00 FA32100 780.00

Table 3.6: F-Frame—100 A, Thermal-Magnetic, I-Line® Construction, 480 Vac

Ampere

Rating

Fixed AC Magnetic

Trip

Standard Interrupting

1Pad 2Pa3P Terminal

Wire Range

(AWG)

277 Vac, 125 Vdc 480 Vac, 250 Vdc 480 Vac, 250 Vdc

Hold Trip Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

15 A 275 A 600 A — — FA24015( ) 651.00 FA34015 833.00 AL50FA

(1) 14–4 Cu or

(1) 12–4 Al

20 A 275 A 600 A — — FA24020( ) 651.00 FA34020 833.00

25 A 275 A 600 A — — FA24025( ) 651.00 FA34025 833.00

30 A 275 A 600 A — — FA24030( ) 651.00 FA34030 833.00

35 A 400 A 850 A FA14035( ) 302.00 FA24035( ) 651.00 FA34035 833.00

AL100FA

(1) 14–1/0 Cu

or (1) 12–1/0 Al

40 A 400 A 850 A FA14040( ) 302.00 FA24040( ) 651.00 FA34040 833.00

45 A 400 A 850 A FA14045( ) 302.00 FA24045( ) 651.00 FA34045 833.00

50 A 400 A 850 A FA14050( ) 302.00 FA24050( ) 651.00 FA34050 833.00

60 A 800 A 1450 A FA14060( ) 302.00 FA24060( ) 651.00 FA34060 833.00

70 A 800 A 1450 A FA14070( ) 332.00 FA24070( ) 833.00 FA34070 996.00

80 A 800 A 1450 A FA14080( ) 332.00 FA24080( ) 833.00 FA34080 996.00

90 A 900 A 1700 A FA14090( ) 332.00 FA24090( ) 833.00 FA34090 996.00

100 A 900 A 1700 A FA14100( ) 332.00 FA24100( ) 833.00 FA34100 996.00

FA 1P

1.5 in. (38 mm)

Mounting Height

FA 2P

3 in. (76 mm)

Mounting Height

FA 3P

4.5 in. (114 mm)

Mounting Height

Table 3.7: F-Frame—100 A, Thermal-Magnetic, I-Line® Construction, 600 Vac

Ampere

Rating

Fixed AC

Magnetic

Trip

Standard Interrupting High Interrupting Current Limiting

2Pa3 P 1Pad 2Pa3P 2Pa3P Terminal

Wire Range

(AWG)

600 Vac. 250 Vdc 600 Vac. 250 Vdc 277 Vac, 125 Vdc 600 Vac. 250 Vdc 600 Vac. 250 Vdc 600 Vac. 250 Vdc 600 Vac. 250 Vdc

Hold Trip Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

15 A 275 A 600 A FA26015( ) 780.00 FA36015 971.00 FH16015( ) 507.00 FH26015( ) 1214.00 FH36015 1446.00 ————

AL50FA

14–4 Cu or

12–4 Al

20 A 275 A 600 A FA26020( ) 780.00 FA36020 971.00 FH16020( ) 507.00 FH26020( ) 1214.00 FH36020 1446.00 FI26020( ) 2763.00 FI36020 3296.00

25 A 275 A 600 A FA26025( ) 780.00 FA36025 971.00 FH16025( ) 507.00 FH26025( ) 1214.00 FH36025 1446.00 ————

30 A 275 A 600 A FA26030( ) 780.00 FA36030 971.00 FH16030( ) 507.00 FH26030( ) 1214.00 FH36030 1446.00 FI26030( ) 2763.00 FI36030 3296.00

35 A 400 A 850 A FA26035( ) 780.00 FA36035 971.00 FH16035( ) 507.00 FH26035( ) 1214.00 FH36035 1446.00 ————

AL100FA

14–1/0 Cu

or 12–1/0 Al

40 A 400 A 850 A FA26040( ) 780.00 FA36040 971.00 FH16040( ) 507.00 FH26040( ) 1214.00 FH36040 1446.00 FI26040( ) 2763.00 FI36040 3296.00

45 A 400 A 850 A FA26045( ) 780.00 FA36045 971.00 FH16045( ) 507.00 FH26045( ) 1214.00 FH36045 1446.00 ————

50 A 400 A 850 A FA26050( ) 780.00 FA36050 971.00 FH16050( ) 507.00 FH26050( ) 1214.00 FH36050 1446.00 FI26050( ) 2763.00 FI36050 3296.00

60 A 800 A 1450 A FA26060( ) 780.00 FA36060 971.00 FH16060( ) 507.00 FH26060( ) 1214.00 FH36060 1446.00 FI26060( ) 2763.00 FI36060 3296.00

70 A 800 A 1450 A FA26070( ) 947.00 FA36070 1163.00 FH16070( ) 563.00 FH26070( ) 1452.00 FH36070 1632.00 FI26070( ) 2763.00 FI36070 3296.00

80 A 800 A 1450 A FA26080( ) 947.00 FA36080 1163.00 FH16080( ) 563.00 FH26080( ) 1452.00 FH36080 1632.00 FI26080( ) 2763.00 FI36080 3296.00

90 A 900 A 1700 A FA26090( ) 947.00 FA36090 1163.00 FH16090( ) 563.00 FH26090( ) 1452.00 FH36090 1632.00 FI26090( ) 2763.00 FI36090 3296.00

100 A 900 A 1700 A FA26100( ) 947.00 FAL6100 1163.00 FH16100( ) 563.00 FH26100( ) 1452.00 FH36100 1632.00 FI26100( ) 2763.00 FI36100 3296.00

a1P and 2P circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding the required phase connection letters as a suffix. See Phase Option Table.

bFCL 2P circuit breakers are built using 3P module.

cFCL circuit breakers are not rated for 250 Vdc.

dRated 277 Vac, 125 Vdc. 15–30 A circuit breaker suitable for use with 60°C or 75 °C conductors. 35–100 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75°C conductors.

Table 3.8: Phase Options

Phase Option

Letter 1P 2P 3P

FA14035A

FA14035B

FA14035C

FA24030AB

FA24030AC

FA24030BC

ABC

CBA FA34030

FA34030CBA

Table 3.9: Interrupting Ratings

Voltage FA FH FCeFI

240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac

240 Vac 10 kA 18 kA (1P), 25 kA (2P, 3P) 25 kA 25 kA (1P) 65 kA (2P, 3P) 100 kA 200 kA

277 Vac — 18 kA — — 65 kA —

480 Vac — 18 kA 18 kA 25 kA (2P, 3P) 65 kA 200 kA

600 Vac — — 14 kA 18 kA (2P, 3P) — 100 kA

DE2 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

3MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Molded Case Circuit

Breakers

K- and Q4-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers

Class 655, 825, 660

NOTE: Consider using PowerPact® circuit breakers for situations requiring circuit breaker accessories.

aUL magnetic trip setting tolerances are ±25% for low and ±20% for high from nominal value shown.

bKC circuit breakers are 480 Vac

cSee Section 11.

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-26—3-28

OptionalLugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-29—3-30

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-35

Enclosures: see Digest Section 7

Table 3.10: K-Frame—250 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted, 600 Vac

Ampere

Rating

Adjustable AC Magnetic TripaCurrent

Limiting Terminal

Wire Range

Low High Cat. No. $ Price

2P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc

110 550 A 1100 A KIL26110 6177.00

AL250KA

(1) 4 AWG–350 kcmil Al

125 625 A 1250 A KIL26125 6177.00

150 750 A 1500 A KIL26150 6177.00

175 875 A 1750 A KIL26175 6177.00

200 1000 A 2000 A KIL26200 6177.00 AL250KI

(1) 1/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al

225 1125 A 2250 A KIL26225 6177.00

250 1250 A 2500 A KIL26250 7223.00

3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc

110 550 A 1100 A KIL36110 7754.00

AL250KA

(1) 4 AWG–350 kcmil Al

125 625 A 1250 A KIL36125 7754.00

150 750 A 1500 A KIL36150 7754.00

175 875 A 1750 A KIL36175 7754.00

200 1000 A 2000 A KIL36200 7754.00 AL250KI

(1) 1/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al

225 1125 A 2250 A KIL36225 7754.00

250 1250 A 2500 A KIL36250 9081.00

Table 3.11: Q4-Frame—400 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted, 240 Vac

Ampere

Rating

Adjustable AC Magnetic

TripaStandard Interrupting Terminal

Wire Range

Low High Cat. No. $ Price

2P, 240 Vac

250 1250 A 2500 A Q4L2250 3171.00 AL400LA

(1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al

(2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al

300 1500 A 3000 A Q4L2300 3171.00

350 1750 A 3500 A Q4L2350 3171.00

400 2000 A 4000 A Q4L2400 3171.00

3P, 240 Vac

250 1250 A 2500 A Q4L3250 3831.00 AL400LA

(1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al

(2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al

300 1500 A 3000 A Q4L3300 3831.00

350 1750 A 3500 A Q4L3350 3831.00

400 2000 A 4000 A Q4L3400 3831.00

Table 3.12: Interrupting Ratings

Voltage KALcKHLcKCLcKIL Q4

240 Vac 42 kA 65 kA 100 kA 200 kA 25 kA

480 Vac 25 kA 35 kA 65 kA 200 kA —

600 Vac 22 kA 25 kA — 100 kA —

KAL/KHL

2P and 3P

70–250 A

KIL36250

Q4L

2P and 3P

250–400 A

DE2 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

3MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Molded Case Circuit

Breakers

K- and Q4-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers

Class 655, 825, 660

NOTE: Consider using PowerPact® circuit breakers for situations requiring circuit breaker accessories.

aUL magnetic trip setting tolerances are ±25% for low and ±20% for high from nominal value shown.

bKC circuit breakers are 480 Vac

c2P and 3P circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding the required phase connection letters as a suffix. See Phase Option Table.

dSee Section 11.

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-26—3-28

OptionalLugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-29—3-30

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-35

Enclosures: see Digest Section 7

Table 3.13: K-Frame—250A, Thermal-Magnetic, I-Line® Construction, 600 Vac

Ampere

Rating

Adjustable AC Magnetic TripaCurrent

Limiting Terminal

Wire Range

Low High Cat. No. $ Price

2P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdcc

110 550 A 1100 A KI26110( ) 6633.00 AL250KA

(1) 4 AWG–350 kcmil Al

125 625 A 1250 A KI26125( ) 6633.00

150 750 A 1500 A KI26150( ) 6633.00

175 875 A 1750 A KI26175( ) 6633.00

200 1000 A 2000 A KI26200( ) 6633.00 AL250KI

(1) 1/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al

225 1125 A 2250 A KI26225( ) 6633.00

250 1250 A 2500 A KI26250( ) 7704.00

3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc

110 550 A 1100 A KI36110 8375.00

AL250KA

(1) 4 AWG–350 kcmil Al

125 625 A 1250 A KI36125 8375.00

150 750 A 1500 A KI36150 8375.00

175 875 A 1750 A KI36175 8375.00

200 1000 A 2000 A KI36200 8375.00 AL250KI

(1) 1/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al

225 1125 A 2250 A KI36225 8375.00

250 1250 A 2500 A KI36250 9267.00

Table 3.14: Q4-Frame—400 A, Thermal-Magnetic, I-Line® Construction, 240 Vac

Ampere

Rating

Adjustable AC Magnetic TripaStandard Interrupting Terminal

Wire Range

Low High Cat. No. $ Price

2P, 240 Vacc

250 1250 A 2500 A Q422250( ) 3435.00 AL400LA

(1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al

(2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al

300 1500 A 3000 A Q422300( ) 3435.00

350 1750 A 3500 A Q422350( ) 3435.00

400 2000 A 4000 A Q422400( ) 3435.00

3P, 240 Vac

250 1250 A 2500 A Q43250 4313.00 AL400LA

(1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al

(2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al

300 1500 A 3000 A Q43300 4313.00

350 1750 A 3500 A Q43350 4313.00

400 2000 A 4000 A Q43400 4313.00

Table 3.15: Interrupting Ratings

Voltage KAdKHdKCdKI Q4

240 Vac 42 kA 65 kA 100 kA 200 kA 25 kA

480 Vac 25 kA 35 kA 65 kA 200 kA —

600 Vac 22 kA 25 kA — 100 kA —

Table 3.16: Phase Options

Phase Option Letter 2P 3P

KA26250AB

KA26250AC

KA26250BC

ABC

CBA KA36250

KA36250CBA

KA/KH/KC 2P and 3P

4.5 in. (114 mm)

Mounting Height

Q4 2P and 3P

6 in. (152 mm)

Mounting Height

KI 2P and 3P

4.5 in. (114 mm)

Mounting Height

DE2 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

3MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Molded Case Circuit

Breakers

L-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers

Class 600, 665, 736, 830

NOTE: Consider using PowerPact® circuit breakers for situations requiring circuit breaker accessories.

aAC magnetic setting tolerances are +0–25% from max. value shown.

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-26—3-28

OptionalLugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-29—3-30

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-35

Enclosures: see Digest Section 7

Table 3.17: L-Frame—400 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted, High Magnetic Withstand Circuit

Breakers For Mission Critical Loads

Ampere

Rating AC Magnetic Level

Factory Seta

Standard Interrupting High Interrupting Terminal

Wire Range

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

LA/LH MC Circuit Breaker, 3P, 480 Vac

200 A 4000 A LAL34200MC 4962.00 LHL34200MC 7941.00 AL250LA

(1) 4 AWG–350 kcmil Al

225 A 4500 A LAL34225MC 4962.00 LHL34225MC 7941.00

250 A 5000 A LAL34250MC 5355.00 LHL34250MC 8336.00

400 A 8000 A LAL34400MC 6615.00 LHL34400MC 9596.00 AL400LA

(1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al or

(2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al

Table 3.18: L-Frame—600 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted Circuit Breakers, 600 Vac

Ampere

Rating

Adjustable AC

Magnetic Trip Standard Interrupting High Interrupting Terminal

Wire Range

Low High Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

2P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc

125 A

150 A

175 A

200 A

225 A

250 A

625 A

750 A

875 A

1000 A

1125 A

1250 A

1500 A

1750 A

2000 A

2250 A

2500 A

LAL26125

LAL26150

LAL26175

LAL26200

LAL26225

LAL26250

3807.00

LHL26125

LHL26150

LHL26175

LHL26200

LHL26225

LHL26250

6362.00

AL400LA

(1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al

(2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al

300 A

350 A

400 A

1500 A

1750 A

2000 A

3000 A

3500 A

4000 A

LAL26300

LAL26350

LAL36400

3807.00

LHL26300

LHL26350

LHL26400

6362.00

3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc

125 A

150 A

175 A

200 A

225 A

250 A

625 A

750 A

875 A

1000 A

1125 A

1250 A

1500 A

1750 A

2000 A

2250 A

2500 A

LAL36125

LAL36150

LAL36175

LAL36200

LAL36225

LAL36250

4619.00

LHL36125

LHL36150

LHL36175

LHL36200

LHL36225

LHL36250

7598.00

AL400LA

(1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al

(2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al

300 A

350 A

400 A

1500 A

1750 A

2000 A

3000 A

3500 A

4000 A

LAL36300

LAL36350

LAL36400

4619.00

LHL36300

LHL36350

LHL36400

7598.00

Table 3.19: L-Frame—600 A, Current-Limiting, Individually-Mounted Circuit Breakers, 600 Vac

Ampere

Rating

Adjustable AC

Magnetic Trip Extra-High Interrupting Current Limiting Terminal

Wire Range

Low High Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

2P, 600 Vac

300 A

350 A

400 A

1500 A

1750 A

2000 A

3200 A

LCL26300

LCL26350

LCL26400

7479.00

LIL26300

LIL26350

LIL26400

8604.00

8604.00 AL600LI5

(2) 4/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al

450 A

500 A

600 A

2250 A

2500 A

3000 A

4200 A

LCL26450

LCL26500

LCL26600

7823.00

LIL26450

LIL26500

LIL26600

12551.00

3P, 600 Vac

300 A

350 A

400 A

1500 A

1750 A

2000 A

3200 A

LCL36300

LCL36350

LCL36400

8312.00

LIL36300

LIL36350

LIL36400

9563.00

9563.00 AL600LI5

(2) 4/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al

450 A

500 A

600 A

2250 A

2500 A

3000 A

4200 A

LCL36450

LCL36500

LCL36600

8691.00

LIL36450

LIL36500

LIL36600

13949.00

Table 3.20: Interrupting Ratings

Voltage LAL LHL LCL LIL

240 Vac 42 kA 65 kA 100 kA 200 kA

480 Vac 30 kA 35 kA 65 kA 200 kA

600 Vac 22 kA 25 kA 35 kA 100 kA

LAL/LHL MC

For Mission Critical

Power Loads

available in 200, 225, 250,

and 400 A @ 480 Vac

LIL36600

2P and 3P 300–600 A

LAL/LHL

2P and 3P

125–400 A

DE2 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

3MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Molded Case Circuit

Breakers

L-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers

Class 600, 665, 736, 830

NOTE: Consider using PowerPact® circuit breakers for situations requiring circuit breaker accessories.

aFactory set AC magnetic setting tolerances are +0–25% from max. value shown.

a2P and 3P circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding the required phase connection letters as a suffix. See Phase Option Table.

bUL magnetic trip setting tolerances are ±25% for low and ±20% for high from nominal value.

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-26—3-28

OptionalLugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-29—3-30

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-35

Enclosures: see Digest Section 7

Table 3.21: L-Frame—400 A, Thermal-Magnetic, I-Line® Construction, High Magnetic Withstand Circuit

Breakers For Mission Critical Loads

Ampere

Rating AC Magnetic Level

Factory Seta

Standard Interrupting High Interrupting Terminal

Wire Range

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

LA/LH MC Circuit Breaker, 3P, 480 Vac

200 A 4000 A LA34200MC 5571.00 LH34200MC 8771.00 AL250LA

(1) 4 AWG–350 kcmil Al

225 A 4500 A LA34225MC 5571.00 LH34225MC 8771.00

250 A 5000 A LA34250MC 5681.00 LH34250MC 8882.00

400 A 8000 A LA34400MC 7241.00 LH34400MC 10142.00 AL400LA

(1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al or

(2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al

Table 3.22: L-Frame—600 A, Thermal-Magnetic I-Line® Construction Circuit Breakers, 600 Vac

Ampere

Rating

Adjustable AC

Magnetic TripbStandard Interrupting High Interrupting Terminal

Wire Range

Low High Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

2P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdca

125 A

150 A

175 A

200 A

225 A

250 A

625 A

750 A

875 A

1000 A

1125 A

1250 A

1500 A

1750 A

2000 A

2250 A

2500 A

LA26125( )

LA26150( )

LA26175( )

LA26200( )

LA26225( )

LA26250( )

4053.00

LH26125( )

LH26150( )

LH26175( )

LH26200( )

LH26225( )

LH26250( )

6762.00

AL400LA

(1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al

(2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al

300 A

350 A

400 A

1500 A

1750 A

2000 A

3000 A

3500 A

4000 A

LA26300( )

LA26350( )

LA26400( )

4053.00

LH26300( )

LH26350( )

LH26400( )

6762.00

3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc

125 A

150 A

175 A

200 A

225 A

250 A

625 A

750 A

875 A

1000 A

1125 A

1250 A

1500 A

1750 A

2000 A

2250 A

2500 A

LA36125

LA36150

LA36175

LA36200

LA36225

LA36250

4944.00

LH36125

LH36150

LH36175

LH36200

LH26225

LH36250

8145.00

AL400LA

(1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al

(2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al

300 A

350 A

400 A

1500 A

1750 A

2000 A

3000 A

3500 A

4000 A

LA36300

LA36350

LA36400

4944.00

LH36300

LH36350

LH36400

8145.00

Table 3.23: L-Frame—600 A, Current-Limiting, I-Line® Construction, Circuit Breakers, 600 Vac

Ampere

Rating

Adjustable AC

Magnetic TripbExtra-High Interrupting Current Limiting Terminal

Wire Range

Low High Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

2P, 600 Vaca

300 A

350 A

400 A

1500 A

1750 A

2000 A

3200 A

LC26300( )

LC26350( )

LC26400( )

8312.00

LI26300( )

LI26350( )

LI26400( )

9563.00

9563.00 AL600LI5

(2) 4/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al

450 A

500 A

600 A

2250 A

2500 A

3000 A

4200 A

LC26450( )

LC26500( )

LC26600( )

8691.00

LI26450( )

LI26500( )

LI26600( )

13949.00

3P, 600 Vac

300 A

350 A

400 A

1500 A

1750 A

2000 A

3200 A

LC36300

LC36350

LC36400

9234.00

LI36300

LI36350

LI36400

10673.00

10673.00 AL600LI5

(2) 4/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al

450 A

500 A

600 A

2250 A

2500 A

3000 A

4200 A

LC36450

LC36500

LC36600

9657.00

LI36450

LI36500

LI36600

15498.00

Table 3.24: Interrupting Ratings

Voltage LA LH LC LI

240 Vac 42 kA 65 kA 100 kA 200 kA

480 Vac 30 kA 35 kA 65 kA 200 kA

600 Vac 22 kA 25 kA 35 kA 100 kA

Table 3.25: Phase Options

Phase Option Letter 2P 3P

LA26400AB

LA26400AC

LA26400BC

ABC

CBA LA36400

LA36400CBA

LA / LH 2P and 3P

6 in. (152 mm)

Mounting Height

LC 2P and 3P

7.5 in. (190 mm)

Mounting Height

LI 2P and 3P

7.5 in. (190 mm)

Mounting Height

DE2 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

3MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Molded Case Circuit

Breakers

L-Frame Micrologic® Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers

Standard-Function Features:

•80% rated

•True RMS sensing

•Interchangeable rating plugs

•LSI, LS(I)G, trip configurations

•Short-time delay = I2t IN and ground-fault delay = I2t OUT

•Integral ground-fault testing

•LED long-time pickup indication

•Thermal & magnetic backup protection

•Long-time & ground-fault memory

•Optional local trip indicators—overload, short circuit, ground-fault

•Optional local ammeter/trip indicator

•Universal test set available

•Optional I-Line® mounting (LX, LXI)

•Optional neutral current transformer for 4-wire systems

Full-Function Features:

•100% rated (600 sensor LE/LEL) circuit breakers are 80% rated)

•True RMS sensing

•Interchangeable rating plugs

•PowerLogic® compatible

•LI, LIG, LS(I), LS(I)G (instantaneous OFF) configurations

•Short-time delay = I2t IN & I2t OUT and ground-fault delay = I2t IN & I2t OUT

•Short-time withstand rating

•Integral ground-fault testing

•Optional ground-fault alarm (no trip) (Requires CIM3F with PowerLogic, see

Bulletin 0502DB0001.)

•LED long-time pickup indication

•Zone-selective interlocking (short-time & ground-fault)

•Long-time & ground-fault memory

•Local Trip Indicators—overload, short circuit, ground-fault

•Local ammeter/trip indicator

•Universal test set available

•Optional I-Line® mounting (LE)

•Optional neutral current transformer for 4-wire systems

a600 A sensor is 80% rated

bSubstitute (A) in place of (G) for ground-fault alarm (pickup indication only). Requires

CIM3F and Powerlogic, or see Data Bulletin 0502DB0001. No instantaneous OFF

position for LI or LIG trip function type circuit breakers.

NOTE: Consider using PowerPact® circuit breakers for situations

requiring circuit breaker accessories.

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-26—3-28

OptionalLugs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-29—3-30

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-35

Table 3.26: L-Frame—600 A, Micrologic Series B Trip System, Individually-Mounted, 3P, 600 Vac

Sensor

Size Ampere

Rating Trip

Function

Standard Function Standard Function

Current Limiting 100% Rated

Full FunctionbInstalled

Rating

Plug

Terminal

Wire Range

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

250

100

LI — — — — LEL36100LI 7692.00

ARP040

AL600LI35

(2) 1 AWG–350 kcmil

Al/Cu

LSI LXL36100 5616.00 LXIL36100 11262.00 LEL36100LS 13035.00

LIG — — — — LEL36100LIG 9768.00

LSIG LXL36100G 7692.00 LXIL36100G 13338.00 LEL36100LSG 15111.00

125

LI — — — — LEL36125LI 7692.00

ARP050

LSI LXL36125 5616.00 LXIL36125 11262.00 LEL36125LS 13035.00

LIG — — — — LEL36125LIG 9768.00

LSIG LXL36125G 7692.00 LXIL36125G 13338.00 LEL36125LSG 15111.00

150

LI — — — — LEL36150LI 7692.00

ARP060

LSI LXL36150 5616.00 LXIL36150 11262.00 LEL36150LS 13035.00

LIG — — — — LEL36150LIG 9768.00

LSIG LXL36150G 7692.00 LXIL36150G 13338.00 LEL36150LSG 15111.00

175

LI — — — — LEL36175LI 7692.00

ARP070

LSI LXL36175 5616.00 LXIL36175 11262.00 LEL36175LS 13035.00

LIG — — — — LEL36175LIG 9768.00

LSIG LXL36175G 7692.00 LXIL36175G 13338.00 LEL36175LSG 15111.00

200

LI — — — — LEL36200LI 7692.00

ARP080

LSI LXL36200 5616.00 LXIL36200 11262.00 LEL36200LS 13035.00

LIG — — — — LEL36200LIG 9768.00

LSIG LXL36200G 7692.00 LXIL36200G 13338.00 LEL36200LSG 15111.00

225

LI — — — — LEL36225LI 7692.00

ARP090

LSI LXL36225 5616.00 LXIL36225 11262.00 LEL36225LS 13035.00

LIG — — — — LEL36225LIG 9768.00

LSIG LXL36225G 7692.00 LXIL36225G 13338.00 LEL36225LSG 15111.00

250

LI — — — — LEL36250LI 7692.00

ARP100

LSI LXL36250 5616.00 LXIL36250 11262.00 LEL36250LS 13035.00

LIG — — — — LEL36250LIG 9768.00

LSIG LXL36250G 7692.00 LXIL36250G 13338.00 LEL36250LSG 15111.00

400

300

LI — — — — LEL36300LI 10691.00

ARP075

AL600LI5

(2) 4/0 AWG– 500 kcmil

Al/Cu

LSI LXL36300 8618.00 LXIL36300 16400.00 LEL36300LS 16034.00

LIG — — — — LEL36300LIG 12767.00

LSIG LXL36300G 10694.00 LXIL36300G 18476.00 LEL36300LSG 18110.00

350

LI — — — — LEL36350LI 10691.00

ARP088

LSI LXL36350 8618.00 LXIL36350 16400.00 LEL36350LS 16034.00

LIG — — — — LEL36350LIG 12767.00

LSIG LXL36350G 10694.00 LXIL36350G 18476.00 LEL36350LSG 18110.00

400

LI — — — — LEL36400LI 10691.00

ARP100

LSI LXL36400 8618.00 LXIL36400 16400.00 LEL36400LS 16034.00

LIG — — — — LEL36400LIG 12767.00

LSIG LXL36400G 10694.00 LXIL36400G 18476.00 LEL36400LSG 18110.00

600 a

450

LI — — — — LEL36450LI 14688.00

ARP075

LSI LXL36450 12611.00 LXIL36450 23250.00 LEL36450LS 20031.00

LIG — — — — LEL36450LIG 16764.00

LSIG LXL36450G 14687.00 LXIL36450G 25326.00 LEL36450LSG 22107.00

500

LI — — — — LEL36500LI 14688.00

ARP083

LSI LXL36500 12611.00 LXIL36500 23250.00 LEL36500LS 20031.00

LIG — — — — LEL36500LIG 16764.00

LSIG LXL36500G 14687.00 LXIL36500G 25326.00 LEL36500LSG 22107.00

600

LI — — — — LEL36600LI 14688.00

ARP100

LSI LXL36600 12611.00 LXIL36600 23250.00 LEL36600LS 20031.00

LIG — — — — LEL36600LIG 16764.00

LSIG LXL36600G 14687.00 LXIL36600G 25326.00 LEL36600LSG 22107.00

Micrologic Standard-Function

Trip Systems (LXL, LXIL)

Micrologic Full-Function Trip

Systems (LEL)

Table 3.27: Interrupting Ratings

Voltage LXL LEL LXIL

240 V 100 kA 100 kA 200 kA

480 V 65 kA 65 kA 200 kA

600 V 35 kA 35 kA 100 kA

DE2 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

3MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Molded Case Circuit

Breakers

L-Frame Micrologic® Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers

NOTE: Consider using PowerPact® circuit breakers for situations requiring circuit breaker accessories.

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-26—3-28

OptionalLugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-29—3-30

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-35

Enclosures: see Digest Section 7

Table 3.28: L-Frame—600 A, Micrologic Series B Trip System, I-Line® Construction, 3P, 600 Vac

Sensor

Size Ampere

Rating Trip

Function

Standard Function 100% Rated

Full FunctionbInstalled

Rating

Plug

Terminal

Wire Range

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

250

100

LI — — LE36100LI 8078.00

ARP040

AL600LI35

(2) 1 AWG–350 kcmil

Al/Cu

LSI LX36100 5898.00 LE36100LS 13421.00

LIG — — LE36100LIG 10154.00

LSIG LX36100G 7974.00 LE36100LSG 15497.00

125

LI — — LE36125LI 8078.00

ARP050

LSI LX36125 5898.00 LE36125LS 13421.00

LIG — — LE36125LIG 10154.00

LSIG LX36125G 7974.00 LE36125LSG 15497.00

150

LI — — LE36150LI 8078.00

ARP060

LSI LX36150 5898.00 LE36150LS 13421.00

LIG — — LE36150LIG 10154.00

LSIG LX36150G 7974.00 LE36150LSG 15497.00

175

LI — — LE36175LI 8078.00

ARP070

LSI LX36175 5898.00 LE36175LS 13421.00

LIG — — LE36175LIG 10154.00

LSIG LXL36175G 7974.00 LE36175LSG 15497.00

200

LI — — LE36200LI 8078.00

ARP080

LSI LX36200 5898.00 LE36200LS 13421.00

LIG — — LE36200LIG 10154.00

LSIG LX36200G 7974.00 LE36200LSG 15497.00

225

LI — — LE36225LI 8078.00

ARP090

LSI LX36225 5898.00 LE36225LS 13421.00

LIG — — LE36225LIG 10154.00

LSIG LX36225G 7974.00 LE36225LSG 15497.00

250

LI — — LE36250LI 8078.00

ARP100

LSI LX36250 5898.00 LE36250LS 13421.00

LIG — — LE36250LIG 10154.00

LSIG LX36250G 7974.00 LE36250LSG 15497.00

400

300

LI — — LE36300LI 11223.00

ARP075

AL600LI5

(2) 4/0 AWG– 500 kcmil

Al/Cu

LSI LX36300 9047.00 LE36300LS 16566.00

LIG — — LE36300LIG 13299.00

LSIG LX36300G 11123.00 LE36300LSG 18642.00

350

LI — — LE36350LI 11223.00

ARP088

LSI LX36350 9047.00 LE36350LS 16566.00

LIG — — LE36350LIG 13299.00

LSIG LX36350G 11123.00 LE36350LSG 18642.00

400

LI — — LE36400LI 11223.00

ARP100

LSI LX36400 9047.00 LE36400LS 16566.00

LIG — — LE36400LIG 13299.00

LSIG LX36400G 11123.00 LE36400LSG 18642.00

600 a

450

LI — — LE36450LI 15422.00

ARP075

LSI LX36450 13241.00 LE36450LS 20765.00

LIG — — LE36450LIG 17498.00

LSIG LX36450G 15317.00 LE36450LSG 22841.00

500

LI — — LE36500LI 15422.00

ARP083

LSI LX36500 13241.00 LE36500LS 20765.00

LIG — — LE36500LIG 17498.00

LSIG LX36500G 15317.00 LE36500LSG 22841.00

600

LI — — LE36600LI 15422.00

ARP100

LSI LX36600 13241.00 LE36600LS 20765.00

LIG — — LE36600LIG 17498.00

LSIG LX36600G 15317.00 LE36600LSG 22841.00

a600 A sensor is 80% rated

bSubstitute (A) in place of (G) for ground-fault alarm (pickup indication only). Requires CIM3F and Powerlogic, or see Data Bulletin 0502DB0001. No instantaneous OFF

position for LI or LIG trip function type circuit breakers.

Table 3.29: Interrupting Ratings

Voltage LX LE LXI

240 Vac 100 kA 100 kA 200 kA

480 Vac 65 kA 65 kA 200 kA

600 Vac 35 kA 35 kA 100 kA

DE2 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

3MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Obsolescence

Scheduled for 1Q2010

Obsolescence

Scheduled for 1Q2010

Molded Case Circuit

Breakers

M-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-26—3-28

OptionalLugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-29—3-30

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-35

Enclosures: see Digest Section 7

Table 3.30: M-Frame—Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted Circuit Breakers, 600 Vac

Ampere

Rating

AC Magnetic

Trip SettingsaStandard Interrupting High Interrupting Terminal

Wire

Range

Low High Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

2P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc

300 A

350 A

400 A

450 A

500 A

600 A

700 A

800 A

900 A

1000 A

1500 A

1750 A

2000 A

2250 A

2500 A

3000 A

3500 A

4000 A

4500 A

5000 A

3000 A

3500 A

4000 A

4500 A

5000 A

6000 A

7000 A

8000 A

9000 A

10000 A

MAL26300

MAL26350

MAL26400

MAL26450

MAL26500

MAL26600

MAL26700

MAL26800

MAL26900

MAL261000

5960.00

7719.00

11012.00

MHL26300

MHL26350

MHL26400

MHL26450

MHL26500

MHL26600

MHL26700

MHL26800

MHL26900

MHL261000

7829.00

9657.00

12212.00

AL900MA

(3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil

1200 A 5000 A 10000 A MAL261200 12948.00 MHL261200 15252.00 AL1000MAb

(4) 1/0 AWG–350 kcmil

3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc

300 A

350 A

400 A

450 A

500 A

600 A

700 A

800 A

900 A

1000 A

1500 A

1750 A

2000 A

2250 A

2500 A

3000 A

3500 A

4000 A

4500 A

5000 A

3000 A

3500 A

4000 A

4500 A

5000 A

6000 A

7000 A

8000 A

9000 A

10000 A

MAL36300

MAL36350

MAL36400

MAL36450

MAL36500

MAL36600

MAL36700

MAL36800

MAL36900

MAL361000

7560.00

9927.00

12705.00

MHL36300

MHL36350

MHL36400

MHL36450

MHL36500

MHL36600

MHL36700

MHL36800

MHL36900

MHL361000

9456.00

11882.00

14078.00

AL900MA

(3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil

1200 A 5000 A 10000 A MAL361200 15107.00 MHL361200 17612.00 AL1000MAb

(4) 1/0 AWG–350 kcmil

aUL magnetic trip setting tolerances are ±25% for low and ±20% for high from nominal values shown.

bThe AL100MA lug is the only lug available for the 1200 A MA and MH circuit breakers.

Table 3.31: M-Frame—Thermal-Magnetic, I-Line® Construction Circuit Breakers, 600 Vac

Ampere

Rating

AC Magnetic

Trip SettingscStandard Interrupting High Interrupting Terminal

Wire

Range

Low High Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

2P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdcd

300 A

350 A

400 A

450 A

500 A

600 A

700 A

800 A

1500 A

1750 A

2000 A

2250 A

2500 A

3000 A

3500 A

4000 A

3000 A

3500 A

4000 A

4500 A

5000 A

6000 A

7000 A

8000 A

MA26300( )

MA26350( )

MA26400( )

MA26450( )

MA26500( )

MA26600( )

MA26700( )

MA26800( )

6633.00

8370.00

MH26300( )

MH26350( )

MH26400( )

MH26450( )

MH26500( )

MH26600( )

MH26700( )

MH26800( )

8253.00

10104.00

AL900MA

(3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil

3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc

300 A

350 A

400 A

450 A

500 A

600 A

700 A

800 A

1500 A

1750 A

2000 A

2250 A

2500 A

3000 A

3500 A

4000 A

3000 A

3500 A

4000 A

4500 A

5000 A

6000 A

7000 A

8000 A

MA36300

MA36350

MA36400

MA36450

MA36500

MA36600

MA36700

MA36800

8168.00

10608.00

MH36300

MH36350

MH36400

MH36450

MH36500

MH36600

MH36700

MH36800

9929.00

12630.00

AL900MA

(3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil

cUL magnetic trip setting tolerances are ±25% for low and ±20% for high from nominal values shown.

d2P circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding required phase connection letters as suffix to catalog numbers. See Phase

Options table.

Table 3.32: Interrupting Ratings

Voltage MA/MAL MH/MHL

240 Vac 42 kA 65 kA

480 Vac 30 kA 65 kA

600 Vac 22 kA 25 kA

Table 3.33: Phase Options

Phase Option Letter 2P 3P

MA26800AB

MA26800AC

MA26800BC

ABC

CBA MA36800

MA36800CBA

MAL/MHL 2P and 3p

300–1000 A

DE2 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

3MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Obsolescence

Scheduled for 1Q2010

Molded Case Circuit

Breakers

M-Frame Micrologic® Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers

Class 666

aSubstitute (A) in place of (G) for ground-fault alarm (pick up indication only.) No instantaneous OFF position for LI or LIG circuit breakers

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-26—3-28

OptionalLugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-29—3-30

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-35

Enclosures: see Digest Section 7

Table 3.34: M-Frame—Micrologic® Trip System, 3P, 600 Vac

Ampere

Rating Trip

Function

Individually-Mounted Circuit Breakers I-Line Circuit Breakers Installed

Rating

Plug

Terminal

Wire Range

Standard Function 100% Rated, Full FunctionaStandard Function 100% Rated, Full Functiona

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

250 A Sensor Size

100 A

LI — — MEL36100LI 10737.00 — — ME36100LI 11271.00

ARP040

AL250ME

(1) 6 AWG–350

kcmil

LSI MXL36100 7466.00 MEL36100LS 16080.00 MX36100 7838.00 ME36100LS 16614.00

LIG — — MEL36100LIG 16080.00 — — ME36100LIG 16614.00

LSIG MXL36100G 9542.00 MEL36100LSG 21423.00 MX36100G 9914.00 ME36100LSG 21957.00

125 A

LI — — MEL36125LI 10737.00 — — ME36125LI 11271.00

ARP050

LSI MXL36125 7466.00 MEL36125LS 16080.00 MX36125 7838.00 ME36125LS 16614.00

LIG — — MEL36125LIG 16080.00 — — ME36125LIG 16614.00

LSIG MXL36125G 9542.00 MEL36125LSG 21423.00 MX36125G 9914.00 ME36125LSG 21957.00

150 A

LI — — MEL36150LI 10737.00 — — ME36150LI 11271.00

ARP060

LSI MXL36150 7466.00 MEL36150LS 16080.00 MX36150 7838.00 ME36150LS 16614.00

LIG — — MEL36150LIG 16080.00 — — ME36150LIG 16614.00

LSIG MXL36150G 9542.00 MEL36150LSG 21423.00 MX36150G 9914.00 ME36150LSG 21957.00

175 A

LI — — MEL36175LI 10737.00 — — ME36175LI 11271.00

ARP070

LSI MXL36175 7466.00 MEL36175LS 16080.00 MX36175 7838.00 ME36175LS 16614.00

LIG — — MEL36175LIG 16080.00 — — ME36175LIG 16614.00

LSIG MXL36175G 9542.00 MEL36175LSG 21423.00 MX36175G 9914.00 ME36175LSG 21957.00

200 A

LI — — MEL36200LI 10737.00 — — ME36200LI 11271.00

ARP080

LSI MXL36200 7466.00 MEL36200LS 16080.00 MX36200 7838.00 ME36200LS 16614.00

LIG — — MEL36200LIG 16080.00 — — ME36200LIG 16614.00

LSIG MXL36200G 9542.00 MEL36200LSG 21423.00 MX36200G 9914.00 ME36200LSG 21957.00

225 A

LI — — MEL36225LI 10737.00 — — ME36225LI 11271.00

ARP090

LSI MXL36225 7466.00 MEL36225LS 16080.00 MX36225 7838.00 ME36225LS 16614.00

LIG — — MEL36225LIG 16080.00 — — ME36225LIG 16614.00

LSIG MXL36225G 9542.00 MEL36225LSG 21423.00 MX36225G 9914.00 ME36225LSG 21957.00

250 A

LI — — MEL36250LI 10737.00 — — ME36250LI 11271.00

ARP100

LSI MXL36250 7466.00 MEL36250LS 16080.00 MX36250 7838.00 ME36250LS 16614.00

LIG — — MEL36250LIG 16080.00 — — ME36250LIG 16614.00

LSIG MXL36250G 9542.00 MEL36250LSG 21423.00 MX36250G 9914.00 ME36250LSG 21957.00

400 A Sensor Size

300 A

LI — — MEL36300LI 12282.00 — — ME36300LI 12893.00

ARP075

AL900MA

(3) 3/0 AWG–

500 kcmil

LSI MXL36300 9861.00 MEL36300LS 17625.00 MX36300 10460.00 ME36300LS 18236.00

LIG — — MEL36300LIG 17625.00 — — ME36300LIG 18236.00

LSIG MXL36300G 11937.00 MEL36300LSG 22968.00 MX36300G 12536.00 ME36300LSG 23579.00

350 A

LI — — MEL36350LI 12282.00 — — ME36350LI 12893.00

ARP088

LSI MXL36350 9861.00 MEL36350LS 17625.00 MX36350 10460.00 ME36350LS 18236.00

LIG — — MEL36350LIG 17625.00 — — ME36350LIG 18236.00

LSIG MXL36350G 11937.00 MEL36350LSG 22968.00 MX36350G 12536.00 ME36350LSG 23579.00

400 A

LI — — MEL36400LI 12282.00 — — ME36400LI 12893.00

ARP100

LSI MXL36400 9861.00 MEL36400LS 17625.00 MX36400 10460.00 ME36400LS 18236.00

LIG — — MEL36400LIG 17625.00 — — ME36400LIG 18236.00

LSIG MXL36400G 11937.00 MEL36400LSG 22968.00 MX36400G 12536.00 ME36400LSG 23579.00

800 A Sensor Size

450 A

LI — — MEL36450LI 17925.00 — — ME36450LI 18825.00

ARP056

AL900MA

(3) 3/0 AWG–

500 kcmil

LSI MXL36450 13721.00 MEL36450LS 23268.00 MX36450 14514.00 ME36450LS 24168.00

LIG — — MEL36450LIG 23268.00 — — ME36450LIG 24168.00

LSIG MXL36450G 15795.00 MEL36450LSG 28611.00 MX36450G 16590.00 ME36450LSG 29511.00

500 A

LI — — MEL36500LI 17925.00 — — ME36500LI 18825.00

ARP063

LSI MXL36500 13721.00 MEL36500LS 23268.00 MX36500 14514.00 ME36500LS 24168.00

LIG — — MEL36500LIG 23268.00 — — ME36500LIG 24168.00

LSIG MXL36500G 15795.00 MEL36500LSG 28611.00 MX36500G 16590.00 ME36500LSG 29511.00

600 A

LI — — MEL36600LI 17925.00 — — ME36600LI 18825.00

ARP075

LSI MXL36600 13721.00 MEL36600LS 23268.00 MX36600 14514.00 ME36600LS 24168.00

LIG — — MEL36600LIG 23268.00 — — ME36600LIG 24168.00

LSIG MXL36600G 15795.00 MEL36600LSG 28611.00 MX36600G 16590.00 ME36600LSG 29511.00

700 A

LI — — MEL36700LI 17925.00 — — ME36700LI 18825.00

ARP088

LSI MXL36700 13721.00 MEL36700LS 23268.00 MX36700 14514.00 ME36700LS 24168.00

LIG — — MEL36700LIG 23268.00 — — ME36700LIG 24168.00

LSIG MXL36700G 15795.00 MEL36700LSG 28611.00 MX36700G 16590.00 ME36700LSG 29511.00

800 A

LI — — MEL36800LI 17925.00 — — ME36800LI 18825.00

ARP100

LSI MXL36800 13721.00 MEL36800LS 23268.00 MX36800 14514.00 ME36800LS 24168.00

LIG — — MEL36800LIG 23268.00 — — ME36800LIG 24168.00

LSIG MXL36800G 15795.00 MEL36800LSG 28611.00 MX36800G 16590.00 ME36800LSG 29511.00

Table 3.35: Interrupting Ratings

Voltage MX, MXL ME, MEL

240 V 65 kA 65 kA

480 V 65 kA 65 kA

600 V 25 kA 25 kA

MXL/MEL Circuit Breaker

DE2 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

3MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Obsolescence

Scheduled for 1Q2010

Obsolescence

Scheduled for 1Q2010

Molded Case Circuit

Breakers

N-Frame Circuit Breakers

Class 670, 671

aUL magnetic trip setting tolerances are ±25% (for low) and ±20% (for high) from nominal values shown.

b2P I-Line circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding required phase connection letters as suffix to catalog number.

cSubstitute (A) in place of (G) for ground-fault alarm (pick up indication only). No instantaneous OFF position for LI or LIG circuit breakers.

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-26—3-28

OptionalLugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-29—3-30

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-35

Enclosures: see DIgest Section 7

Table 3.36: N-Frame, Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers, 600 Vac

Continuous

Current

Rating

@ 40o C

AC Magnetic

Trip Settingsa

Individually-Mounted Circuit Breakers I-Line® Circuit Breakers Terminal

Wire

Range

Standard Interrupting Extra High Interrupting Standard

Interrupting Extra High

Interrupting

Low High Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

2P, 600 Vacb

600 A

700 A

800 A

900 A

1000 A

1200 A

4000 A

5000 A

8000 A

10000 A

NAL26600

NAL26700

NAL26800

NAL26900

NAL261000

NAL261200

17363.00

NCL26600

NCL26700

NCL26800

NCL26900

NCL261000

NCL261200

19994.00

NA26600( )

NA26700( )

NA26800( )

NA26900( )

NA261000( )

NA261200( )

18321.00

NC26600( )

NC26700( )

NC26800( )

NC26900( )

NC261000( )

NC261200( )

20948.00

AL1200NE6

(4) 3/0 AWG–

600 kcmil

3P, 600 Vac

600 A

700 A

800 A

900 A

1000 A

1200 A

4000 A

5000 A

8000 A

10000 A

NAL36600

NAL36700

NAL36800

NAL36900

NAL361000

NAL361200

19049.00

NCL36600

NCL36700

NCL36800

NCL36900

NCL361000

NCL361200

21452.00

NA36600

NA36700

NA36800

NA36900

NA361000

NA361200

20003.00

NC36600

NC36700

NC36800

NC36900

NC361000

NC361200

22410.00

AL1200NE6

(4) 3/0 AWG–

600 kcmil

NAL/NCL

2P and 3P

600–1200 A

Table 3.37: N-Frame —Micrologic® Electronic Trip System, 3P Circuit Breakers, 600Vac

Sensor

Size Ampere

Rating Trip

Function

Individually-Mounted Circuit Breakers I-Line® Circuit Breakers Installed

Rating

Plug

Terminal

Wire Range

Standard Function 100% Rated,

Full FunctioncStandard Function 100% Rated,

Full Functionc

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

1200 A

600 A

LI — — NEL36600LI 32372.00 — — NE36600LI 33990.00

ARP050

AL1200NE6

(4) 3/0 AWG–600 kcmil

LSI NXL36600 20873.00 NEL36600LS 37715.00 NX36600 21917.00 NE36600LS 39333.00

LIG — — NEL36600LIG 37715.00 — — NE36600LIG 39333.00

LSIG NXL36600G 22949.00 NEL36600LSG 43058.00 NX36600G 23993.00 NE36600LSG 44676.00

700 A

LI — — NEL36700LI 32372.00 — — NE36700LI 33990.00

ARP058

LSI NXL36700 20873.00 NEL36700LS 37715.00 NX36700 21917.00 NE36700LS 39333.00

LIG — — NEL36700LIG 37715.00 — — NE36700LIG 39333.00

LSIG NXL36700G 22949.00 NEL36700LSG 43058.00 NX36700G 23993.00 NE36700LSG 44676.00

800 A

LI — — NEL36800LI 32372.00 — — NE36800LI 33990.00

ARP067

LSI NXL36800 20873.00 NEL36800LS 37715.00 NX36800 21917.00 NE36800LS 39333.00

LIG — — NEL36800LIG 37715.00 — — NE36800LIG 39333.00

LSIG NXL36800G 22949.00 NEL36800LSG 43058.00 NX36800G 23993.00 NE36800LSG 44676.00

900 A

LI — — NEL36900LI 32372.00 — — NE36900LI 33990.00

ARP075

LSI NXL36900 20873.00 NEL36900LS 37715.00 NX36900 21917.00 NE36900LS 39333.00

LIG — — NEL36900LIG 37715.00 — — NE36900LIG 39333.00

LSIG NXL36900G 22949.00 NEL36900LSG 43058.00 NX36900G 23993.00 NE36900LSG 44676.00

1000 A

LI — — NEL361000LI 32372.00 — — NE361000LI 33990.00

ARP083

LSI NXL361000 21917.00 NEL361000LS 37715.00 NX361000 23013.00 NE361000LS 39333.00

LIG — — NEL361000LIG 37715.00 — — NE361000LIG 39333.00

LSIG NXL361000G 23993.00 NEL361000LSG 43058.00 NX361000G 25193.00 NE361000LSG 44676.00

1200 A

LI — — NEL361200LI 32372.00 — — NE361200LI 33990.00

ARP100

LSI NXL361200 21917.00 NEL361200LS 37715.00 NX361200 23013.00 NE361200LS 39333.00

LIG — — NEL361200LIG 37715.00 — — NE361200LIG 39333.00

LSIG NXL361200G 23993.00 NEL361200LSG 43058.00 NX361200G 25193.00 NE361200LSG 44676.00

Table 3.38: Interrupting Ratings

Voltage NA, NAL, NC, NCL NX, NXL NE, NEL

240 V 100kA 125 kA 125 kA 125 kA

480 V 50 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA

600 V 25 kA 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA

DE2 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

3MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Obsolescence

Scheduled for 1Q2010

Obsolescence

Scheduled for 1Q2010

Molded Case Circuit

Breakers

P-Frame Circuit Breakers

Class 670, 675

PAF, PHF, PXF-12, PEF-12, PXF-16, PEF-16, and PXF-20 circuit breakers can be bus- or cable-connected. For cable

connections, optional terminal pad kit PALTB or equivalent bus structure is required. Each PALTB kit contains terminal

pads for one end of the circuit breaker only and has provisions for mounting a maximum of six lugs per phase. Order

lugs separately. See page 3-29 and 3-30.

PCF, PEF-20, PXF-25 or PEF-25 circuit breakers are supplied with terminal pads for both ends of the circuit breaker.

The supplied terminal pads or equivalent bus structure must be used for bus- or cable-connections. Terminal pads

have provisions for mounting a maximum of eight lugs per phase. Order lugs separately. See page 3-29 and 3-30.

aPrice does not include lugs.See page 3-29 for catalog numbers and prices.

bUL magnetic trip setting tolerances are ±25% for low and ±20% for high from nominal values shown.

c2500 A sensor is 80% rated.

dSubstitute (A) in place of (G) for ground-fault alarm (pick up indication only.) Requires CIM3F with PowerLogic® or see Data Bulletin 0502DB0001.

No instantaneous OFF position for LI or LIG circuit breakers.

Table 3.39: P-Frame Thermal-Magnetic CIrcuit Breakers

Ampere

Rating

Magnetic Trip

Settings

2P—600 Vac 3P—600 Vac

Frame Only Rating Columns

Two Per Kit Total

$ Price a

Frame Only Rating Columns

Three Per Kit Total

$ Pricea

Low High Cat. No. $ Price Kit Cat. No. Kit $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Kit Cat. No. Kit $ Price

2000 A Frame PAF Standard Interrupting—Complete Circuit Breaker Requires Frame and Rating Columns

600 A

700 A

800 A

1000 A

1200 A

1400 A

1600 A

1800 A

2000 A

3200 A

3500 A

4500 A

5000 A

6500 A

8000 A

9000 A

10000 A

11000 A

12000 A

PAF2 026 17024.00

PA2600RC

PA2700RC

PA2800RC

PA21000RC

PA21200RC

PA21400RC

PA21600RC

PA21800RC

PA22000RC

366.00 17390.00 PA F2036 21822.00

PA3600RC

PA3700RC

PA3800RC

PA31000RC

PA31200RC

PA31400RC

PA31600RC

PA31800RC

PA32000RC

552.00 22374.00

2000 A Frame PHF High Interrupting—Complete Circuit Breaker Requires Frame and Rating Columns

600 A

700 A

800 A

1000 A

1200 A

1400 A

1600 A

1800 A

2000 A

3200 A

3500 A

4500 A

5000 A

6500 A

8000 A

9000 A

10000 A

11000 A

12000 A

PHF2026 19526.00

PA2600RC

PA2700RC

PA2800RC

PA21000RC

PA21200RC

PA21400RC

PA21600RC

PA21800RC

PA22000RC

366.00 19892.00 PHF2036 24171.00

PA3600RC

PA3700RC

PA3800RC

PA31000RC

PA31200RC

PA31400RC

PA31600RC

PA31800RC

PA32000RC

552.00 24723.00

2500 A Frame PCF High Interrupting—Complete Circuit Breaker Requires Frame and Rating Columns

1600 A

1800 A

2000 A

2500 A

6000 A

8000 A

12000 A

14000 A

PCF2526 31413.00

PC21600RC

PC21800RC

PC22000RC

PC22500RC

366.00 31779.00 PCF2536 38832.00

PC31600RC

PC31800RC

PC32000RC

PC32500RC

552.00 39384.00

PALTB

PCF Circuit Breaker

Table 3.40: Interrupting

Ratings

Voltage PAF

240 Vac 65 kA

480 Vac 50 kA

600 Vac 42 kA

PCF/PHF PXF/PEF

125 kA 125 kA

100 kA 100 kA

65 kA 65 kA

Accessories Page 3-26—3-28

OptionalLugs Page 3-29—3-30

Dimensions Page 3-35

Table 3.41: P-Frame Micrologic Series B Electronic Trip Unit Circuit Breakers

Sensor

Size Ampere

Rating Trip

Function Standard Function 100% Ratedc, Full FunctiondInstalled

Rating Plug

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

1200 A

600 A

LI — — PEF36600LI 29163.00

ARP050

LSI PXF36600 18872.00 PEF36600LS 34506.00

LIG — — PEF36600LIG 34506.00

LSIG PXF36600G 20948.00 PEF36600LSG 39849.00

700 A

LI — — PEF36700LI 29163.00

ARP058

LSI PXF36700 18872.00 PEF36700LS 34506.00

LIG — — PEF36700LIG 34506.00

LSIG PXF36700G 20948.00 PEF36700LSG 39849.00

800 A

LI — — PEF36800LI 29163.00

ARP067

LSI PXF36800 18872.00 PEF36800LS 34506.00

LIG — — PEF36800LIG 34506.00

LSIG PXF36800G 20948.00 PEF36800LSG 39849.00

900 A

LI — — PEF36900LI 29163.00

ARP075

LSI PXF36900 18872.00 PEF36900LS 34506.00

LIG — — PEF36900LIG 34506.00

LSIG PXF36900G 20948.00 PEF36900LSG 39849.00

1000 A

LI — — PEF361000LI 29163.00

ARP083

LSI PXF361000 18872.00 PEF361000LS 34506.00

LIG — — PEF361000LIG 34506.00

LSIG PXF361000G 20948.00 PEF361000LSG 39849.00

1200 A

LI — — PEF361200LI 29163.00

ARP100

LSI PXF361200 18872.00 PEF361200LS 34506.00

LIG — — PEF361200LIG 34506.00

LSIG PXF361200G 20948.00 PEF361200LSG 39849.00

1600 A

1400 A

LI — — PEF361400LI 31403.00

ARP088

LSI PXF361400 20610.00 PEF361400LS 36746.00

LIG — — PEF361400LIG 36746.00

LSIG PXF361400G 22686.00 PEF361400LSG 42089.00

1600 A

LI — — PEF361600LI 31403.00

ARP100

LSI PXF361600 20610.00 PEF361600LS 36746.00

LIG — — PEF361600LIG 36746.00

LSIG PXF361600G 22686.00 PEF361600LSG 42089.00

2000 A

1800 A

LI — — PEF361800LI 37256.00

ARP090

LSI PXF361800 23234.00 PEF361800LS 42599.00

LIG — — PEF361800LIG 42599.00

LSIG PXF361800G 25310.00 PEF361800LSG 47942.00

2000 A

LI — — PEF362000LI 37256.00

ARP0100

LSI PXF362000 2324.00 PEF362000LS 42599.00

LIG — — PEF362000LIG 42599.00

LSIG PXF362000G 25310.00 PEF362000LSG 47942.00

2500 Ac2500 A

LI — — PEF362500LI 56922.00

ARP100

LSI PXF362500 39261.00 PEF362500LS 62265.00

LIG — — PEF362500LIG 62265.00

LSIG PXF362500G 41337.00 PEF362500LSG 67608.00

DE2 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

3MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Obsolescence

Scheduled for 1Q2010

Obsolescence

Scheduled for 1Q2010

Molded Case Circuit

Breakers

Automatic Molded-Case Switches

Class 680, 685

Automatic Molded Case Switches

Automatic molded case switches open instantaneously at a factory preset magnetic trip point, calibrated to protect only

the molded case switch itself, when it is subjected to high fault currents. The trip point is nonadjustable and provides no

overload or low level fault protection.

Molded case switches open when the handle is switched to the OFF position or in response to an auxiliary tripping

device such as a shunt trip.

Automatic switches will accept the same lugs and accessories as equivalent thermal-magnetic circuit breakers.

Automatic molded case switches are UL Listed per UL 489 and are CSA® Certified.

aThe short circuit current rating is the fault current, at rated voltage, that the molded case switch will withstand without damage when protected by a circuit

breaker with an equal continuous current rating.

bUL magnetic trip setting tolerances are -20% and +30% from the nominal values shown.

cUL magnetic trip tolerances are -20% / +30% from the nominal values shown.

dFHL and KHL automatic switches will not accept cylinder lock attachments.

eThe withstand rating is the fault current at rated voltage that the molded case switch will withstand without damage when protected by a circuit breaker

with an equal continuous current rating.

fUL magnetic trip tolerances are -20% / +30% from the nominal values shown.

gThe withstand rating is the fault current at rated voltage that the molded case switch will withstand without damage when protected by a circuit breaker

with an equal continuous current rating.

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-26—3-28

OptionalLugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-29—3-30

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-35

Table 3.42: Automatic Molded Case Switches 600 Vac

Ampere

Rating Poles 3P Short Circuit

Current Ratinga

Trip Point

(Automatic

Switch)bLug Kit

Installed

Cat. No. $ Price 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac AC DC

1200 A 2 NCL2600012M 10887.00 125k 100 kA 65 kA 16000 A N/A AL1200NE6

1200 A 3 NCL3600012M 12570.00 125k 100 kA 65 kA 16000 A N/A AL1200NE6

Table 3.43: Automatic Molded Case Switches, 600 Vac

Ampere

Rating

2P 3P Withstand RatingeTrip Point (A) Lug Kit

Installed

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 250 Vdc ACcDCc

100 FHL26000Md779.00 FHL36000Md1001.00 65k 25k 18k 10k 1500 1725 AL100FA

150 — — FHL3600015Md1500.00 65k 25k 18k — 2500 — AL150FA

400 LHL26000M 3596.00 LHL36000M 4329.00 65k 35k 25k 10k 8000 9600 AL400LA

Table 3.44: Automatic Molded Case Switches, 600 Vac

Ampere

Rating

2P 3P Withstand RatinggTrip Point (A) Lug Kit

Installed

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 250 Vdc ACfDCf

600 MHL260006M 5340.00 MHL360006M 6584.00 65k 65k 25k 10k 9000 9900 AL900MA

800 MHL260008M 5991.00 MHL360008M 7236.00 65k 65k 25k 10k 9000 9900 AL900MA

1000 MHL26000M 7469.00 MHL36000M 9287.00 65k 65k 25k 10k 9000 9900 AL900MA

2000 PHF260000M 15837.00 PHF360000M 19559.00 125k 100k 65k — 16000 N/A N/A

2500 PCF260000M 25185.00 PCF360000M 31130.00 125k 100k 65k — 16000 N/A N/A

MHL Switch

PHF/PCF Switch

DE2 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

3MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Obsolescence

Scheduled for 1Q2010

Molded Case Circuit

Breakers

Mag-Gard® Motor Circuit Protector

Class 680, 685

Mag-Gard® Motor Circuit Protector

Instantaneous trip magnetic only circuit breakers have a single adjustment which simultaneously sets the magnetic trip

level of each individual pole. Mag-Gard circuit breakers comply with NEC® requirements for providing motor circuit

protection when installed as part of a UL Listed combination controller having motor overload protection. Interrupting

ratings are established for these UL Recognized Components only when they are used in combination with motor

starters with properly sized overload relays and contactors.

Mag-Gard circuit breakers will accept the same lugs and accessories as equivalent thermal-magnetic circuit breakers.

Mag-Gard circuit breakers are available with I-Line construction. H-construction Mag-Gard circuit breakers are also

available.

aUL magnetic trip setting tolerances are -20%/+30% from the nominal values shown.

bEach ampere rating can be ordered with any designated trip range for the frame by adding the proper suffix to the catalog numbers.

cNot UL Recognized.

d250 Vdc ratings are available . No UL component recognition.

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-26—3-28

OptionalLugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-29—3-30

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-35

Table 3.45: Magnetic Only LAL Mag-Gard, 400 A, 600 Vac, 50/60 Hz

Ampere

Rating Adjustablea

Trip Range

3P only

Cat. No. $ Price

LALd400

500–1000 A

750–1600 A

1000–2000 A

1125–2250 A

1250–2500 A

1500–3000 A

1750–3500 A

2000–4000 A

LAL3640022M

LAL3640028M

LAL3640030M

LAL3640031M

LAL3640032M

LAL3640033M

LAL3640035M

LAL3640036M

4619.00

Table 3.46: Magnetic Only 3–1200 A 600 Vac, 50/60 Hz

Ampere

Rating Adjustablea

Trip Range

3P only

Cat. No. Suffix $ Price

FAL

3 A

7 A

15 A

30 A

50 A

100 A

150 A

8–28 A

18–70 A

50–180 A

100–350 A

75–260 A

150–580 A

300–1100 A

450–1100 A

FAL3600311M

FAL3600712M

FAL3601513M

FAL3603013M

FAL3603015M

FAL3605014M

FAL3605016M

FAL3610016M

FAL3610018M

FAL3615024M

906.00

1151.00

1374.00

1889.00

MALbd

600

800

1000

625–1250 A

750–1500 A

1000–2000 A

1500–3000 A

2000–4000 A

2500–5000 A

3000–6000 A

3500–7000 A

4000–8000 A

4500–9000 A

5000–10000 A

MAL36600

MAL36800

MAL361000

25M

26M

30M

33M

36M

40M

42M

44M

45M

46M

47M

7560.00

9927.00

12705.00

NALb1200 A 4000–8000 A

4500–9000 A

5000–10000 A

NAL36120045M

NAL36120046M

NAL36120047M

19049.00

Circuit Breaker 250 Vdc Multiplier

LAL High = 1.2

Low = 1.4

MAL High = 1.1

Low = 1.2

DE2 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

3MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Obsolescence

Scheduled for 1Q2010

Molded Case Circuit

Breakers

Mag-Gard® Motor Circuit Protection Selection Table

Class 680

Adjustable instantaneous-trip circuit breakers

are intended for use in combination with

motor starters with overload relays for the

protection of motor circuits from short

circuits. Other specific applications include

rectifiers and resistance welders. These

circuit breakers contain a magnetic trip

element in each pole with the trip point

adjustable from the front. Interrupting ratings

are determined by testing the instantaneous-

trip circuit breakers in combination with a

contactor and overload relay.

Select instantaneous-trip circuit breakers as

follows:

1. Use selection table for motors, other than NEMA Design E, with locked-rotor

indicating code letters per NEC® Table 430.7 (b) as follows:

For other motors order a special thermal-magnetic circuit breaker with

magnetic trip settings for the specific motor— specify motor horsepower,

voltage, frequency, full-load current and code letter or locked rotor current.

2. Determine motor hp rating from the motor nameplate.

3. Refer to the table at right and select an instantaneous-trip circuit breaker with

an Ampere rating recommended for the hp and voltage involved.

4. Select an adjustable trip setting of at least 800%, not to exceed 1300%, of the

motor full-load Amperes. (FLA) for other than Design E motors. For Design E

motors, select an adjustable trip setting of at least 1100% not to exceed

1700% of FLA.

5. The NEC 1300% maximum setting may be inadequate for instantaneous-trip

circuit breakers to withstand current surges typical of the magnetization

current of autotransformer type reduced voltage starters, or open transition

wye-delta starters during transfer from “start” to “run,” constant hp multi-speed

motors, and motors labeled “high efficiency.” Select thermal-magnetic circuit

breakers from Digest page 7-32 for those applications.

6. Part-winding motors, per NEC® 430.3, should have two circuit breakers

selected from the above at not more than one half the allowable trip setting for

the horsepower rating. The two circuit breakers should operate

simultaneously as a disconnecting means per NEC 430.103.

aMotor full-load currents are taken from NEC Table 430.150. Select wire and circuit

breakers on basis of horsepower rather than nameplate full-load current per NEC 430.6

(A) for general motor applications. Do not use these values to select overload relay

thermal units. See Digest Section 15 for selection of thermal units when actual full load

current is not known. The voltages listed are rated motor voltages. Corresponding

nominal system voltages are 200 to 208, 220 to 240, 440 to 480 and 550 to 600 volts.

bIf due to motor starting characteristics, trip settings at the 1300% maximum permitted

level are needed, the next size Mag-Gard circuit breaker should be chosen.

cOnly MIN and MAX settings are shown, intermediate settings are available on all circuit

breakers.

Horsepower Motor Code Letters

1/2 or less A–L

3/4 to 1-1/2 A–K

2 to 3 A–J

5 to 25 A–H

30 to 125 A–G

150 or more A–F

Table 3.47: Adjustable Instantaneous-Trip L-Frame Circuit

Breakers for Single Motor Circuit Protection

Hp Ratings of Induction Type Squirrel-

Cage and Wound Rotor Motors a

Full

Load

Amperes

Mag-Gard

Circuit Breaker

Cat. No.

Magnetic Trip

Settings c

3Ø 60 Hz ac

200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V MIN MAX

75 221 LAL3640033M 700% 1400%

200 240 LAL3640035M 700% 1500%

250 242 LAL3640035M 700% 1400%

100 248 LAL3640035M 700% 1400%

100 285 LAL3640036M 700% 1400%

300 289 LAL3640036M 700% 1400%

250 302 LAL3640036M 700% 1300%

125 312 LAL3640036M 600% 1300%

Table 3.48: Adjustable Instantaneous-Trip Circuit Breakers for

Single Motor Circuit Protection

Hp Ratings of Induction Type Squirrel-

Cage and Wound Rotor Motors a

Full

Load

Amperes

Mag-Gard

Circuit Breaker

Cat. No.

Magnetic Trip

Settings c

3Ø 60 Hz ac

200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V MIN MAX

1/2 0.8 FAL3600311Ma1000% 3500%

1/2 1 FAL3600311Ma800% 2800%

3/4 1.1 FAL3600311M 700% 2500%

3/4 1 1.4 FAL3600311M 600% 2000%

1 1.8 FAL3600311M 400% 1600%

1/2 2 FAL3600311M 400% 1400%

1-1/2 2.1 FAL3600311M 400% 1300%

1/2 2.3 FAL3600311Mb300% 1200%

1-1/2 2.6 FAL3600712M 700% 2700%

2 2.7 FAL3600712M 700% 2600%

3/4 2.8 FAL3600712M 600% 2500%

3/4 3.2 FAL3600712M 600% 2200%

2 3.4 FAL3600712M 500% 2100%

1 3.6 FAL3600712M 500% 1900%

3 3.9 FAL3600712M 500% 1800%

1 4.1 FAL3600712M 400% 1700%

3 4.8 FAL3600712M 400% 1500%

1-1/2 5.2 FAL3600712M 300% 1300%

1-1/2 6 FAL3600712Mb300% 1200%

5 6.1 FAL3600712Mb300% 1100%

2 6.8 FAL3601513M 700% 2600%

5 7.6 FAL3601513M 700% 2400%

2 7.8 FAL3601513M 600% 2300%

7-1/2 9 FAL3601513M 600% 2000%

3 9.6 FAL3601513M 500% 1900%

3 7-1/2 10 11 FAL3601513M 500% 1600%

10 14 FAL3603015M 700% 2500%

5 15.2 FAL3603015M 700% 2300%

15 17 FAL3603015M 600% 2100%

5 17.5 FAL3603015M 600% 2000%

15 21 FAL3603015M 500% 1700%

7-1/2 20 22 FAL3605016M 700% 2600%

7-1/2 25.3 FAL3605016M 600% 2300%

20 25 27 FAL3605016M 600% 2100%

10 28 FAL3605016M 500% 2100%

30 32 FAL3605016M 500% 1800%

10 32.2 FAL3605016M 500% 1800%

25 34 FAL3605016M 400% 1700%

30 40 FAL3605016M 400% 1500%

40 41 FAL3610018M 700% 2700%

15 42 FAL3610018M 700% 2600%

15 48.3 FAL3610018M 600% 2300%

40 50 52 FAL3610018M 600% 2100%

20 54 FAL3610018M 600% 2000%

20 60 62 FAL3610018M 500% 1800%

50 65 FAL3610018M 500% 1700%

25 68 FAL3610018M 400% 1600%

60 75 77 FAL3615024M 600% 1400%

25 78.2 FAL3615024M 600% 1400%

30 80 FAL3615024M 600% 1400%

350 336 MAL3660040M 700% 1500%

125 359 MAL3660040M 700% 1400%

150 360 MAL3660040M 700% 1400%

300 361 MAL3660040M 700% 1400%

400 382 MAL3660040M 700% 1300%

150 350 414 MAL3660042M 700% 1400%

500 472 MAL3660044M 700% 1500%

400 477 MAL3660044M 700% 1500%

200 480 MAL3660044M 700% 1500%

200 552 MAL3680045M 700% 1400%

500 590 MAL3680045M 700% 1400%

250 602 MAL3680045M 700% 1300%

DE2 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

3MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Special Construction

Circuit Breakers

UL Listed 500 Vdc Circuit Breakers

Class 500, 600

The UL Listed thermal-magnetic molded case circuit breakers shown below are specifically

designed for use on ungrounded dc systems having a maximum short-circuit voltage of 500

Vdc or a maximum floating (unloaded) voltage of 600 Vdc. The circuit breakers are suitable

for use only with UPS (uninterruptable power supplies) and ungrounded systems.

This two-level voltage rating allows these circuit breakers to be applied to battery sources

having a short-circuit availability of 20,000 amperes for FH, KH, LH, and MH circuit

breakers and 25,000 amperes for PAF circuit breakers at 500 Vdc.

FH, KH, LH and MH circuit breakers are provided with an adjustable magnetic trip that is

readily accessible by means of a single adjustment on the face of the circuit breaker. PAF

circuit breakers have a fixed magnetic trip range.

These circuit breakers are UL Listed for the interrupting ratings shown only if applied with

three poles connected in series (series connection is external to circuit breaker). See

diagram below.

NOTE: Due to external series connection, I-Line® circuit breakers are not available for

this application.

aMagnetic trip tolerances are -20%/+30% from the nominal values shown.

bSuitable for use only in a ventilated enclosure. Minimum enclosure dimensions are 38" h x 20" w x 7" d with a

minimum of 300 square inches of ventilation near the top and bottom of the enclosure.

Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-36 and Supplemental Digest

Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-39 and Supplemental Digest

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 7-54 and 7-55

Enclosures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 7-56–7-58

Table 3.49: DC Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Ampere Rating Circuit Breaker

Cat. No.

Adjustable Magnetic Trip Range—

DC AmperesaInterrupting Rating

@ 500 Vdc $ Price

Low High

150 A JGL37150D81 350 600 20 k AIR 3779.00

175 A JGL37175D81 350 600 3779.00

200 A JGL37200D82 500 850

20 k AIR

3779.00

225 A JGL37225D82 500 850 3779.00

250 A JGL37250D82 500 850 5001.00

30 A FHL3603013DC 50 180

20 k AIR

1358.00

50 A FHL3605014DC 75 260 1358.00

100 A FHL3610016DC 150 580 1541.00

250 A LHL3625025DC 625 1250

20 k AIR

7598.00

300 A LHL3630026DC 750 1500 7598.00

350 A LHL3635029DC 875 1750 7598.00

400 A LHL3640030DC 1000 2000 7598.00

450 A MHL3645031DC 1125 2250

20 k AIR

9456.00

500 A MHL3650032DC 1250 2500 9456.00

600 A MHL3660033DC 1500 3000 9456.00

700 A MHL3670035DC 1750 3500 11882.00

800 A MHL3680036DC 2000 4000 11880.00

900 A MHL3690039DC 2500 5000 14078.00

1000 A MHL36100040DC 2500 5000 14078.00

1200 A MHL36120040DCb2500 5000 25 k AIR 16758.00

Ampere Rating Circuit Breaker

Cat. No.

Fixed Magnetic Trip Range—DC

AmperesaInterrupting Rating

@ 500 Vdc $ Price

Hold Trip

1200 A PAF361200DC 1200 1620

25 k AIR

24726.00

1600 A PAF361600DC 1600 2160 24726.00

2000 A PAF362000DC 2000 2700 24726.00

2500 A PCF362500DC 2500 3375 25 k AIR 39365.00

CAUTION/PRECAUCION/

ATTENTION

Connect only as shown/Conectar solo asi/

Francher seulement comme suit:

300 V 300 V

Load/Carga/

Charge

600 V MAX.

MAX. MAX.

Load/Carga/

Charge

Source = 600 Vdc max. (floating)

500 Vdc max. (loaded)

DE2 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

3MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Special Construction

Circuit Breakers

Special Terminal Connectors and Lugs

Class 600

Bolt-On I-Line®

(20% Price Adder)

The standard I-Line circuit breaker is designed to provide a high quality, secure connection

between the distribution bus and circuit breaker. I-Line circuit breakers use plug-on type

line-side connectors. The parallel line-side connectors “clamp’’ around the bus bars. In case

of a short circuit, the increased magnetic flux causes the connectors to grasp the bus bars

even tighter. I-Line circuit breakers with bolted connections have clamp-on jaws that are

bolted around the main bus, as shown. The bolt-on I-Line design is offered as an alternative

in order to meet specifications requiring a bolted connection. Bolt-on I-Line construction is

available on FY, QB, QD, QG, QJ, Q4, FA, FH, FC, FI, KA, KH, KC, KI, LA, and LH frame

circuit breakers and molded case switches, and SL100, SL225 and SL400 sub-feed lugs.

To order on all products except QB, QD, QG and QJ, simply add the letter “B’’ in the catalog

number prefix of the circuit breaker, e.g., KA36150 becomes KAB36150. For QB, QD, QG

and QJ, insert the letter “E” in the third position, e.g., QBE, QDE, etc.

Top-Feed I-Line

(No Additional Charge)

I-Line panelboards may require the use of a top-feed I-Line circuit breaker in applications

where a top-feed main circuit breaker is required. This involves having the I-Line jaw

connectors on the OFF end of the circuit breaker, as opposed to the standard location on

the ON end of the circuit breaker. To designate this construction, simply place the suffix

“MT” at the end of the circuit breaker catalog number, e.g., KA36150 becomes

KA36150MT. On LA or LH top-feed I-Line circuit breakers, accessories must be factory

installed. This option is available in PowerPact® H and J-frame by placing a “K” in the 4th

position (termination indicator) of the circuit breaker catalog number, e.g., HGA36125

becomes HGK36125. This option is not available on L-frame (600 A only), M-frame,

N-Frame or Powerpact M-, P- and R-frame.

“CBA” I-Line Jaw Configuration (Non-PowerPact Circuit Breaker)

(No Additional Charge)

Standard 1-pole and 2-pole I-Line circuit breakers are ordered by designating the required

phase connection letters as a suffix to the circuit breaker catalog number. 3-pole circuit

breakers do not require this phase designation and are supplied with an “ABC” phase jaw

configuration as standard. In most applications this is acceptable since the phase loading is

evenly distributed. In applications where the phases must be reversed it is possible to order

a “CBA” jaw configuration by simply placing the letters “CBA” at the end of the standard

catalog number, e.g., KA36150 becomes KA36150CBA.

Control Wire Tap Lugs

(No Additional Charge if Field Installed; 20% Price Adder if Factory Installed)

Control wire tap lugs are used in applications requiring connection to a small wire (22-14

AWG) for control circuits. This is accomplished by crimping the wire to a standard wire

crimp terminal (not included) and fastening the terminal to the circuit breaker lug. On KA,

LA, and MA lugs, the lug is drilled to accept a 6-32 screw (included) to secure the crimp

connector. On FA lugs, a flat slip-on crimp connector is used to attach to a shim-like

connector placed under the circuit breaker lug.

Note: To order as a factory-installed device on FA, FH, FC, FI, KA, KH, KC, KI, Q4, LA, LH,

LC, LI, LXI, LX, LC, MA, MH, MX, ME, MC, NA, NC, NX or NE circuit breakers, add suffix

number 8041 to circuit breaker catalog number, e.g., KIL362258041. To order as a factory-

installed device on MG, MJ, PG, PJ, PL RG, RJ and RL use the product selector or the

respective PowerPact catalog. Tapped lugs will be installed on the “ON” and “OFF” ends of

the circuit breaker.

aUse fully-insulated 0.250 in slip-on connectors.

bI-Line Only.

Table 3.50: Control Wire Terminations for Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker

Control Wire Termination Kits

Cat. No. Standard

Package

Quantity

$ Price

Per Lug

Factory

Installed $ Price

(Suffix 8041)

FA, FH, FC, FI FATa18.40

Add 20%

to price of

circuit breaker

KA, KH, KC AL250KAT 1 40.80

KI AL250KIT 1 113.00

Q4, LA, LH AL400LAT 1 40.80

LC, LI, LXI,

LX, LE

AL600LI35T 1 53.00

AL600LI5T 1 44.60

MA, MH, MX, ME AL900MAT 1 111.00

AL1000MAT 1 111.00

NA, NC, NX, NE AL1200NE6T 1 228.00

Table 3.51: Tapped Lugs for PowerPact® Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Amperes

Max. Kit Cat. No. Standard

Package Qty. $ Price Per Kit

MG, MJ,

PG, PJ, PL 800 A AL800M23TK 3 312.00

AL800P6TK 3 458.00

PG, PJ, PL

800 A AL800M23TK4 4 414.00

AL800P6TK4 4 608.00

1200 A

AL1200P24TK 1 138.00

AL1200P25TK 3 416.00

AL1200P25TK4 4 555.00

RG, RJ, RL 1200 A AL1200R53TKb1237.00

Plug-on Connector

Bolted Connector

Control Wire

Mounting Screw

Circuit Breaker

Terminal

Control Wire

AL250KAT Lug

ASKC 809

Lug

BSKC 394

Lug Mounting Screw

Circuit Breaker Lug

Circuit Breaker Terminal

Control Wire Terminal

(Catalog Number FAT)

DE2 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

3MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Special Construction

Circuit Breakers

I-Line® Drawout Connectors and Rear-Connected Studs

Rear-Connected Studs

Rear-connected studs are designed to allow

rear termination in applications such as

control panels where wire gutter space may

be limited. The studs may be bolted directly

to the bus or lugs may be attached to the

studs.

NOTE:Long and short studs must be

alternated on adjacent poles to assure

proper electrical clearance

Note: Use alternate size studs on adjacent poles to obtain proper electrical clearance.

Rear- Connected Studs

Table 3.52: Rear-Connected Studs—Not UL Listed

Circuit Breaker

Cat. No.

Prefix

Ampere

Ratings Stud

Cat. No.

Dimensions

$ Price Per Stud

Overall

Length To Back of

Circuit Breaker Diameter Threads/Inch

FAL, FHL 15–100 A FAS20 2-1/4 in. 2 in. 3/8 in. 16 70.00

FAL, FHL 15–100 A FAS42 4-7/8 in. 4-1/4 in. 3/8 in. 16 92.00

KAL, KHL 70–250 A KAS21 2-1/4 in. 2-1/8 in. 1/2 in. 13 84.00

KAL, KHL 70–250 A KAS45 5-1/8 in. 4-5/8 in. 1/2 in. 13 129.00

LAL, LHL 125–400 A LAS54 6-3/16 in. 5-1/2 in. 3/4 in. 16 243.00

LAL, LHL 125–400 A LAS114 12-3/16 in. 11-1/2 in. 3/4 in. 16 360.00

MAL, MHL 300–1000 A MAS54 6-3/16 in. 5-1/2 in. 1-1/4 in. 12 440.00

MAL, MHL 300–1000 A MAS114 12-3/16 in. 11-1/2 in. 1-1/4 in. 12 453.00

DE2 DE5 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

3MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Special Construction

Circuit Breakers

Special Calibration, Visi-Blade, Moisture/Fungus Treatment,

and Short LA/LH Handle

Special Magnetic or Thermal Calibration

(20% Price Adder)

Magnetic

The magnetic trip ranges for standard circuit breakers are listed in the Square D Digest. Requirements outside this

range are best accommodated by selecting another standard circuit breaker. In some cases where this is not practical,

a circuit breaker may be ordered with special magnetic calibration. Special magnetic calibration is not possible in all

cases. Circuit breakers with special magnetic calibration and an adjustable magnetic trip range are not UL Listed;

those with a fixed magnetic trip setting are UL Listed. Consult Square D/Schneider Electric local sales office for more

information.

50 Degrees C

UL 489 Listed molded case circuit breakers are calibrated for 40 degree C ambient temperature. To meet requirements

of higher ambient conditions, circuit breakers can be factory calibrated for a 50 degree C ambient temperature. Circuit

breakers with special thermal calibration are not UL Listed. To order 50° calibration, add “35” suffix. Consult local sales

office for more information.

Visi-BladeTM Circuit Breakers

(20% Price Adder)

Visi-blade construction is a modification to the cover of a thermal-magnetic circuit breaker, a molded case switch, or a

Mag-Gard® circuit breaker which provides a “window” through which the position of the movable contacts can be

verified. Luminescent paint is applied to the movable contact arms to clearly indicate their position. Gases produced

during high level interruption may cause clouding of the Visi-blade window. Visi-Blade circuit breakers listed below are

UL Listed except for FH circuit breakers. Visi-Blade construction is not available on circuit breakers not included in table

below.

Add suffix letter “V” to the circuit breaker catalog number, i.e., FAL 36100V.

aFH circuit breaker is not UL Listed.

bI-Line@ 800 A maximum, unit mount 1000 A maximum.

cNot available on 1P FA/FH circuit breakers.

Moisture and Fungus Resistant Treatment for Circuit Breakers

(20% Price Adder)

This treatment covers the application of moisture and fungus resistant varnish to circuit breakers and molded case

switches.

•The varnish meets Military Specification MIL-V-173C VARNISH, MOISTURE AND FUNGUS RESISTANT.

•The treatment meets military Specification MIL-T-152E TREATMENT, MOISTURE AND FUNGUS-RESISTANT,

OF COMMUNICATIONS, ELECTRONIC, AND ASSOCIATED ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT.

The treatment of circuit breakers in accordance with said specifications is intended to protect them against the moisture

and fungus condition encountered in service by retarding the absorption of moisture and inhibiting the growth of fungi.

To order for F-, K-, L- and M-frame circuit breakers, place the suffix “FT” at the end of the circuit breaker catalog

number, e.g., FAL36100 becomes FAL36100FT. To order for QB, QD, and QG circuit breakers, place the suffix “YF” at

the end of the circuit breaker catalog number, e.g., QDL32150 becomes QDL32150YF. ED, EG, EF, GJL, PowerPact®

D-, H-, J-, M-, P- and R-frame circuit breakers are inherently fungus resistant and need no further treatment.

Short Handle for LA/LH Circuit Breakers (No Additional Charge)

Certain applications of the LA/LH circuit breakers (as mains in particular panelboards) require the use of a slightly

shorter operating handle. For ordering information refer to the chart below.

Table 3.53: Available Visi-Blade Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Prefix Amperes $ Price

FA, FHac 15–100 A

20% Price Adder

KA, KH 70–250 A

LA, LH 125–400 A

MA, MH 300–1000 A b

Table 3.54: Catalog Numbers for Short Handle LA/LH CIrcuit Breakers

Lug Configuration Desired Catalog

“Prefix Indication” Catalog

“Suffix Indication” Circuit Breaker

Cat. No.

ON End OFF End

Lugs Lugs “L” “MB” LAL36400MB

No Lugs Lugs “P” “MB” LAP36400MB

Lugs No Lugs “P” “MT” LAP36400MT

No Lugs No Lugs “F” “MB” LAF36400MB

Visi-Blade Circuit Breaker

DE2 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

3MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Special Construction

Circuit Breakers

P-Frame Replacement Handles, Key Interlock Adapter Plate

and Exchange Program

P-Frame Replacement Handle

Replacement handle assemblies for PA, PC, PE, PX and PH circuit

breakers (produced after March 1975) are available.

P-Frame Key Interlock Adapter Plate

PAKK Kit – An adapter plate that is added under the circuit breaker

handle to allow mechanical interlocking with a key interlock (not

included). The kit includes all the necessary hardware to mount onto

the circuit breaker handle.

Exchange Guarantee Prices, Permanent Trip Molded Case

Circuit Breakers

When a Square D permanent trip circuit breaker is supplied to meet a

specification requiring an interchangeable trip unit, it may be

exchanged for another circuit breaker of the same type with a different

trip setting.

When entering an order for the replacement circuit breaker:

1. Reference “Exchange Price Guarantee” as a line item marking on the

replacement order. The replacement order will be billed at normal authorized

selling net price.

2. Request Return Material Authorization referencing “Exchange Price

Guarantee” and the replacement exchange price guarantee invoice number.

When the circuit breaker is returned to Cedar Rapids, credit will be

issued for the difference between the replacement net price billed and

the exchange list price (from the table below) times the same multiplier

used on the replacement order. The list price used to determine credit

will be based on the highest trip setting of the circuit breakers involved

in the exchange.

Example: An MAL36400 (400 A trip setting) needs to be changed to an

800A trip setting. The list price for the exchange would be the exchange

list price for a 700-800 A Type MA circuit breaker. If an 800A Type MA

circuit breaker were being exchanged for a 400 A trip circuit breaker

under this program, the list price for the exchange would still be the

exchange list price shown for an 800 A Type MA circuit breaker.

NOTE: The Type MA circuit breaker cannot be exchanged for a

Type LA, LH, LC or MH circuit breaker.

Only those circuit breaker types below are eligible for this exchange

guarantee program.

Table 3.55: P-Frame Replacement Handle

Circuit Breaker

Cat. No. Prefix Replacement Handle

Cat. No. $ Price

PAF, PAE, PHF, PHE, PCF, PEC, PEF, PXF HRPA 111.00

Table 3.56: P-Frame Key Interlock Adapter Plate

Cat. No. $ Price

PAKK 185.00

Replacement

Handle

Assembly

Optional

PAKK

Assembly

Circuit Breaker with Handle Removed

Hub q

Washers are to remain with Circuit Breaker

aThe “hub” under normal conditions is insulated. When the phenolic handle is removed,

a label is exposed warning of the hub being energized. That can only happen if a short

circuit or severe overload occurs. The ionized gasses inside the circuit breaker could

momentarily (1-2 cycles) put a high voltage potential on the hub.

Table 3.57: Exchange Guarantee Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Type Trip Range Exchange List $ Price

KA 70–225 A 1388.00

KA 250 A 2313.00

KH 70–225 A 3120.00

KH 250 A 4055.00

LA All 2465.00

LH All 4055.00

LC All 4434.00

MA 300–600 A 3780.00

MA 700–800 A 5295.00

MA 900–1000 A 6779.00

MH 300–600 A 5043.00

MH 700–800 A 6341.00

MH 900–1000 A 7511.00

DE2 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

3MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Special Construction

Circuit Breakers

Special Terminations

Class 690

Lug Deletion (No Additional Charge)

In some applications, the circuit breaker does not require lugs on one or

both ends. To meet this requirement, the circuit breaker should be

ordered with the desired lug configuration as indicated below. If

necessary, lugs may be removed in the field. However, if lugs are

removed in the field, circuit breaker Types FH, FC, Q4 LA, LH, MA, MH,

MX, ME, NA, NC, NX, and NE must be secured with pan-mounting

screws, or have “P” screws (cover screws and nuts) installed securing

the base to the cover.

Termination Insert Kits

The standard lugs supplied with KA, KH, KC, and KI (series 2 and

higher), EDB, EGB, EJB, and FJA circuit breakers and molded case

switches are secured by means of a screw fastened through the circuit

breaker terminal into the lug body. If the standard lug is removed and a

bolted connection to the circuit breaker terminal pad is desired, a

threaded insert kit is required. The insert is installed below the terminal

pad. For ordering information see chart below.

LC, LI, LE, LX and LXI Circuit Breaker Termination Clip Kit

The standard lugs supplied

with LC, LI, LE, LX and LXI

circuit breakers are secured

by means of a screw fastened

through the circuit breaker

terminal into the lug body. If

the standard lug is removed

and a bolted connection to the

circuit breaker terminal is

desired, the AL600IN

threaded terminal clip kit is

required to make this

connection. The AL600IN clip

snaps onto the bottom of the

terminal. For ordering

information, see chart below.

Electric Joint Compound

I-Line® circuit breakers, I-Line

busway plug-on units, I-Line

panelboards and switchboards,

QMB plug-on switches and motor

control center plug-on units are

supplied with factory applied joint

compound on the plug-on

connectors. The compound should

not be removed because it

contributes to the overall

performance of the connection.

Whenever one of these units is

removed and reinstalled, the joint

compound should be reapplied.

Catalog number PJC 7201 is a two-

ounce container of compound

specially formulated for the I-Line,

QMB and motor control center

connections.

No other type of commercially

available joint compound should be

used.

Table 3.58: Lug Configurationa

ON End OFF End Circuit Breaker Prefix – Suffix

Lugs Lugs “L”

(e.g., KAL36150)

No Lugs No Lugs “F”

(e.g., KAF36150)

No Lugs Lugs “P”

(e.g., KAP36150)

Lugs No Lugs “P – MT”b

(e.g., KAP36150MT)

aSee information on termination kits below

bMT suffix also required (except for PowerPact®).

Table 3.59: Termination Kit Inserts

Kit Cat. No. Inserts Per Kit Circuit Breakers $ Price Per Kit

AL250KAIN 3 KA, KH, KC, KI 17.40

TIKFD 3 EDB, EGB, EJB, FJA 17.40

Aluminum

Insert

1/4 X 20 Threads

Spread slightly

then slide

Wire Retainer

under Terminal to

engage slots on

sides of insert.

Wire Retainer

Terminal

EDB, EGB, EJB,

FJA

Table 3.60: Termination Clip Kit

Kit Cat. No. Clips Per Kit Circuit Breakers $ Price Per Kit

AL600IN 3 LC, LI, LE, LX, LXI 65.00

Table 3.61: Electric Joint Compound

Use With Cat. No. $ Price

I-Line Circuit Breakers, QMB Plug-On Units, or

Model-V MCC Units PJC7201 19.80

SED Drawout Circuit Breakers PJC8311 42.80

Terminal Clip

LC, LI, LE, LX and LXI Circuit Breakers

Terminal

DE2 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

3MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Special Construction

Circuit Breakers

Grounded BØ Systems

Class 600

Circuit Breakers for Grounded B-Phase (BØ) (Corner-

Grounded Delta) Systems (No Additional Charge)

Ordering Information For Grounded BØ Circuit Breakers

1. There is no additional charge for grounded BØ circuit breakers.

2. For use on 480 V systems, FH, KH, LH and MH type circuit breakers must be

ordered as 600 V versions and with a 5861 suffiix (i.e. FHL361005861).

3. For use on 240 V systems, FH type circuit breakers may be ordered as 480 V

versions with a 5861 suffix (i.e. FHL341005861).

4. FA, KA, LA, and MA type circuit breakers are not available with grounded B

phase markings.

5. Two-pole 240 V grounded B-phase circuit breakers (except EDB, EGB, EJB,

QB, QD, QG, and QJ) will be built using three-pole modules.

6. Two-pole grounded BØ circuit breakers will be labeled with 240 Vac

interrupting ratings. Three-pole grounded BØ circuit breakers will be labeled

with 480 Vac interrupting ratings.

7. No self-certification is available for interrupting ratings greater than shown in

the tables below.

NOTE: Three-pole circuit breakers must be used on three-phase

480 V corner-grounded delta systems. The outside poles

are to be connected to the ungrounded phase and the

grounded conductor connected to the center pole.

Connecting the circuit breaker in a manner other than that

described or shown may result in an unsafe application of

the circuit breaker.

Table 3.62: Application Data for 240 Vac 3Ø

Corner-Grounded Delta System

Cat. No. Prefix Poles

UL Listed Interrupting Rating

Ampere Rating 240 Vac Interrupting

Rating

QO-H, QOB-H 2 15–100 A 5 kA

QB, QD, QG, QJ 2a70–250 A 10 kA

EDB, EGB, EJB 2a15–125 A 18 kA, 35 kA, 65 kA

HD, HG, HJ, HL 2a15–150 A 18 kA, 35 kA,

65 kA, 100 kA

JD, JG, JJ, JL 2b150–250 A

FH, FHL 2b15–100 A 42 kA

KH, KHL 2b70–250 A

LH, LHL 2b125–400 A 30 kA

MH, MHL 2b300–1000 A 65 kA

MG, MJ Electronic Trip 2bc 300–800 A

PH 2b2000 A 125 kA

PG, PJ, PK, PL Electronic Trip Unit 2bc 600–1200 A 65 kA

RJ Electronic Trip Unit 2bc 1200–2500 A 100 kA

RL Electronic Trip Unit 2bc 1200–2500 A 125 kA

MG, MJ Electronic Trip Unit 3c300–800 A

65 kAPG, PK Electronic Trip Unit 3c600–1200 A

PG, PK Micrologic® Trip Unit 3c250–1200 A

PJ, PL Electronic Trip Unit 3c600–1200 A 100 kA

PJ, PL Micrologic Trip Unit 3c250–1200 A

RG, RK Electronic Trip Unit 3c1200–2500 A 65 kA

RG, RK Micrologic Trip Unit 3c600–2500 A

RJ Electronic Trip Unit 3c1200–2500 A 100 kA

RJ Micrologic Trip Unit 3c600–2500 A

RL Electronic Trip Unit 3c1200–2500 A 125 kA

RL Micrologic Trip Unit 3c600–2500 A

aStandard labeling includes grounded B phase.

bBuilt using 3P module.

cElectronic = ET1.0 Electronic Trip System

Micrologic = 3.0, 5.0, 3.0A, 5.0A, 6.0A, 5.0P, 6.0P, 5.0H and 6.0 H Micrologic Trip System.

Load

2-pole

Circuit Breaker

3Ø 240 Vac Corner-Grounded Delta System

Table 3.63: 480 Vac 3Ø Corner-Grounded Delta System

Cat. No. Prefix Polesd

UL Listed Interrupting Ratingd

Ampere Rating 480 Vac Interrupting

Rating

HD, HG, HJ, HL 3 15–150 A 18 kA, 35 kA, 65 kA, 100 kA

JD, JG, JJ, JL 3 150–250 A

FH, FHL 3 15–100 A 10 kA

KH, KHL 3 70–250 A 14 kA

LH, LHL 3 125–400 A 14 kA

MH, MHL 3 300–1000 A 18 kA

MG, MJ Electronic Trip Unit 3e300–800 A 35 kA

PH 3 2000 A 25 kA

PG, PK Electronic Trip Unit 3e600–1200 A 35 kA, 65 kA

PG, PK Micrologic Trip Unit 3e250–1200 A

PJ, PL Electronic Trip Unit 3e600–1200 A 65 kA, 100 kA

PJ, PL Micrologic Trip Unit 3e250–1200 A

RG, RJ, RK RL Electronic Trip Unit 3e1200–2500 A 35 kA, 65 kA, 100 kA

RG, RJ, RK, RL Micrologic Trip Unit 3e600–2500 A

NT 3 800–1200 100 kA

NW 3 800–6000 150 kA

dThe grounded phase should be connected through the center pole only.

eElectronic = ET1.0 Electronic Trip System

Micrologic = 3.0, 5.0, 3.0A, 5.0A, 6.0A, 5.0P, 6.0P, 5.0H and 6.0 H Micrologic Trip

System.

Load

3-pole

Circuit Breaker

3Ø 480 Vac Corner-Grounded Delta System

www.schneider-electric.us

3MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Obsolescence

Scheduled for 1Q2010

Obsolescence

Scheduled for 1Q2010

Special Construction

Circuit Breakers

Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers for Mining Applications

Class 600

These circuit breakers with the properly selected trip range provide

protection for trailing cables in compliance with the Federal Register for

Mining Applications.

The thermal-magnetic circuit breakers listed below have thermally-

responsive trip elements in addition to adjustable instantaneous trip

mechanisms. They allow for independent selection of thermal and

magnetic trip characteristics. See selection chart below. For

Mag-Gard® instantaneous trip magnetic-only circuit breakers refer to

Digest.

aMagnetic trip setting tolerances are -20% and +30% from nominal values shown.

Table 3.64: Circuit Breakers for Mining Applications

Adjustable Magnetic Trip RangeaCat. No. $ Price

Low High

50 A 180 A FAL3603013T 996.00

75 A 260 A FAL3605014T 996.00

150 A 580 A FAL3610016T 1226.00

500 A 1000 A

LAL3612522T 4619.00

LAL3615022T 4619.00

LAL3617522T 4619.00

LAL3620022T 4619.00

LAL3622522T 4619.00

LAL3625022T 4619.00

1000 A 2000 A

LAL3620030T 4619.00

LAL3622530T 4619.00

LAL3625030T 4619.00

LAL3630030T 4619.00

LAL3635030T 4619.00

LAL3640030T 4619.00

1250 A 2500 A

LAL3625032T 4619.00

LAL3630032T 4619.00

LAL3635032T 4619.00

LAL3640032T 4619.00

1500 A 3000 A

LAL3630033T 4619.00

LAL3635033T 4619.00

LAL3640033T 4619.00

1750 A 3500 A LAL3635025T 4619.00

LAL3640035T 4619.00

Table 3.65: Circuit Breakers for Mining Applications

Adjustable Magnetic Trip RangeaCat. No. $ Price

Low High

750 A 1500 A MAL3630026T 7560.00

MAL3635026T 7560.00

1000 A 2000 A

MAL3630030T 7560.00

MAL3635030T 7560.00

MAL3640030T 7560.00

MAL3645030T 7560.00

MAL3650030T 7560.00

1250 A 2500 A

MAL3635032T 7560.00

MAL3640032T 7560.00

MAL3645032T 7560.00

MAL3650032T 7560.00

MAL3660032T 7560.00

1500 A 3000 A

MAL3630033T 7560.00

MAL3635033T 7560.00

MAL3640033T 7560.00

MAL3645033T 7560.00

MAL3650033T 7560.00

MAL3660033T 7560.00

MAL3670033T 9927.00

MAL3680033T 9927.00

2000 A 4000 A

MAL3640036T 7560.00

MAL3645036T 7560.00

MAL3650036T 7560.00

MAL3660036T 7560.00

MAL3670036T 9927.00

MAL3680036T 9927.00

MAL3690036T 12705.00

MAL36100036T 12705.00

2500 A 5000 A

MAL3650040T 7560.00

MAL3660040T 7560.00

MAL3670040T 9927.00

MAL3680040T 9927.00

MAL3690040T 12705.00

MAL36100040T 12705.00

3000 A 6000 A

MAL3660042T 7560.00

MAL3670042T 9927.00

MAL3680042T 9927.00

MAL3690042T 12705.00

MAL36100042T 12705.00

3500 A 7000 A

MAL3680044T 9927.00

MAL3690044T 12705.00

MAL36100044T 12705.00

4000 A 8000 A

MAL3680045T 9927.00

MAL3690045T 12705.00

MAL36100045T 12705.00

4500 A 9000 A MAL3690046T 12705.00

MAL36100046T 12705.00

DE2 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

3MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Special Construction

Circuit Breakers

UL Marine Listed Circuit Breakers

Class 600

UL Marine Listed Circuit Breakers

A standard for molded case circuit breakers which are intended to be installed and used aboard a boat or vessel is

included in Supplement SA to UL 489, “Standard for Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Circuit Breaker Enclosures’’

(also referred to as UL product category DKTY). This UL Standard was established in accordance with U.S. Coast

Guard regulations, applicable American Boat and Yacht Council Inc. publications, and NFPA® 302 “Standard for Motor

Craft (Pleasure and Commercial)’’. In order to be UL Listed for marine use, circuit breakers must not use aluminum or

aluminum alloys for terminal connections and must be calibrated at an ambient temperature of 40 oC. Standard circuit

breakers should not be specified or used in place of marine circuit breakers.

The following table lists those circuit breakers which are UL Marine Listed for use on vessels over 65 ft. (19.8 m) in

length. (PowerPact H and J-frame circuit breakers can also be used in vessels under 65 ft. [19.8 m] in length.)

UL Naval Listed Circuit Breakers

A standard for molded case circuit breakers which are intended or use aboard non-combatant and auxiliary naval ships

is included in Supplement SB to UL 489, “Standard for Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Circuit Breaker Enclosures’’.

The following table lists those circuit breakers which are UL Naval Listed for use on vessels under 65 feet (19.8 m) in

length.

Table 3.66: CIrcuit Breakers for Marine Applications

Cat. No. Prefix Poles Ampere

Rating Application Cat. No. $ Price

FA, FAL 2 15–100 A

For use only on

vessels over 65 feet

(19.8 m) in length.

Add the number “9’’ after the catalog

number prefix of the standard circuit

breaker catalog number.

Example:

Standard FAL36100

Marine FAL936100

There is a 20%

adder to the price of

the equivalent standard

circuit breaker. All

marine

circuit breakers are

supplied with copper

lugs.

3 15–100 A

FH, FHL 2, 3 15–100 A

FI, FIL 2, 3 20–100 A

KI, KIL 2, 3 110–250 A

LA, LAL 2, 3 125–400 A

LH, LHL 2, 3 125–400 A

MA, MAL 2, 3 300–1000 A

MH, MHL 2, 3 300–1000 A

ME, MEL, MX, MXL 2, 3 100–800 A

NA, NE, NC, NX

NAL, NCL, NEL, NXL 2, 3 600–1200 A

PAF 2, 3 600–2000 A

PHF 2, 3 600–2000 A

PCF 2, 3 1600–2500 A

PE, PEF, PX, PXF 2, 3 600–2000 A

PowerPact® HD, HG, HJ, HL 2, 3 15–150 A For use on vessels over and under

65 feet (19.8 m) in length. Add a “YA’’ after the standard circuit

breaker catalog number.

Example:

Standard HGL36100

Marine HGL36100YA

PowerPact JD, JG, JJ, JL 2, 3 150–250 A

PowerPact MG, MJ 2, 3 300–800 A For use only on

vessels over 65 feet

(19.8 m) in length.

PowerPact PG, PJ, PL 2, 3, 4 100–1200 A

PowerPact RG, RJ, RL 2, 3, 4 600–2500 A

Table 3.67: CIrcuit Breakers for Navel Applications

Cat. No. Prefix Poles Ampere

Rating Application Cat. No. $ Price

HD, HG, HJ, HL 2, 3 15–150 A For use on non-combat and

auxiliary naval

ships over and under 65 feet

(19.8 m) in length.

Add a “YA’’ after the standard circuit

breaker catalog number.

Example:

Standard HGL36100

Marine HGL36100YA

There is a 20%

adder to the price of

the equivalent standard

circuit breaker. All marine

circuit breakers are

supplied with copper lugs.

JD, JG, JJ, JL 2, 3 150–250 A

For use on vessels over 65 ft.

(19,8 m) in length

Para utilizarse en embarcaciones

mayores a 65 pies (19,8 m) de

longitud

À utiliser sur des navires ayant

plus de 65 pi (19,8 m) de long

DE2 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

3MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Circuit Breaker

Accessories

Factory-Installed Accessories

Factory-Installed Electrical Accessories

Electrical accessories are available on all molded case circuit breakers except FY and QOM1 circuit breakers.

•Alarm switch is the only accessory available for the 1-pole FA circuit breaker.

•Combination accessories may be ordered by description, i.e., 1021 and 1212.

•All AC electrical accessories shown below are rated for 50/60 Hz.

•Add 20% to accessory price for each field-installable accessory that is factory-installed.

•See page 3-27 for field-installable accessories. See Digest page 7-35 for PowerPact® circuit breaker accessories.

Table 3.68: Factory-Installed Accessories for Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers

Accessory Description Rated

Voltage Coil

BurdenaSuffix $ Price

Adder

Shunt Trip

Trips the circuit breaker from a remote location by means of a trip coil energized from a separate circuit.

A 120 V shunt trip will operate at 55% or more of rated voltage. All other shunt trips will operate at 75%

or more of rated voltage.

Application

•For use with momentary or maintained push button.

•Sure Trip Capacitor Unit requires 48 Vdc shunt trip.

•Leads: (2) Black.18 AWG Cu.

24 Vac 21 VA -1042b755.00

120 Vac 24 VA -1021c755.00

208 Vac 107 VA -1021 755.00

240 Vac 154 VA -1021 755.00

277 Vac 14 VA -1037b755.00

480 Vac 45 VA -1037b755.00

24 Vdc 36 VA -1027 755.00

48 Vdc 36 VA -1028 755.00

125 Vdc 44 VA -1029 755.00

250 Vdc 15 VA -1030d755.00

Ground-

Fault

Shunt Trip

Trips the circuit breaker electrically using the signal from a Micrologic® Ground-Fault Module.

Application

•For use only with obsolete GP Ground-Censor® system or add on ground-fault module.

•Leads: (2) Orange 18 AWG Cu.

——-Gd755.00

Undervoltage

Trip (U VR)

Trips the circuit breaker electrically when a control circuit falls below 35 to 70% of nominal (not field

adjustable). Picks up at 35–85% of nominal voltage.

Application

•UVR must be energized in order to close the circuit breaker.

•Leads: (2) Brown 18 AWG Cu leads.

24 Vac

120 Vac

240 Vac

24 Vdc

48 Vdc

5 VA

8 VA

2 VA

3 VA

-1143d

-1121

-1124

-1127

-1128

755.00

Time Delay

Unit

Provides adjustable time delay for UVR of 0.1 to 0.6 second before circuit breaker trips.

Application

•For use only with -1121 UV trip.

•Adjustable time delay (0.1 to 0.6 second).

•I-Line unit requires 1.5 in. (38 mm) of mounting space.

•Leads: (2) Brown 18 AWG Cu and (2) Black/White 18 AWG Cu.

120 Vac

Cat. No.

Unit Mt. I-Line®

690UVTD 690UVTDI 1941.00

Auxiliary

Switches

Monitors circuit breaker contact status and provides a remote signal indicating

the circuit breaker contacts are OPEN or CLOSED.

Application

•Max. Load = FA, FH, FC, FI, KA, KH, LC, LE, LI, LX, LXI.

10 A @ 125–250 Vac, ¼ hp @ 125–250 Vac, 5 A @ 30 Vdc

•Leads: Yellow for “A’’, Blue for “B’’, Striped for common 18 AWG Cu.

See load

info. in

App. text

at left

See load

info. in

App. text

at left

1A/1B -1212 312.00

2A/2B -1352 623.00

3A/3B -1364e800.00

Alarm

Switches

Used with control circuits and actuated only when the circuit breaker has tripped.

Standard construction includes a normally-open contact.

Application

•Max. Load = 10 A @ 125–250 Vac

•Max. Load = 15 A @ 30 Vdc

•Leads: (2) Red 18 AWG Cu.

250 Vac

28 Vdc

250 Vac

48 Vdc

See

load

info. in

App.

text

at left

-2100

-2103

312.00

aCoil burden values do not apply to LC, LE, LI, LX and LXI. Consult Field Sales office for more information.

bNot available on FI, KI or KC circuit breakers.

cLC, LE, LI, LX, and LXI circuit breakers operate at 75% or more of rated voltage.

dNot available on LC, LE, LI, LX, LXI circuit breakers.

eNot available in FA, FC, FH, FI and KI circuit breakers.

Circuit Breaker Open or Closed

1A Alarm Switch

Configuration

Color Code: Red Leads

Circuit Breaker Tripped

1B Alarm Switch

Configuration

Color Code: Red Leads

Circuit Breaker Open or Closed

1A/1B

Circuit Breaker Closed

Circuit Breaker Open or Tripped

Auxiliary Switch

Contact Configuration

Color Code:

"A" Contact - Yellow Leads

"B" Contact - Blue Leads

Common-Striped Leads

Undervoltage Trip

Wiring Diagram

Brown

Brown Wires To Be

Connected To

Control Power

UVR

Shunt Trip

Wiring Diagram

Black

Black Wires To Be

Connected To

Control Power

Shunt

Trip

690UVTD Wiring Diagram

DE2 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

3MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Circuit Breaker

Accessories

Field-Installable Accessories

Field-Installable Electrical Accessories

Complete field-installable accessory catalog number by inserting suffix from 3-26 between

the parentheses in the catalog numbers shown in the table below. (Example: NA11212)

See 3-26 for accessory pricing; add 20% to factory-install field-installable devices.

Complete field-installable accessory catalog number by inserting suffix from 3-26 between

the parentheses in the catalog numbers shown in the table below. (Example: NA11212)

See 3-26 for accessory pricing; add 20% to factory-install field-installable devices.

Table 3.69: Field-Installable Accessories for Thermal-Magnetic and Electronic Trip

Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Shunt Trip Ground-Fault

Shunt TripbUndervoltage Trip Auxiliary Switches Alarm Switch

Miniature Circuit Breakers,

EH and EH-PL Factory-Installed

Only Not Available Not Available Factory-Installed

Only Factory-Installed

Only

FA, FH, FC, FI, KA, KH,

KC, KI Factory-Installed

Only Factory-Installed

Only

LA, LH

Series 4cLA1( ) LA1G LA1 ( ) LA1( ) Factory-Installed

Only Right Pole

Q4 LA1( ) LA1G LA1 ( ) LA1( ) Factory-Installed

Only Right Pole

LC, LE, LI, LX, LXI LC1( ) LC1G LC1 ( ) LC1( ) Factory-Installed

Only

MA, MH

Series 2 MA1( ) MA1G MA1 ( ) MA1( ) Factory-Installed

Only Center Pole

ME, MX Factory-Installed

Only Factory-Installed

Only

NA, NC, NE, NX

Series 1, 2, 3 NA1( ) NA1( ) NA1( ) NA1( ) NA1( )

PA, PH , P C

Series 4 PA1( ) Factory-Installed

Only PA11121

PA11124 PA1( ) Factory-Installed

Only

PE, PX

Series 4, 5, 6 PA 1( ) Factory-Installed

Only PA11121

PA11124 PA1( ) Factory-Installed

Only

aCombination accessory in right pole with factory-installed alarm switch must also be factory-installed on MA circuit

breakers.

bUsed with obsolete GP Ground-Censor® system or add-on ground-fault modules.

cWith LA and LH top-feed circuit breakers (suffix MT, I-Line jaws on OFF end) all accessories must be factory

installed.

Table 3.70: Accessory Mounting Locations

LA, LH, Q4 Series 4 circuit breakers or newer = Field-

installable accessories

LC, LI, LX, LXI circuit breakers = Field-installable

accessories

MA, MH Series 2 circuit breakers or newer = Field-

installable accessories

ME/MX circuit breakers = Not field-installable accessories

Both accessory ports will accept shunt trips, UVRs and

auxiliary switches. Alarm switches are factory installable

only (right pole). Maximum of one device per port.

NA, NC, NE, NX circuit breakers - FIeld-installable

accessories

“L” port and “R” port will accept shunt trips, alarm switches

and UVRs; “R2” port will accept auxiliary switches.

Maximum of one device per port.

PA, PH, PC, PE, PX Series 4 circuit breakers or newer = FIield-installable

accessories.

“L1” and “L2” or “R1” and “R2” port combinations are

required to mount a single shunt trip. Both “L2” and “R2”

ports will accept a UVR. Both “L1” and R1” ports will

accept auxiliary switches. If alarm switch is factory

installed in PA or PC circuit breaker, it will be installed in

“R2” port. For a PE or PX circuit breaker, the alarm switch

will be factory installed in “L2” port.

1A/1B

Circuit Breaker Closed

Circuit Breaker Open or Tripped

Auxiliary Switch

Contact Configuration

Color Code:

"A" Contact - Yellow Leads

"B" Contact - Blue Leads

Common-Striped Leads

Circuit Breaker Open or Closed

1A Alarm Switch

Configuration

Color Code: Red Leads

Circuit Breaker Tripped

1B Alarm Switch

Configuration

Color Code: Red Leads

Circuit Breaker Open or Closed

Undervoltage Trip

Wiring Diagram

Brown

Brown Wires To Be

Connected To

Control Power

UVR

Shunt Trip

Wiring Diagram

Black

Black Wires To Be

Connected To

Control Power

Shunt

Trip

LR1

www.schneider-electric.us

3MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Circuit Breaker

Accessories

Electrical Operators, Handle Accessories, Cylinder Locks, and

Walking Beam Mechanical Interlocks

Electrical Operators

Provides remote ON, OFF/RESET control of molded case circuit breakers.

•A complete line of field-installable electrical operators.

•Not applicable on LC/LI/LE/LX/LXI, ME/MX, or NA/NC/NE/NX circuit breakers.

•Installing side mounted motor operators on non I-Line® circuit breakers requires the use of a separate mounting pan.

•Side mounted electrical operators require an additional 4-1/2 in. (114 mm) of mounting space in I-Line installations.

When remote indication of circuit breaker status is required, order circuit breaker with 1A-1B auxilliary switch for ON-

OFF Indication and alarm switch for TRIP Indication. Electrical operators require SPDT maintained contact switch.

Refer to Class 9001 control unit listing for operators and pilot lights.

NOTE: Not available on Mag-Gard® circuit breakers and molded case switches.

Handle Accessories

aLocks OFF only.

bMA and MH circuit breakers will not lock in ON position

cUse with MAHEX handle extension.

Cylinder Lock

Used to lock the circuit breaker in the OFF position. Circuit breaker cannot be reset when locked OFF.

Interlocks

Table 3.71: Electrical Operators

Circuit

Breaker

Prefix

Top Mount Side Mount Mounting Pan

Voltage Cat. No. $ Price Voltage Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

FA, FH, FC — — — 120 Vac FAMO1 1304.00 ——

FAL, FHL, FCL — — — 120 Vac FAMO1 1304.00 FAMOP 108.00

FI, KA, KH, KC, KI — — — 120 Vac KAMO1 3506.00 ——

FIL, KIL,

KAL, KHL,

KCL

120 Vac KAMO2120AC 3642.00

120 Vac KAMO1 3506.00 KAMOP 134.00

240 Vac KAMO2240AC 3642.00

24 Vdc KAMO224DC 3642.00

125 Vdc KAMO2125DC 3642.00

LA, LH, Q4 — — — 120 Vac LAMO1 4518.00 ——

LAL, LHL,

Q4L

120 Vac LAMO2120AC 4704.00

120 Vac LAMO1 4518.00 LAMOP 185.00

240 Vac LAMO2240AC 4704.00

24 Vdc LAMO224DC 4704.00

125 Vdc LAMO2125DC 4704.00

MA, MH — — — 120 Vac MAMO1 4518.00 ——

MAL, MHL

120 Vac MAMO2120AC 4704.00

120 Vac MAMO1 4518.00 MAMOP 1856.00

240 Vac MAMO2240AC 4704.00

24 Vdc MAMO224DC 4704.00

125 Vdc MAMO2125DC 4704.00

PA, PH, PC, PE, PX 120 Vac PAMO2 5544.00 —————

Table 3.72: Handle Accessories

Circuit Breaker Prefix Poles Cat. No. $ Price Circuit Breaker Prefix Poles Cat. No. $ Price

Handle Tie Handle Padlock Attachment (locks ON or OFF)

(2)FA 3 FKHT 215.00 FY Series 1 1 HPAFYQ 19.80

(2)KA, (2)FI,(2)KI, or (1)FI + (1)KI 2,3 FKHT 215.00 FA, FH, FC, FI 1,2,3 HPAFK 24.20

(2)LA or (2)Q4 2,3 LAHT 497.00 FY Series 2, KA, KH 2,3 HPAFK 24.20

California Title 24 Comb. Handle Tie and Lock Off KC, KI 2,3 HPAFKFa32.60

FA (3)1P

(3)1P FY3HT

FA3HT 53.00

53.00 LA, LH, Q4, MA, MH, ME, MX 2,3 HPALMb

HPAXLMc26.00

27.60

Handle Extension LC, LE, LI, LX, LXI 2,3 AHPALI 25.20

LA, LC, LH, LE, LI, LX, LXI, Q4 2,3 AHEXLI 95.00 NA, NC, NE, NX 2,3 HPANE 26.00

MA, MH, ME, MX, NA, NC, NE, NX 2,3 MAHEX 95.00 PA, PC, PH, PE, PX 2,3 PAPAF 119.00

Table 3.73: Cylinder Lock

Circuit Breaker

Prefix Factory Installed

Suffix Field Installable

Cat. No. $ Price

FA, FAL, FH, FHLd—CL Factory-installed

only

315.00

KA, KAL, KH, KHLd315.00

LA, LAL, LH, LHL, Q4 Field-installable

only

LA1CL 315.00

MA, MAL, MH, MHL MA1CL 315.00

dNot available on Mag-Gard circuit breakers and molded case switches.

KAMO2120AC

With KAL Circuit Breaker

FAMO1 and FAMOP

With FAL Circuit Breaker

Table 3.74: Walking Beam Mechanical Interlock Componentse

Circuit

Breaker

Prefix

Manually Operated Electrically Operated

Operator

Suffix $ Price

Adder

Walking Beam

Ass'y. Mounting Pan Operator

Suffix $ Price

Adder

Walking Beam

Ass'y. Mounting Pan

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

FAL, FHL

LAL, LHL

MAL, MHL

246.00

FA4WB

LA6WB

MA9WB

134.00

179.00

215.00

FAWBP4

LAWBP6

MAWBP9

177.00

242.00

309.00

WBMO

246.00

FA9WB

LA10WB

MA13WB

200.00

213.00

251.00

FAWBP9

LAWBP10

MAWBP13

242.00

309.00

429.00

eFully enclosed interlocked units are available in Type 1 and Type 3R enclosures, with two neutrals provided in each enclosure. The

completely enclosed assembly is not UL Listed. Please consult your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric local sales office for more

information.

Walking Beam Mechanical Interlock

Requires 2 circuit breakers with WB suffix,

1 walking beam assembly and 1 mounting pan.

DE2 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

3MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Circuit Breaker

Accessories

Mechanical Lug Information

aUnless otherwise specified, wire sizes apply to both aluminum and copper conductors.

bFor use in the OFF end only, when the OFF end is the load end.

cUse suffix 8002 for factory-installed Cu lugs. (20% adder.)

Table 3.75: Mechanical Lug Kit Information

Circuit Breaker Application (Number of Wires Per Lug )

Wire RangeaCat. No.

Lugs

Per

Kit

$ Price

Per Kit

Standard Ampere

Rating Optional Ampere

Rating

Al Lugs for Use with Al or Cu Wire

FA, FH

FI 15–30 A FA, FH

FI 35–100 A (1) 14–4 AWG Cu or

(1) 12–4 AWG Al AL50FA 3 37.20

FC 35–100 A FC 15–30 A (1) 14–3 AWG Cu or

(1) 12–1 AWG Al AL100FA4 3 37.20

FA, FH

FI 35–100 A FA, FH

FI 15–30 A (1) 14–1/0 AWG Cu or

(1) 12–1/0 AWG Al AL100FA 3 37.20

— — FA, FH, FC 15–100 A (1) 12–3 AWG Cu AL100TFb337.20

——FA 150 A

(only) (1) 2–3/0 AWG AL150FA 3 37.20

KA, KH 70–250 A — — (1) 4 AWG–350 kcmil AL250KA 3 113.00

KI, KC 110–175 A — —

KI, KC 200–250 A KI 110–175 A (1) 1/0 AWG–350 kcmil AL250KI 3 107.00

KD, KG 100–250 A — — (1) 6 AWG–350 kcmil AL250KD 3 107.00

Q4, LA, LH 125–400 A — — (1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil or

(2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil AL400LA 1 35.70

— — Q4, LA, LH 125–400 A (1) 350–750 kcmil AL400LH7 1 47.10

LE, LX, LXI 100–250 A LC, LI, LE, LX, LXI 300–600 A (2) 1 AWG–350 kcmil AL600LI35 1 49.60

LC, LI, LE,

LX, LXI 300–600 A LE, LX, LXI 100–250 A (2) 4/0 AWG–500 kcmil AL600LI5 1 47.10

— — LC, LI, LE, LX, LXI — (1) 500–750 kcmil AL600LI7 1 53.00

MA, MH 300–1000 A — — (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil AL900MA 1 95.00

— — MA, MH 300–1000 A (2) 500–750 kcmil AL800MA7 1 192.00

— — MA, MH 300–1200 A (4) 1/0 AWG–350 kcmil AL1000MA 1 95.00

ME, MX 100–250 A — — (1) 6 AWG–350 kcmil AL250ME 3 472.00

— — ME, MX 250–400 A (1) 350–750 kcmil AL400ME7 1 300.00

— — ME, MX 100–800 A (2) 500–750 kcmil AL800MA7 1 192.00

ME, MX 300–800 A ME, MX 100–250 A (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil AL900MA 1 95.00

— — ME, MX 300–1200 A (4) 1/0 AWG–350 kcmil AL1000MA 1 95.00

NA, NC, NE, NX 600–1200 A — — (4) 3/0 AWG–600 kcmil AL1200NE6 1 215.00

——

PAF, PHF, PEF, PXF,

PCF 600–2500 A (1) 1/0 AWG–750 kcmil AL2500PA 2 132.00

Cu Lugs for Use with Cu Wire Only c

FC 15–30 A — — (1) 14–10 AWG Cu CU30FA4 3 37.20

— — FA, FH, FC, FI 15–100 A (1) 14–1 AWG Cu CU100FA 3 37.20

— — FA, FH, FC 15–100 A (1) 12–3 AWG Cu CU100TFb362.00

— — KA, KH 70–250 A (1) 4 AWG–250 kcmil Cu CU250KA 3 113.00

— — KC, KI 110–250 A

— — Q4, LA, LH 125–400 A (1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Cu or

(2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Cu CU400LA 1 70.00

— — LC, LI, LE, LX, LXI — (2) 1 AWG–350 kcmil Cu CU600LI35 1 230.00

— — LC, LI, LE, LX, LXI — (2) .4/0 AWG–500 kcmil Cu CU600LI5 1 230.00

— — LC, LI, LE, LX, LXI — (1) 500–750 kcmil Cu CU600LI7 1 230.00

KD, KG 100–250 A — — (1) 6 AWG–350 kcmil Cu CU250KD 3 134.00

— — MA, MH 300–1000 A (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Cu CU1000MA 1 299.00

— — ME, MX 125–250 A (1) 4 AWG–250 kcmil Cu CU250ME 3 732.00

— — ME, MX 100–800 A (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Cu CU1000MA 1 299.00

— — NA, NC, NE, NX 600–1200 A (4) 3/0 AWG–600 kcmil Cu CU1200NE6 1 598.00

AL50FA

AL250KI

AL250KA

AL100FA

AL400LA

AL600LI5

AL400LH7

AL900MA

AL1000MA

AL800MA7

AL2500PA

DE2 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

3MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Circuit Breaker

Accessories

Compression Lug and Power Distribution Connectors

Compression Lug Kits

aSee instruction bulletins for recommended tools.

bThese lug kits cannot be used on I-Line® circuit breakers.

cUnless otherwise specified, wire sizes apply to both aluminum and copper conductors.

dAll P-frame circuit breakers require terminal pads for mounting lugs of any type.

Power Distribution Connectors (PDC) for Circuit Breakers—for Field Replacement of Mechanical

Lugs

Can be used for multiple load connections on one circuit breaker. Use in place of standard distribution blocks to save

space and time.

Field-installable kits, including tin-plated aluminum connectors and all necessary mounting hardware are available for

Square D FA, KA, LA, MA, MH, ME, MX, Q4 and P-frame molded case circuit breakers.

Connectors are UL Listed:

•For use on load end of circuit breaker only

•For use in UL508 Industrial Control applications only

•For use in UL 1995/CSA C22.2 No. 236 heating and cooling equipment

•For copper wire only

eNot for use with I-Line circuit breakers.

fWhen using fine stranded wire, increased cross sectional area may cause maximum wire size to be reduced.

gOFF end only when OFF end is the load end.

Table 3.76: Field-installable Compression Lug Kitsa

Circuit Breaker

Type Wire RangecDimension A

(In) Max. Lugs

Per Terminal Cat. No. Lug Qty.

Per Kit $ Price Per

Kit

Aluminum Compression Lug Kits

FA, FH, FC, FI 8–1/0 AWG 1.3 1 VC100FA 3 175.00

KA, KH, KC, KI 4 AWG–300 kcmil 1.5 1 VC250KA3 3 255.00

250–350 kcmil 1.5 1 VC250KA35 3 194.00

LA, LH, Q4

250–350 kcmil 1.25 2 VC400LA35 2 194.00

4 AWG–300 kcmil 1.0 2 VC400LA3 2 202.00

2/0 AWG–500 kcmil 2.2 1 VC400LA5 1 166.00

500–750 kcmil 2.5 1 VC400LA7 1 198.00

LC, LI, LE, LX, LXI b

4 AWG–300 kcmil 1.05 2 VC600LI3 2 295.00

2/0 AWG–500 kcmil 3.20 2 VC600LI5 2 308.00

500–750 kcmil 3.45 1 VC600LI7 1 311.00

MA, MH 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil 1.9 2 VC600MA5 2 293.00

500–750 kcmil 2.1 2 VC800MA7 2 312.00

ME2, MX2 4 AWG–300 kcmil 1.5 1 VC250ME3 3 823.00

250–350 kcmil 1.5 1 VC250ME35 3 194.00

ME4, MX4

2/0 AWG–500 kcmil 2.2 1 VC400ME5 1 379.00

500–750 kcmil Al

or 500 kcmil Cu 2.5 1 VC400ME7 1 412.00

ME, MX, MA, MH

2/0 AWG–500 kcmil 1.9 2 VC600MA5 2 293.00

500–750 kcmil Al

or 500 kcmil Cu 2.1 2 VC800MA7 2 312.00

NA, NC, NE, NX

2/0 AWG–500 kcmil 3.3 4 VC1200NE5 4 942.00

500–750 kcmil Al

or 500 kcmil Cu 3.6 4 VC1200NE7 4 942.00

PA F, PH F, P C F, PE F 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil d6–8 VC2000PA5 4 96.00

2/0 AWG–500 kcmil d6–8 VC2500PA7 4 194.00

Copper Compression Lug Kits

FA, FH, FC, FI 6–1/0 AWG Cu 1.4 1 CVC100FA 3 156.00

KA, KH, KC, KI 2/0 AWG–300 kcmil Cu 1.5 1 CVC250KA3 3 301.00

LA, LH, Q4 2/0 AWG–300 kcmil Cu 1.3 2 CVC400LA3 2 271.00

250–500 kcmil Cu 2.3 1 CVC400LA5 1 118.00

LC, LI, LE, LX, LXI b250–500 kcmil Cu 3.20 2 CVC600LI5 2 491.00

ME4, MX4 250–500 kcmil Cu 2.6 1 CVC400ME5 1 295.00

ME, MX 250–500 kcmil Cu 2.4 2 CVC600MA5 2 425.00

NA, NC, NE, NX 250–500 kcmil Cu 3.3 4 CVC1200NE5 4 944.00

500–750 kcmil Cu 3.6 4 CVC1200NE7 4 944.00

Table 3.77: PDC Lugs

Use With Circuit

BreakereCicuit Breaker

Ampere Rating

Wires Per Terminal

& Wire Rangef

Cu Cat. No. Lug Quantity

Per Kit Dimension

A (i.) $ Price Per

Kit

FAL, FHL, FCLg15–100 A (6) 14–6 AWG PDC6FA6 3 1.0 92.00

(3) 14–2 AWG PDC3FA2 3 1.2 92.00

KAL, KHL 70–250 A

(6) 14–4 AWG PDC6KA4 3 1.0 171.00

(2) 14–1 AWG

(1) 12–2/0 AWG PDC3KA20 3 1.5 171.00

LAL, LHL, Q4L 125–400 A

(6) 12–2/0 AWG PDC6LA20 1 2.25 182.00

(12) 14–4 AWG PDC12LA4 1 1.25 129.00

(3) 14–2 AWG

(1) 2 AWG–250 kcmil PDC4LA250 1 2.0 129.00

MAL, MHL, MEL,

MXL 125–1000 A (6) 12–2/0 AWG Cu PDC6MA20 1 0.0 194.00

(12) 14–4 AWG Cu PDC12MA4 1 0.0 129.00

Extremity

Molded Case

w/Mechanical

Lugs

“A” See Table

Crimp lug or

power distribution connectors

extension past end of

circuit breaker “A” See Table

CVC100FA VC250KA3

VC400LA7

VC1200NE5

VC400LA7

CVC600MA5

PDC6FA6

PDC6KA4

PDC12LA4

DE2 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

3MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Electronic Products Micrologic® Trip Unit Test Sets

Class 690

NOTE: Listed below are the catalog numbers and the components required for testing

the entire family of Micrologic trip systems. The listing includes obsolete series

trip systems.

Micrologic Series B Trip Systems

Identified by label on front of trip unit

(LE/LX/LXI, ME/MX, NE/NX and PE/PX circuit breaker 9/92 to present)

(SE circuit breaker 10/92 to present)

This is the latest series of standard (LX/LXI, MX, NX and PX) and full-function (LE, ME, NE,

PE and SE) Micrologic trip systems.

Micrologic Series 3 and Series A Trip Systems

Identified by two rows of rotary switches

(ME/MX, NE/NX and PE/PX circuit breakers 11/89 to 9/92)

(SE circuit breakers 5/90 to 10/92)

For those customers who already own the Universal Test Set (CBTU1 or UTS3) and want

to test these earlier series Micrologic trip systems, see the following chart.

Micrologic Series 2 Trip Systems

Identified by only one row of rotary switches

Micrologic Series 2 Test Modules are obsolete and no longer available.

Note: For trip systems of this type that require testing, contact Technical Services toll free at 1-800-634-2003.

Table 3.78: Universal Test Set

Description Cat. No. $ Price

Universal Test Set includes the following:

1. Self-test module (CBTMT)

2. Standard and full-function Micrologic Series B module (CBTMB)

includes rating plug adapter

3. Power cord

4. Ribbon cable for making the connection from the test set to the rating

plug adapter

5. Instruction manual

UTS3 14022.00

For those customers who already own the Universal Test Set and want to

test the latest standard and full-function (Series B) trip systems, all that is

needed is Micrologic Series B module (CBTMB). Included is the rating

plug adapter and instruction manual.

CBTMB 2349.00

Replacement ribbon cable and rating plug adapter for CBTMB CBTMBRK 627.00

Long-time and ground-fault memory reset module (Series B Electronics) MTMB 381.00

Table 3.79: Micrologic Series 3 and Series A Circuit Breaker Test Module

Circuit Breaker Test Module Cat. No. $ Price

Includes rating plug adapter and instruction manual CBTM4A 2349.00

Replacement ribbon cable and rating plug adapter for CBTM4A CBTM4RK 627.00

Table 3.80: Micrologic Series 2 Circuit Breaker Test Module

Circuit Breaker Test Modules Cat. No. $ Price

SE (5/85-5/90) includes rating plug adapter and instruction pages CBTM1 Not Available

Replacement ribbon cable and rating plug for CBTM1 CBTM1A Not Available

ME, PE (4/85-11/89) CBTM2 obsolete, no longer available CBTM2 Not Available

ME, NE, PE (10/86-11/89) includes rating plug adapter and instruction manual CBTM3 Not Available

Replacement ribbon cable and rating plug for CBTM3 CBTM3A Not Available

Table 3.81: Micrologic Series 1 Trip Systems for Circuit Breakers Manufactured

Before Micrologic

ME/PE (8/78-4/85) Identified by slide type switches instead of rotary switches. The very first

series ME and PE electronic trip circuit breakers offered by Square D. Test Set

Not Available

SE (7/83-5/85) The very first series of SE electronic trip circuit breakers had rotary switches and

can be identified by a three-digit serial number. Test Set

Not Available

DE2 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

3MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Electronic Products Neutral Current Transormers and

Micrologic® Series B Trip Unit Accessories

Complying with NEC®

The National Electrical Code, Section 240-6(c) exception allows conductor ampere ratings

equal to the selected long-time pick-up setting. Square D offers the seals below to restrict

access to trip unit once settings are selected.

aRequired for Micrologic to communicate with PowerLogic® system.

Table 3.82: Neutral Current Transformers

Cat. No. $ Price Sensor Where Used

LE25CT2

LE4CT2

LE6CT2

588.00

250 A

400 A

600 A LXL, LEL, LXIL

ME25CT2

ME4CT2

ME8CT2

588.00

250 A

400 A

800 A MXL,MEL

NE12CT2 588.00 1200 A NXL,NEL

PE12CT2

PE16CT2

PE20CT2

PE25CT2

588.00

1200 A

1600 A

2000 A

2500 A

PXF, PEF

Table 3.83: Electronic Trip Indicator and Current Meter Field-installable Kits

Device Cat. No. Included With

Circuit Breaker Optional $ Price

Local Trip Indicator Kit ALTI — LXL, LXIL, MXL, NXL 1461.00

Local Current Meter Kit/Trip Indicator ALAM LEL, MEL, NEL, SE LXL, LXIL, MXL, NXL 2286.00

Local Trip Indicator Kit ALTIP — PXF 1461.00

Local Current Meter Kit/Trip Indicator ALAMP PEF PXF 2286.00

Table 3.84: Interchangeable Rating Plug Kits for all Circuit Breakers with

Micrologic Series B Trip System

Cat. No. Sensor Multiplier Value $ Price

ARP040 0.400 297.00

ARP050 0.500 297.00

ARP056 0.563 297.00

ARP058 0.583 297.00

ARP060 0.600 297.00

ARP063 0.625 297.00

ARP067 0.667 297.00

ARP070 0.700 297.00

ARP075 0.750 297.00

ARP080 0.800 297.00

ARP083 0.833 297.00

ARP088 0.875 297.00

ARP090 0.900 297.00

ARP100 1.000 297.00

Table 3.85: Trip Unit Seals

Description Cat. No. Package Quantity $ Price

Trip Unit Seal TUSEAL 100 102.00

Table 3.86: Communication Adapter

Description Cat. No. $ Price

Communication Adapter CIM3Fa465.00

Combination Local Current Meter

and Trip Indicator

Electronic Trip Unit with Seals Installed

to Restrict Access

CIM3F Communication Adapter

DE2 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

3MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Electronic Products Restraint Interface Module

RIM32 Restraint Interface Module

The RIM32 Restraint Interface Module is used to interface the restraint

signals between various Square D Micrologic® circuit breakers,

Micrologic ground-fault modules, and GC-100 ground-fault protection

systems.

The restraint interface module operates on either 120 or 240 Vac, 50/60

Hz. The module is protected by a 1/4 A fuse.

Allowable ZSI combinations are shown in Table 3.87. (Series numbers

for current design circuit breakers end in B, for example NE Series 3B.)

For double-ended or larger systems, or systems which contain devices

from different columns in Table 3.87, contact your local Sales Office for

combination information.

If more inputs or outputs are needed, another restraint interface module

is necessary. Contact your local Sales Office for information on multiple

module installations.

NOTE: The maximum distance between devices is 1000 ft.

(305 m).

S48890 and S48895 Restraint Interface Modules

The Restraint Interface Module (RIM) is used to allow zone-selective

Interlocking communications between circuit breakers with Micrologic®

Series B trip units or

Micrologic® #.Ox trip units, Compact® STR53 trip units, Masterpact®

STR58 trip units, Federal Pioneer USRC and USRCM trip units, and

Square D GC series ground-fault relays.

Upstream circuit breakers with Micrologic 3.0A, 5.0A 5.0P, 5.0H, 6.0A,

6.0P, and 6.0H trip units can receive up to 15 input signals without

requiring a restraint interface module. If the number of input signals

exceeds 15, then a RIM is required. Contact your local Sales Office for

RIM requirements.

The restraint interface module operates on either 120 Vac/24 Vdc, or

240 Vac/24 Vdc, 50/50 Hz.

NOTE: The maximum distance between devices is 1000 ft. (305 m)

Table 3.87: ZSI Combinations

Table 3.88: RIM32

Cat. No. $ Price

RIM32 2768.00

aGFM is an output device only.

ZSI Combinations

(Where All Inputs Driven Are Same Column)

SE 2 (Ground Fault)

SE 2 (Short Time)

ME 3, NE1, PE 4

ME 4 & 5, NE 2 & 3

PE 5 & 6, SE 3

ME 5A, NE 3A,

PE 6A, SE 3A

LE 1B, ME 5B, NE 3B,

PE 6B, SE 3B

GC100

RIM 32

SE 2 (Ground Fault) 50 R R R RR50

SE 2 (Short Time) 1 R R R RR50

ME 3, NE1, PE 4 50 R 15 2 13 47 R 50

ME 4, 5 & 5A, NE 2, 3 & 3A, PE 5, 6

& 6A, SE 3, 3A 50 R R 1 1 7R14

LE 1B, ME 5B, NE 3B, PE 6B, SE 3B 50 R10 1 R 26 R44

GC 100 RRRRRR750

GFMa50 2115R10

RIM32 50 6 50 7 37 50 15 50

# Maximum inputs without RIM32. Self-restraint counts as one input.

R RIM32(s) required to restrain any devices.

Note:Note: Present design.

Invalid combination.

Circuit Breaker Series

Inputs

Output

GNDOUT

No. 4

Ground Fault

Restraint

GNDOUT

No. 5

Short Time

Restraint

GNDOUT

No. 6

Restraint

GNDOUT

GC-100

Ground Fault

Restraint

GND

No. 1

Ground Fault

Restraint

GND

No. 2

Short Time

Restraint

GND

No. 3

Restraint

GND

GC-100

Ground Fault

Restraint

PUSH

TO TEST

OUTPUTS

INPUTS

CAT. NO. RIM32

COM 240

Vac

COM 120

Vac

1/4 AMPERE

Table 3.89: RIM Requirements

Table 3.90: Restrain Interface Moldule (RIM)

Cat. No. Voltage $ Price

S48890 120 Vac/24 Vdc 1860.00

S48895 240 Vac/24 Vdc 1860.00

Note: R=RIM module is required to restrain any devices.

Numerical References=Maximum number of upstream circuit breakers which can be

restrained without requiring a RIM module.

Micrologic

#.0x Trip Units

Square D Micrologic

Series B Trip Units

Square D GC-100 Ground-Fault

Relay for Equipment Protection

Square DGC-200 Ground-Fault

Relay for Equipment Protection

Merin Gerin

STR58 Trip Units

Federal Pioneer

USRC and USRCM Trip Units

Micrologic #.0x Trip Units 15 R R 15 15 R

Square D Micrologic Series B Trip Units R26R R R15

Square D GC-100 Ground-Fault

Relay for Equipment Protection RR7RRR

Square D GC-200 Ground-Fault

Relay for Equipment Protection 15 R R 15 15 R

Merlin Gerin STR58 Trip Units 15 R R 15 15 R

Merlin Gerin STR53 Trip Units 15 R R 15 15 R

Federal Pioneer USRC

and USRCM Trip Units R15R R R15

Square D Add-on Ground-Fault Module

for Equipment Protection R5RRRR

Upstream Device

(receives input

from RIM)

Downstream Device

(sends output to RIM))

DE2 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

3MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Ground-Fault Protection Micrologic® Add-On Ground-Fault Module (GFM)

and Ground Censor® Type GA—600 Vac

Class 931, 940, 960

Micrologic® Add-On Ground-Fault Module (GFM)

The Micrologic ground-fault module (GFM) is a UL Listed circuit breaker accessory for

equipment protection. It is a combination ground-fault relay and ground-fault sensing

device.

Micrologic Add-On Ground-Fault Module Features:

•Used in combination with the FA, KA, FC, KC, FI, and KI type circuit breakers with a ground-fault

shunt trip factory installed (add the suffix “G” to the circuit breaker)

•Adjustable ground-fault pickup levels

•Adjustable ground-fault time delays

•Integral ground fault push-to-test feature and ground-fault indicator

•All GFMs supplied for I-Line® mounting, easily convertible to unit mount by removing the

I-Line brackets

•Neutral current transformer is supplied for 3-phase 4-wire applications. Refer to instructions for

proper installation

•Zone-selective interlocking capability is standard with upstream Micrologic trip system circuit

breakers. The GFM can also be zone interlocked with the GC ground-fault system by using a

restraint interface module.See Supplementary Digest

•120 Vac control power is required for integral test feature. Meets NEC 230-95(c)

NOTE: Ground-fault modules cannot be reverse fed.

aUse NEMA 1 or 3R enclosures only. See page 3-35 for dimensions.

Ground-Censor® Type GA—600 Vac

The Type GA Ground-Censor equipment ground-fault protection system is recommended

for protection of motor branch circuits. The type GA system is not recommended for service

entrance applications, see GC200 in Section 7 of the Digest. The GA system requires the

following components: GA relay, GA sensor, and circuit interrupter with 120 Vac shunt trip.

GA test panel is optional, however sensor selected must be compatible with test panel

when one is useda.

Consider substituting GC-200 or Vigirex® ground-fault relays.

Type GA System Features:

•Ground-fault current pickup adjustable from 4–1200 A, dependent on the sensor used and the

connections

•Time delay field adjustable from instantaneous to 36 cycles

•Test panel available to meet NEC 230-95. Test with or without tripping. Requires 120 Vac 50/60 Hz

power (50 VA min.)

•120 Vac shunt trip is required on the circuit breaker to interrupt the circuit

•Relay contacts are rated for 10 A continuous @ 250 Vac UL Listed

aDoes not have connections for test panel.

bRequires 2 inch clearance from current carrying wires on all sides.

Table 3.91: Module/Enclosure Selection Chart

Companion

Circuit Breaker

Prefix Cat. No.

Enclosure Space Required Ground-Fault

Pickup Adjustment

Range GFM $ Price

I-Line

Switchboard Individual Enclosure a

FAL, FHL, FCL,

FA, FH, FC GFM100FA LA KA 20–100 A 4250.00

FI GFM100FI LA — 20–100 A 4250.00

KAL, KHL, KI,

KA, KH, KC GFM250 LA LA 40–200 A 4250.00

FIL GFM100FI — Factory installed only.

See Digest page 7-55.

20–100 A 4250.00

KCL, KIL GFM250 — 40–200 A 4250.00

Table 3.92: GA Catalog Numbers

Description Ground-Fault

Trip Range Cat. No. $ Price

Instantaneous relay

Time delay relay

(for motor starter applications)

Dependent on sensor

and connections GA12

GAT12 990.00

1428.00

Sensor

Type GAb

Window Size

3-3/4 in. Dia.

2-1/2 in. Dia.

7-7/8 in. x 11-1/4 in.

7-7/8 in. x 15-3/4 in.

7-7/8 in. x 24-5/8 in.

4–12, 12–36 A

4–12 A

25–75, 50–150, 150–450, 400–1200 A

50–150, 150–450, 400–1200 A

150–400, 400–1200 A

GA375T

GA375a

GA250a

GA811

GA816

GA825

671.00

611.00

566.00

1211.00

1376.00

1665.00

Test Panel Same As Sensor GA12TPM 1589.00

GFM250

GA12 GA375

DE2 DE5A Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

3MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Circuit Breaker

Dimensions

aFCL 2-pole circuit breaker dimension B is 4.50 as in Fig. 23.

Table 3.93: Circuit Breakers Dimensions

Circuit Breaker

Catalog No.

Prefix

No.

Poles Fig.

No.

Dimensions—Inches

ABCDEFGH

FCL

1 21 6.00 1.50 3.16 4.13 0.44 5.13 1.50 —

2 22 6.00 3.00a3.16 4.13 0.44 5.13 — —

3 23 6.00 4.50 3.16 4.13 0.44 5.13 1.50 0.75

FAL, FHL

1 21 6.00 1.50 3.16 4.13 0.44 5.13 1.50 —

2 22 6.00 3.00 3.16 4.13 0.44 5.13 — —

3 23 6.00 4.50 3.16 4.13 0.44 5.13 1.50 0.75

FIL, KAL,

KHL, KIL 2 & 3 23 8.00 4.50 3.66 4.75 0.44 7.13 1.50 0.75

KCL 2 & 3 23 8.00 4.50 3.66 4.75 0.44 7.13 1.50 0.75

LC, LI, LE, LX, LXI 2 & 3 23 11.86 7.50 5.48 6.74 0.55 10.75 2.50 —

Q4L, LAL, LHL 2 & 3 23 11.00 6.00 4.06 5.84 0.88 9.25 2.00 1.00

MAL, MHL 2 & 3 23 14.00 9.00 4.53 6.50 1.66 10.69 3.00 1.50

NA, NC, NX, NE 2 & 3 24 12.12 14.98 6.40 8.07 1.69 8.75 5.0 —

PA, PH, PX, PE 2 & 3 25 20.06 13.70 7.25 10.47 14.00 12.00 12.75 —

PC, PX-25, PE-20-25 2 & 3 26 26.10 23.30 13.33 16.55 14.10 12.00 — —

Table 3.94:

Frame Size Approx. Shipping Weight

(Lbs.) Frame Size Approx. Shipping Weight

(Lbs.)

FAL

FHL 2-pole

FCL 3LAL

LHL 15

LXL

LEL

LCL

LIL

FAL

FHL 3-pole

FCL 5

FIL 8 MAL

MHL 34

KAL

KHL 7PAF

PHF 69

KCL

KIL 9PXF

PEF 80

Q4L 15

Figure 21

C/L

Figure 22

Figure 23

C/L

Figure 24

Figure 25

Figure 26

www.schneider-electric.us

3MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Enclosures Industrial Circuit Breaker Enclosures

Class 610

Circuit breaker enclosures are UL Listed, CSA Certified and are suitable for use as service equipment except as

footnoted.

•The short circuit rating of an enclosed circuit breaker is equal to the rating of the circuit breaker installed, except as footnoted.

•Circuit breakers are ordered and shipped separately for field installation.

•For enclosure accessories refer to page 3-38 . For enclosure dimensions refer to page 3-37.

aEnclosures with NRB or RB suffix have provisions for 3/4 in. through 2-1/2 in. bolt-on hubs in top endwall. Enclosures with R suffix have blank endwalls

and require field cut opening. For details and hub catalog numbers see Digest Section 3.

bNot CSA Certified.

cNEMA 7—Indoor Hazardous Locations—Division 1 and 2, Class I, Groups C and D; Class II, Groups E, F and G; Class III.

dSuitable for rainproof NEMA 3R application by removing drain screw from bottom endwall.

eShort circuit rating is 100 k AIR at 480 Vac maximum.

fNEMA 9—Indoor Hazardous Locations–Division 1 and 2, Class II, Groups E, F and G; Class III

gUse 75oC Copper conductors only.

hSuitable for rainproof applications—includes PKDB1 breather and drain kit.

iNot UL Listed due to wire bending space requirements.

Enclosed Motor-Operated Molded Case Circuit Breakers

NOTE: Contact local Field Office for catalog number prior to quoting or placing an order.

Motor-operated enclosed circuit breakers are utilized whenever it is desired to control the operation of an individually

mounted circuit breaker from a remote location. Enclosed motor operated circuit breakers are available in either NEMA

1 or 3R construction. 120 Vac control circuit required for operation of motor operator. Sufficient space is included for

field-installation of a terminal block for convenient end-user control circuit wiring. Not UL Listed.

Enclosed motor-operated circuit breaker with neutral

•Specify circuit breaker catalog number (ex: FAL36060)

•Specify side mounted operator only.

•Specify enclosure type (ex: NEMA 1, 3R, 12)

•Specify if neutrals are required (Same price)

aPrice includes 3P circuit breaker, motor operator, and neutral assembly factory assembled in specified enclosure.

Table 3.95: Circuit Breaker Enclosures

Circuit Breaker Enclosure

Cat. No. Prefix Rating Poles Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

NEMA 1 Flush NEMA 1 Surface NEMA 3Ra

LAL, LHL, Q4L,

KAL, KHL 125–400 A 2, 3 LA400F 356.00 LA400S 356.00 LA400R 1655.00

NEMA 4, 4X, 5, 3, 3R Stainless

Steel (Hubs—See page 3-9)

NEMA 12/3R, 12K (Hubs—See page 3-9)

With Knockouts (NEMA 12K) Without Knockoutsd (NEMA 12/3R, 5)

KAL, KILe, KCL, KHL 110–250 A 2, 3 IK250DS 5238.00 — — IK250AWK 878.00

NEMA 7c Cast Aluminum NEMA 9f Cast Aluminum

FALg15–60 A 1, 2, 3 FA060Xh1620.00 FA060Yb1227.00

15–100 A 1, 2, 3 FA100Xh2006.00 FA100Yb1389.00

KALg70–225 A 2, 3 KA225Xibh 4083.00 KA225Ybi 2834.00

Table 3.96: Enclosed Motor-Operated Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Type $ Price a

NEMA 1 NEMA 3R

FAL—240 V 2915.00 3149.00

FAL—480 V 3131.00 3369.00

FAL—600 V 3308.00 3525.00

FHL—600 V 3725.00 3950.00

KAL—600 V 7050.00 7277.00

KHL—600 V 10152.00 10377.00

LAL—600 V 11187.00 11477.00

LHL—600 V 14147.00 14429.00

MAL—600 A–600 V 14093.00 14375.00

MAL—800 A–600 V 16467.00 16766.00

MAL—1000 A–600 V 18641.00 19065.00

MHL—600 A–600 V 15948.00 16248.00

MHL—800 A–600 V 18360.00 18639.00

MHL—1000 A–600 V 20507.00 20811.00

FA100X

FA100Y

DE1 DE2A Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

3MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Enclosures Enclosed Switches and Enclosure Dimensions

Class 610

Enclosed Molded Case Switches

Enclosed molded case switches are UL Listed devices supplied with factory-installed automatic molded case switch.

Use the Cat. No. listed below and add the enclosure style suffix. An insulated groundable neutral, if required, must be

ordered separately from page 7-58. Enclosed molded case switches are manufactured on order only.

aFHE and KHE devices accept bolt-on hubs and have a suffix RB. LHE, MHE and NCE devices have blank endwalls and have a suffix R. For details and

hub catalog numbers see page 3-9.

Dimensions: Refer to enclosed circuit breaker dimensions by NEMA type on page 7-58.

Table 3.97: Enclosed Molded Case Switches

System Ampere

Rating Cat. No.

Add Suffix

600 Vac

Short Circuit

Withstand Ratings

$ Price

NEMA 1 NEMA 3RaNEMA 4,4X,5 NEMA 12

(F) or (S) (RB) or (R) (DS) (AWK)

FH—100 A Frame, 3P, 600 Vac Max.

2P 100 FHE26000( ) 18 kA 963.00 1277.00 2273.00 1083.00

3P 100 FHE36000( ) 18 kA 1187.00 1499.00 2432.00 1310.00

KH—225 A Frame, 3P, 600 Vac Max.

2P 225 KHE26000( ) 25 kA 2064.00 2556.00 4770.00 2339.00

3P 225 KHE36000( ) 25 kA 2523.00 3015.00 5228.00 2799.00

LH—400 A Frame, 3P, 600 Vac Max.

2P 400 LHE26000( ) 25 kA 3915.00 5174.00 9264.00 4497.00

3P 400 LHE36000( ) 25 kA 4653.00 5982.00 9999.00 5232.00

MH—600 A Frame, 3P, 600 Vac Max.

2P 600 MHE260006( ) 25 kA 5919.00 7496.00 15462.00 6990.00

3P 600 MHE360006( ) 25 kA 7161.00 8739.00 16706.00 8235.00

MH—800 A Frame, 3P, 600 Vac Max.

2P 800 MHE260008( ) 25 kA 6572.00 8150.00 16118.00 7212.00

3P 800 MHE360008( ) 25 kA 7814.00 9393.00 17361.00 8891.00

MH—1000 A Frame, 3P, 600 Vac Max.

2P 1000 MHE26000( ) 25 kA 7814.00 9393.00 17361.00 8891.00

3P 1000 MHE36000( ) 25 kA 9866.00 11442.00 19412.00 10940.00

NC—1200 A Frame, 3P, 600 Vac Max.

2P 1200 NCE2600012( ) 65 kA — — — 12123.00

3P 1200 NCE3600012( ) 65 kA — — — 13601.00

Table 3.98: Enclosure Dimensions

Cat. No.

Approximate Dimension

Series HWD

in. mm in. mm in. mm

FA060XbE1 16.00 406 9.88 251 7.00 178

FA060YbE1 16.00 406 9.88 251 7.00 178

FA100Xb

FA100Yb

E1 16.00

16.00 406

406 9.88

9.88 251

251 7.00

7.00 178

178

IK250AWK

IK250DS E2

E2 42.25

42.25 1073

1073 13.88

13.88 353

353 7.50

7.50 191

191

KA225Xb

KA225Yb

A2 22.63

21.88 575

556 10.88

11.00 276

279 7.75

7.50 197

191

LA400F

LA400R

LA400S

45.63

44.00

44.50

1159

1118

1130

16.50

15.38

419

391

6.50

7.88

6.50

165

200

165

bTapped conduit opening, top and bottom endwall: FA060X/Y–3⁄4",

FA100X/Y–1-1⁄4", KA225X/Y–2-1⁄2".

NEMA Type 1

Q2, FA, J, KA...SWB,

LA, MA, MG, PG

WB enclosure

uses 2 circuit breaker

NEMA Type 3R

Q2, FA, LA, MA, J, MG, PG

KA...RWB

(uses side hinge cover

)

WB enclosure uses 2 circuit breakers

NEMA Type 7, Type 9

FA, KA

NEMA Type 4, 4X, 5, 12, 12K

IK, FA, J, LA, LX, MA, MG, PG

DE1 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

3MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Enclosures Accessories

Class 610

Lock-On Provisions

Lock-off provisions are standard on all NEMA Type 4-4X-5 stainless steel

and NEMA Type 12, 12K circuit breaker enclosures. Provision for one inch

hasp padlock is available factory installed. This modification will allow the

circuit breaker to be locked in the ON position. When locked in the ON

position, the external operator will not indicate if circuit breaker is tripped.

UL Listed.

Pilot Light—Selector Switch—Push Button

Pilot lights, push buttons or selector switches are available factory

installed in the cover of NEMA Type 3R, (4-4X-5) stainless steel or 12

enclosures. Wiring to contact blocks is not available. Customer must

furnish catalog number of device desired. Price = circuit breaker +

enclosure + neutral + ground + pilot light, push button and/or selector

switch + factory-installed adder. Order by description. Not UL Listed.

Phenolic Legend Plate

Available engraved and mounted on most circuit breaker enclosures.

Legend engraved in 1⁄4-inch high white letters on black background.

Customer must provide legend. UL Listed. Not available on NEMA

Type 7 or 9 enclosures.

To order, add suffix NP to standard catalog number (i.e. LA400SNP).

Price adder per legend plate: $167.00

Special Paint

UL Listed circuit breaker enclosures are available painted with special

safety colors. Special colors available are safety red, safety orange,

safety yellow, safety green, safety blue, safety purple, black and white.

All colors comply with OSHA Standard 1910.144 and ANSI

Specification Z535.1 for marking physical hazards.

A minimum quantity of ten is required. Order by description. Not

available for NEMA Type 7/9 or stainless steel enclosures.

Shipment: 6 weeks

Stainless Steel Front

NEMA Type 1, flush-mount circuit breaker enclosures are available with

stainless steel fronts. This modification is desirable in food handling

areas such as cafeterias and restaurants. Not UL Listed. Minimum

quantity of 10 per catalog number is required.

Enclosed Ground-Fault Modules (GFM)

Ground-fault modules (GFM) can be factory installed on FAL, FHL,

FCL, KAL and KHL circuit breakers and enclosed in the next larger size

NEMA 1 or 3R enclosure, KA requires G suffix (ground fault shunt trip)

circuit breaker.

Enclosed circuit breaker with ground-fault module

•Specify circuit breaker catalog number: (ex: KAL36225G)

•Specify enclosure type (NEMA 1 or 3R)

•Ground-fault modules are available factory installed. See table below for

pricing and availability.

bPrice includes 3P circuit breaker, GFM, neutral assembly and neutral CT factory

assembled in specified enclosure

Equipment Ground Kit

Price adder includes price of ground bar kit.

Table 3.99: Price Adder Each Enclosure

Enclosure Prefix Suffix for Lock-On Provision $ Price

FA, KA, J SPLO 155.00

LA, MA, M, P 234.00

Table 3.100: Price Adder

Quantity $ Price Adder

For Each Device Installed 297.00

Lock-on Provision

Table 3.101: Price Adder Each Enclosure

Enclosure Prefix

FA $ Price KA, J $ Price LA $ Price MA, M $ Price P $ Price

113.00 180.00 327.00 429.00 513.00

Table 3.102: Price Each Enclosure

Cat. No. $ Price

FA100FSS 1659.00

KA225FSS 1697.00

LA400FSS 2223.00

MA1000FSS 2475.00

Table 3.103: Enclosed Circuit Breaker with Ground Fault Module

Circuit Breaker

Prefix

$ Price b

NEMA 1 NEMA 3R

FAL, 600 V, 15–60 A 6585.00 7091.00

FAL, 600 V, 70–100 A 6797.00 7307.00

KAL, 600 V 8424.00 8918.00

Table 3.104: Insulated Groundable Neutral Assembly

Circuit Breaker Neutral Assembly For Use With Terminal Lug Data—Total Available

(Line plus Load)

AWG/kcmil

Cat. No. Prefix Ampere

Rating

NEMA 1 & 3R NEMA 4, 4X, 5, 12 & 12K NEMA 7 & 9

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. Price Cat. No. $ Price

KAL, KHL

KAL, KHL, KIL, KCL

KAL, KHL

KAL, KHL, KIL, KCL

225

250

SN225KA

—

201.00

—

SN225KA

—

SN400LA

—

201.00

—

251.00

—

225SNA

—

198.00

—

(2) 4–300 Al/Cu, plus (2) 14–1/0 Al/Cu

(4) 6–300 Cu

(2) 1–600 or (4) 1–250 Al/Cu, plus (2) 4–300 Al/Cu

KAL...WB 200 Requires (2) SN20A

plus (1) SN20NI link (2) @$266.00 ea

plus (1) @$36.80 ea — — — — (4) 6–250 Al/Cu, plus (2) 14–1/0 Al/Cu

KAL...WB 225, 250 Requires (1) SN400LAc251.00 — — — — (2) 1–600 or (4) 1–250 Al/Cu, plus (2) 4–300 Al/Cu

cFor applications above 200 A requiring a neutral, use copper wire only.

Table 3.105: Ground Kit Price Adder

Enclosure Number of

Terminals

per Kit

Conductors

Per Terminal Wire Range

AWG/kcmil

Field-Installable Factory-Installedd

Enclosure Type Circuit Breaker Cat. No. Prefix Ground Bar

Ki t Cat. No. $ Price Suffix $ Price

NEMA Type 1 and 3R FAL, FHL, FCL, FIL

KAL, KHL, KCL, KIL

LAL, LHL 21 10–2/0 Cu or

6–2/0 Al PKOGTA2f263.00 GL 191.00

NEMA Type 4-4X-5 stainless steel

and NEMA Type 12

FAL, FHL, FCL, FIL

KAL, KHL, KCL, KIL

LAL, LHL, Q4L

M, Pe2 1 10–2/0 Cu or 6–2/0 Al 263.00 263.00

dFor factory installation of equipment ground lugs in these or any other enclosures, add suffix GL.

eUse of PKOGTA2 with M, and P enclosure prefix not UL Listed

fQuantity (2) may be required for some wire installation.

DE1 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

3MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Enclosures Key Interlock Systems—Factory Installed Only

Class 736, 1130

Key Interlock Systems

(Factory installed only)

Interlocks are used to prevent the authorized operator from making an unauthorized

operation. Not available on hazardous location devices (NEMA 7/9.)

The key interlock system is a simple and easy method of applying individual key interlock

units and assemblies to the above equipment so as to require operation in a predetermined

sequence. UL Listed.

Quoting:

Contact local Field Sales office for catalog number, availability and pricing prior to quoting a

job.

Ordering:

•Order cannot be released for production until the following information has been provided.

•End User—Company name, address

•Function of each lock (e.g., circuit breaker to be locked open with key removed, key held when

circuit breaker is closed)

•Existing Equipment—if circuit breaker is to be interlocked with equipment already on site, provide

brand of existing lock and key number

•Other New Equipment—if circuit breaker is to be interlocked with new equipment not yet installed at

the site, then provide contact person and phone number so that locks may be coordinated

•Additional information may be required upon order entry

•Federal Pioneer locks supplied unless otherwise specified

aPrices do not apply when more than three devices are interlocked as these schemes

normally require more than one key assembly per device.

Table 3.106: Locking Position Designations

Locking

Position Designation

Device locked open with key removed.

Device locked closed with key removed.

Device locked open or closed with key removed.

Device locked open with key held.

Device locked closed with key held.

Device locked open or closed with key held.

Multi-lock interlock.

(More than one key per lock.)

NOTE: 1. Device locked open (circuit

breaker in OFF position).

2. Device locked closed (circuit

breaker in ON position).

L-O-R

L-C-R

L-O-C-R

L-O-H

L-C-H

L-O-C-H

Table 3.107: Price Adder Per Lock, Each Complete Enclosed Devicea

Device $ Price

Enclosed industrial circuit breaker 2055.00

DE1 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

3MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Enclosures Special Applications

Class 610

Sample Application—1

To prevent two devices from being closed simultaneously.

Two devices are shown in Figure 1. In operation they are not closed at

the same time. With the interlocks arranged as shown only one key is

required in the interlocking system. Both devices are shown open,

therefore, the key is free. To close any one device the key is inserted

and turned in that particular lock, the key is held in this lock until the

device is again locked open. This simple interlocking sequence lends

itself to a multitude of applications. The procedure is the same for two

devices, neither of which is to be opened at the same time.

Sample Application—2

To prevent opening of switch A when circuit breaker B is closed.

Switch A and circuit breaker B are in closed position. Key A-1 is held in

circuit breaker B interlock.

1. Open circuit breaker.

2. Turn key A-1 in L-O-R interlock on circuit breaker B to lock open. Key A-1 is

now free.

3. Insert key A-1 in L-C-R interlock on switch A and turn to unlock.

4. Open switch A. Key A-1 is now held. Reverse sequence to restore service.

Sample Application—3

To prevent operation of switch A when circuit breaker B is closed.

Permits reclosing of circuit breaker for servicing when switch is locked

open.

Switch A and circuit breaker B are in closed position. Key A-1 is held in

circuit breaker interlock.

1. Open circuit breaker.

2. Turn key A-1 in L-O-R interlock on circuit breaker B to lock open. Key A-1 is

now free.

3. Insert key A-1 in L-O-C-R interlock on switch A and turn to unlock.

4. Open switch A.

5. Turn key A-1 in L-O-C-R interlock on switch A to lock open. Key A-1 is now

free.

6. Return key A-1 to circuit breaker interlock and unlock for operation during

servicing period.

Reverse sequence to restore service.

Sample Application—4 (Main-Tie-Main)

To prevent paralleling of lines A and B.—Two loads, fed from either

source.

Circuit breaker A is closed to supply load M. Circuit breaker B is closed

to supply load N. Tie-circuit breaker C is open. Keys A-1 are held in

interlocks on both circuit breakers A and B. Tie-circuit breaker C cannot

be closed unless either A or B is locked open.

To transfer load N to circuit breaker A, proceed as follows:

1. Open circuit breaker B.

2. Turn key A-1 in L-O-R interlock on circuit breaker B to lock open. Key A-1 is

now free.

3. Insert Key A-1 in L-O-R interlock on tie-circuit breaker C and turn to unlock.

Key A-1 is now held.

4. Close tie-circuit breaker C.

Reverse sequence to restore service.

Load M can be supplied through circuit breaker B in a similar manner.

. . . . . . . . Device normally open

. . . . . . . . Device normally closed

. . . . . . . . Direction of key transfer

. . . . . . . . Key interchange number

. . . . . . . . Key

Diagram Symbols

A-1 A-2 A-3

Figure 1

A-1

A 1

L-O-R L-O-R

A-1

Figure 2

A-1

L-C-R L-O-R

A 1

Figure 3

A-1

L-O-C-R L-O-R

A 1

Figure 4

L-O-R

A 1

L-O-R

A 1

A-1

4-1

4PANELBOARDS

Table of Contents

Section 4

04 Panelboards

NQ Panelboard with

Door-in-Door (Hinged) Trim

MH38 Enclosure with 12-inch Wireway and

Mono-Flat® Trim with 12-inch Wireway Cover

Factory Assembled Panelboard Special Features

General Instructions 4-2

Pricing Instructions 4-2

Metric Conversion 4-2

Metering 4-3

Current Transformers 4-3

Customer Equipment Space 4-3

Keyed Interlocks 4-4

Motor Operators 4-4

Increased Enclosure Depth 4-5

Increased Side Gutters 4-5

Extended Top and Bottom End Gutters 4-5

Ground Lugs 4-5

Drip Hoods 4-6

Special Finishes

(non-standard paint color, painted enclosures, etc.)

4-6

Free Standing Enclosures 4-6

Special Trims (hinged, stainless steel, etc.) 4-6

Padlock Hasp 4-7

Special Locks 4-7

Multi-section Panels

(equal-height enclosures, common trims, etc.)

4-7

Panel Skirts 4-8

Wireway 4-8

Panels to Fit Existing Enclosures 4-9

Space Heater 4-9

Special Enclosures

(Type 1, 3R-12, 4, 4X, etc.)

4-10

Ready-to-Install (RTI) Merchandise

Copper Equipment Ground Bars 4-11

Field Installable I-Line® Door Kits 4-11

Type 1 Door-in-Door (Hinged) Trim Fronts 4-11

Replacement Parts for Standard Panelboards

Trim Clamps and Screws 4-12

Locks and Keys 4-13

Datasheet for the Retrofit of an Existing Enclosure 4-14

www.schneider-electric.us

4PANELBOARDS

Panelboards General Information

General Instructions

The special feature options covered in this Panelboard estimating procedure are applicable to factory-assembled

panelboards only. Do not apply this pricing to ready-to-assemble panelboards.

Special features are listed in three major categories:

• Mains

• Branches

• Cabinets

Pricing Instructions

All special feature entry prices are list prices.

Price the panelboard in the standard manner, then add for any special features required to obtain the total price.

Certain features already appear in the Q2C or EQM panelboard quotation system. For those features not listed in the

quotation system, enter the information as it appears in this publication with the appropriate price in the “Other Special

Features” screen in Q2C or EQM. Follow the example below:

Metric Conversion

Inches (in.) x 25.4 = millimeters (mm).

If you have any questions, contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office.

Quantity Description $ Price

1 Corbin Locks 704.00

PE1 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

4PANELBOARDS

Special Features Mains

Metering—Type 1 Enclosures Only (1200 A Maximum)

Refer to SW-2A publication, Low Voltage Switchboards and Panelboards with PowerLogic®

Power Monitoring and Control Supplementary Pricing, for additional selection and pricing

information. Include current transformers or potential transformers as required. Enclosures

and Interiors are shipped fully assembled.

NQ, NF and Powerlink® require a 7-inch left side gutter extension and a 6-inch main end

extension for PowerLogic Power Meter applications. Refer to SW-2A for prices and

dimensional information.

7-inch side gutter extension, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $960.00

6-inch main end extension, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428.00

NOTE: I-Line® and QMB require a 14-inch side gutter extention for PowerLogic

Circuit Monitor and Power Meter applications. Refer to SW-2A for side gutter

prices.

Current Transformers In Mains (ac only and line side only)a

Prices listed are based on transformers having a 5 A secondary and mounted under a

separate cover. Apply appropriate charge from the table below

Customer Equipment Spacea

NOTE: End user must specify end use equipment to be installed.

Available with NQ, and NF lighting panelboards only. Must be opposite the mains end, both

main breaker and main lug, to prevent interference with incoming cables. Customer

equipment space is not available with thru-feed lugs or sub-feed breakers.

18-inch space only with separate door, add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992.00

A barrier exists between the equipment space and the panelboard compartment; a separate

door is provided as standard (requires 18-inch additional enclosure height).

aFeature supported by product selectors in Q2C and EQM.

bFor NQ, and NF panelboards.

NQ Panelboard

with Customer Equipment Space

Feature Added

Table 4.1: Current Transformers

Primary Amperes

(5 A—Secondary) $ Price Per

C/T Additional Enclosure

Height Required b

100–1200 1804.00 6 inches

PE1 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

4PANELBOARDS

Special Features Branches

Keyed Interlocks

NOTE: Not available for use in NQ, NF or I-Line® HCN panelboards with door, or in

Type 4 or 4X fiberglass enclosures.

Keyed mechanical interlocking of two or more circuits is available on request. Individual locks are furnished for each

circuit. All locks operate by one key, which can be removed only when the circuit is locked in the desired position.

I-Line Circuit Breakers—A 3-inch filler adjacent to the circuit is necessary for mounting the interlock; contact your

nearest Schneider Electric sales office for assistance with power distribution panelboards with doors. Feature not

available on vertically mounted main circuit breaker.

To the standard panelboard pricing, per interlock, add. . . . . . . . . . $1940.00

QMB Fusible Switches—Available on 100 A singles (100 A single QMB requires 9 inches of mounting space) through

800 A switches plus LA circuit breaker adapters. Requires 3 inches of branch mounting space per switch for interlock

installation.

Per interlock, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1940.00

Motor Operators—I-Line Circuit Breakers Only

Motor operators provide remote open, close, and reset control of molded case circuit breakers. Price panelboard from

the latest Digest, and, for each motor operator, add per table below. In I-Line panelboards, motor operators require 4.5

inches of circuit breaker mounting space. This can be provided on I-Line main circuit breaker only when the main is

branch-mounted and back-fed.

Table 4.2: Motor Operators

Circuit Breaker Type Voltage $ Price Each

F-, H-framea

120, 240, 480, 600 Vac

1198.00

J-frame 2975.00

LA, LHb3908.00

PG, PJ, PLc4450.00

a240, 480 and 600 Vac includes motor operator and separate Class 9070, EO-1 control circuit transformer.

b240, 480 and 600 Vac includes motor operator and separate Class 9070, EO-3 control circuit transformer.

cOption internal to circuit breaker, not mounted adjacent to circuit breaker.

PE1 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

4PANELBOARDS

Special Features Cabinets

Increased Enclosure Depth

Type 1 Enclosure a

For 8-inch depth (HC26 ), add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $640.00

For 12-inch depth (HC32, 42, 44—12-inch only), add. . . . . . . . . . . . . 640.00

aFeature supported by product selectors in Q2C and EQM.

Type 3R, 5, or 12 Enclosure a

For 8-inch or 12-inch depth, add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 690.00

NOTE: No other depths are available.

aFeature supported by product selectors in Q2C and EQM.

Increased Side Gutters (Type 1 Enclosures Only)

NOTE: Available on MH enclosures (right or left) in

3, 6 and 12-inch added widths,

26-inch wide HC enclosures up to a maximum of 14 additional inches and

32-inch wide HC enclosures up to a maximum of 10 additional inches.

Not available on 42-inch wide HC enclosures.

No barrier will be supplied unless specified.

Includes one-piece trim.

Provide extended side gutters.

Add per panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1508.00

Steel Barrier in Enclosure

Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410.00

NOTE: The enclosure will be extended on one side only. If extension is required on

both sides, contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for assistance.

Extended Top and Bottom End Gutters

NOTE: Available for Type 1 enclosures only

Type MH Enclosures

6-inch, 12-inch, 18-inch or 24-inch extension. Includes one-piece trim.a

Add per panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1214.00

aFeature supported by product selectors in Q2C and EQM.

Type HCN, HCM Enclosures

9-inch extension. Includes standard panel trim and enclosure extension cover.a

Add per panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1214.00

aFeature supported by product selectors in Q2C and EQM.

Type HCP, HCR-U Enclosures

12-inch extension. Includes standard panel trim and enclosure extension cover.a

Add per panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1214.00

aFeature supported by product selectors in Q2C and EQM.

Type QMB Enclosures

38-inch W x 11.5-inch D may have a 6-inch maximum increased end gutter. This is the only

QMB enclosure with an increased end gutter option. Available only with a four-piece trim.

Add per panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1214.00

For lengths other than those listed above, refer to the Wireway section on page 4-8.

Ground Lugs

Furnish equipment ground bar kits as listed in the Digest. In addition, if an individual ground

lug is required for a larger wire termination, choose from the aluminum lugs listed below.a

#4–250 kcmil maximum cable size, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78.00

300 kcmil–1000 kcmil maximum cable size, add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176.00

aFeature supported by product selectors in Q2C and EQM.

MH38 Enclosure with

6-inch Increased Left-side Gutter

MH38 Enclosure with 12-inch

Extended Bottom End Gutter

and One-Piece Trim

PE1 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

4PANELBOARDS

Special Features Cabinets

Drip Hoods a

For each surface-mounted-only panelboard, add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$294.00

aFeature supported by Product Selectors in Q2C and EQM.

Special Finishes

NOTE: The standard finish of the enclosure fronts is ANSI 49. The enclosures are galvanized steel.

ANSI 49 Enclosure a

Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584.00

ANSI 61 Front or Enclosure a

Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700.00

Front and Enclosure with Polyester Acrylic Powder Paint Finish

Provides increased salt spray performance in coastal areas and increased resistance to UV fading.

Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1350.00

Special or Custom Paint for Trim and/or Enclosure

Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4400.00

aFeature supported by Product Selectors in Q2C and EQM.

Free-standing Enclosures (welded base channels) a

Supports extending out front and back, welded to bottom of enclosure

Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 876.00

aFeature supported by Product Selectors in Q2C and EQM.

Special Trims

Hinged Trim a

Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646.00

Hinged Trim with Outer Door Lock a

Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .846.00 b

NOTE: Outer door lock, must be priced with hinged trim.

For door-in-door trim, use hinged trim with outer door lock.

Stainless Steel Trim Fronts a

NQ 20-inch-wide flush and surface, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4200.00

NF flush and surface, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200.00

I-Line® HCN—Standard trim with door, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14800.00

I-Line HCM—Standard trim with door, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14800.00

I-Line HCP—Standard trim with door, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15400.00

aFeature supported by Product Selectors in Q2C and EQM.

b$846.00 price includes a hinged trim with an integrated outer door lock.

Hinged Trim

PE1 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

4PANELBOARDS

Special Features Cabinets

Padlock Hasp

For hasp, staple and standard lock (padlock not included)

Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $600.00

Special Locks

On trim with a 3-point latch, special locks will be installed as a secondary latch. Special

locks include Corbin 60, Corbin 15767, GE 75, Yale® 511S and Best 5L7RL2-626. For all

other locks, contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for assistance.

Standard key change, Corbin 60, Corbin 15767 or GE 75, adda . . . 704.00

Standard key change, Yale 511S, adda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1700.00

Standard key change, Best 5L7RL2-626, adda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1500.00

Quarter turn fasteners

Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584.00

NOTE: Special locks for all HC trims and NF panelboards with three-point latches, will

be installed as secondary locks. Special locks are not available on I-Line®

42-inch and 44-inch wide panelboards or QMB type panelboards.

NOTE: Many key configurations can be accommodated with our standard Square D®

brand lock. Contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for assistance.

aFeature supported by Product Selectors in Q2C and EQM.

Multi-Section Panels

Equal-Height Enclosuresa

NQ, and NF, add per panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1688.00

I-Line or QMB, add per panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2198.00

Common Trim in Place of Two Individual Fronts a

Used to cover two equal-height enclosures mounted side-by-side; available on MH non-

hinged trims only.

Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2334.00

Sheared on Inside Edges

Allows enclosures to be butted together.

Add per panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1644.00

aFeature supported by Product Selectors in Q2C and EQM.

NC38S with

Padlock Hasp

NC38S with

Yale Lock Installed

Corbin 15767 Lock

Common Trim Front for Use with Multiple-Section

Panelboards Mounted Side-By-Side

PE1 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

4PANELBOARDS

Special Features Cabinets

Panel Skirt for Standard Width Panelboards a

Panel skirts are intended for cosmetic purposes only; they are meant to hide cables which are enclosed in conduit.

Do not use a panel skirt as a wireway; see the Wireway section below.

NOTE: Panel skirts are for Type 1 surface-mounted applications with standard depth and width,

Square D® brand enclosures only.

aFeature supported by Product Selectors in Q2C and EQM.

Wireway a

Allows for terminating conduit in the wireway endwall. Only the cable passes through the wireway into the panelboard

enclosure. Includes trim and wireway cover.

NOTE: Wireway is for Type 1, surface-mounted applications with standard depth

and width, Square D® brand enclosures only.

aFeature supported by Product Selectors in Q2C and EQM.

Table 4.3: Panel Skirts

Skirt Length $ Price

NQ, NF I-Line®, QMB

4–60 inches 912.00 1298.00

61–92 inches 1142.00 1908.00

Table 4.4: Wireway

Wireway Length $ Price

NQ, NF I-Line®, QMB

4–60 inches 1014.00 1482.00

61–92 inches 1264.00 2160.00

Panel skirt framework

to be bolted to the wall. Panel skirt bolted

in place below

an MH26 enclosure.

Panel skirt

completely

installed.

MH38 enclosure with

12-inch wireway and

Mono-Flat® trim with

12-inch wireway cover.

PE1 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

4PANELBOARDS

Special Features Cabinets

Panels to Fit Existing Enclosures

Panelboard interiors and special fronts can be furnished to fit existing enclosures. First, price the complete panel along

with the appropriate price adder from below. Next, photocopy the Retrofit Existing Enclosure data sheet found on

page 4-14, record the required dimensions on the photocopy and forward it with your order to the nearest Schneider

Electric sales office. For interiors requiring vented enclosures, contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for

assistance.

NOTE: Existing enclosure depth on flush installations must be measured from inside surface of enclosure to outer

wall or plaster surface.

Special Fronts

Existing enclosure the same depth as or deeper than our standard.

Add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1040.00

NOTE: Elevating brackets to be supplied by customer for existing enclosures deeper than our standard.

Existing enclosure shallower than our standard. Requires an enclosure extension (surface applications) or

a formed front (flush applications). A hinged trim front option is not available for these applications.

Add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2080.00

NOTE: A formed front is available on NQ and NQOD (225 A max.) and, NF (250 A max.). When a flush front is

required for an existing enclosure that is shallower than our standard, be sure to indicate the position of the

enclosure with respect to the wall in which it is mounted. This is required in order to determine whether an

enclosure extension with a flat front should be supplied, or whether a flush formed front is more applicable.

The interior must be centered in the enclosure and, if the enclosure is deeper than our standard, the interior

must be leveled within the enclosure. The existing enclosure for NQ, NQOD and, NF panels cannot be

more than 1.5 inches shorter than the standard enclosure. Special trims that are manufactured to fit an

existing enclosure will be within ± 0.25 inches of the specification. Refer to the table below for standard

enclosure depths and for the maximum depth for which no special mounting brackets are required.

Space Heater

NOTE: Enclosure, interior and trim ship fully assembled. 120 V is standard. Top feed applications only.

Unwired (provisions for wiring to external source), add . . . . . . . . . . . . 800.00

Wired (with overcurrent device, thermostat), add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1570.00

Table 4.5: Panelboard Enclosure Depths

Panelboard Type Standard

Enclosure Depth

Maximum Enclosure Depth

for which No Special

Mounting Brackets Required

NQ or NQOD standard width—main lugs only 5.75 inches 5.75 inches

NQ or NQOD standard width—main circuit breaker 5.75 inches 5.75 inches

NF 5.75 inches 5.75 inches

I-Line®—Maximum F, H or Q-frame branch circuit breaker 6.5 inches 7.25 inches

I-Line—Maximum KA or J-frame branch circuit breaker 8.25 inches 9.0 inches

I-Line—Maximum NA or R-frame branch circuit breaker 9.25 inches 10.25 inches

PE1 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

4PANELBOARDS

Special Features Cabinets

Special Enclosures a

Type 1 Gasketed Enclosure (gasketing between front and enclosure)

20-inch maximum panel width. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $494.00

Over 20-inch panel width. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 716.00

NOTE: For 250 A and below enclosures only.

aFeature supported by Product Selectors in Q2C and EQM.

Stainless Steel Enclosure (Type 3R, 4, 4X, 5 and 12; UL Listed)

NQ, and NF

For panelboard heights up to 56 inches, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17564.00

For panelboard heights of 59–80 inches, add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21076.00

I-Line® a

HCN and HCM, add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36190.00

HCP, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42482.00

QMB b

Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47978.00

aNot available for HCR-U interiors.

bNot available for QMB interiors over 800 A.

Fiberglass Enclosures (Type 4X, Non-Vented; UL Listed)

NQ a, and NF b

28-inch height, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6780.00

33-inch, 40-inch and 50-inch height, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11482.00

I-Line and QMB

Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not Available

aNot available for NQ interiors over 225 A.

bNot available for NF interiors over 250 A.

Type 12 Door-In-Door Enclosures

Table 4.6: Available Enclosures

Interior Type Enclosure Size $ Price

Adder

Height Width Depth

NQ 50 inches 20 inches 6.5 inches 3826.00

NF a56 inches 20 inches 6.5 inches 3826.00

I-Line (HCN) 92 inches 26 inches 9.5 inches 7278.00

I-Line (HCM) 91 inches 32 inches 11.5 inches 7854.00

I-Line (HCP) 68 inches 42 inches 12.7 inches 9788.00

I-Line (HCP) 86 inches 42 inches 12.7 inches 9788.00

aNot available for NF interiors over 250 A.

I-Line Door-in-Door Enclosure

Access to Circuit Breaker Handles

Access to Wiring Gutters

PE1 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

4PANELBOARDS

Ready-to-Install (RTI)

Merchandise

Miscellaneous Panelboard Accessories

Class 1630, 1640, 1660, 2110, 2120

Copper Equipment Ground Bars

Copper equivalents of our aluminum PK–GTA equipment

ground bars are available. These copper ground bars

accept #14–4 Cu only.

Field Installable I-Line® Door Kits

Type 1 Door-in-Door (Hinged) Trim Fronts

Features

•Meets door-in-door specifications

•Provides continuous piano hinge

•Permits one-person maintenance

Table 4.7: Copper Ground Bars for NQOD and NF

Panelboards (see the Digest, Section 9

for NQ copper ground bar kits)

Maximum Number

of Circuits Maximum

Ampere Rating Catalog No. $ Price

12 225 8010302651 35.00

20 225 8010302652 41.00

25 225 8010302653 57.00

25 400/600 PK27GTACU 75.00

Table 4.8: I-Line Door Kits

Panel Type Catalog No. a$ Price

HCN

HCN52D( ) 77.00

HCN65D( ) 90.00

HCN74D( ) 122.00

HCN83D( ) 137.00

HCN92D( ) 155.00

HCM

HCM48D( ) 227.00

HCM64D( ) 254.00

HCM73D( ) 333.00

HCM91D( ) 390.00

HCP

HCW50D 323.00

HCW59D 351.00

HCW68D 422.00

HCW86D 467.00

HCRU HCW86D 467.00

aAdd “S” for surface or “F” for flush in place of the parentheses.

Table 4.9: Hinged Trim

I-Line Fronts NQ and NF Fronts

Catalog No. a$ Price Catalog No. ab $ Price

HC2652T( )HR 720.00 NC26( )HR 620.00

HC2665T( )HR 926.00 NC32( )HR 657.00

HC2674T( )HR 1254.00 NC38( )HR 687.00

HC2683T( )HR 1557.00 NC44( )HR 830.00

HC2692T( )HR 1751.00 NC50( )HR 912.00

HC3248T( )HR 846.00 NC56( )HR 983.00

HC3264T( )HR 1109.00 NC62( )HR 1109.00

HC3273T( )HR 1514.00 NC68( )HR 1185.00

HC3291T( )HR 2129.00 NC74( )HR 1215.00

HC4250T( )HR 1298.00 NC80( )HR 1245.00

HC4259T( )HR 1448.00 NC86( )HR 1430.00

HC4268T( )HR 1841.00 NC50V( )HR 912.00

HC4286T( )HR 2351.00 NC56V( )HR 983.00

HC4486T( )HR 2351.00 NC62V( )HR 1109.00

——NC68V( )HR 1185.00

——NC74V( )HR 1215.00

——NC80V( )HR 1245.00

——NC86V( )HR 1430.00

aAdd “S” for surface or “F” for flush in place of the parentheses.

bFor welded metal directory, add “WMD” sufix to the end of the catalog

number and add $75.00 to the price.

Catalog No.

NC44SHR

PE1A Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

4PANELBOARDS

Replacement Parts for

Standard Panelboards

Trim Clamps and Screws

Class 1600

Table 4.10: Trim Clamps and Screws

Application Catalog No. $ Price

NQO and NQOB Panelboards:

All fronts PK1TC 24.80

I-Line Panelboards:

HCN: Series 1 and 2 fronts PK2TC 24.80

NQOD Panelboards:

Series E1 a 400 A and 600 A fronts

NEHB Panelboards:

Series E1 a 600 A fronts

I-Line Panelboards:

All Series E1 a fronts

LP9501 65.00

NQOD Panelboards:

All Series E1 a vented fronts and hinged fronts manufactured after July 1994.

NF Panelboards:

All vented fronts and hinged fronts.

NEHB Panelboards:

All Series E1 a hinged fronts manufactured after

July 1994.

I-Line and QMB Panelboards:

I-Line front with door manufactured after July 1994 but before August 1997; and

I-Line hinged fronts and QMB front with door manufactured after July 1994.

LP9502

(includes 8 trim screws

and captive hardware) 81.00

NQ and NQOD Panelboards:

Screws for all fronts through 225 A.

NF Panelboards:

Screws for all fronts through 250 A.

I-Line Panelboards:

4-piece trim and trim with door manufactured after July 1997.

QMB Panelboards:

Screws for 4-piece covers.

4020513001K

(package of 10) 3.80

I-Line Panelboards:

4-piece trim manufactured after July 1994 but before August 1997. 8002506701 0.80

aPanelboards that meet 1984 NEC® Wire Bending Space are Series E1.

Table 4.11: Lock Attachments

Description Catalog No. $ Price

Handle lockoff/padlock attachment (for branch circuit breakers) HPAFD 25.50

Catalog No.

PK1TC

Catalog No.

PK2TC

Catalog No.

LP9501

PE1A Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

4PANELBOARDS

Replacement Parts for

Standard Panelboards

Locks and Keys

Class 1600

Locks a

Keys

Table 4.12: Locks—Type 1 Enclosures

Application Catalog No. $ Price

NQ, NQOD, NQO, and NQOB Panelboards

All fronts on enclosures up to and including 50-inch high and 53-inch

through 68-inch high vented trims

PK4FL (Before 01/06/97) 90.00

PK22FL (After 01/06/97 NQ or NQOD only)

I-Line Panelboards

HCN: Series 1 and 2 fronts on enclosures up to 54 inches high

PK4FL

90.00

HCN: Series E1a front on enclosures up to 74 inches high

HCM: Series 1 and 2 fronts on 38-inch high enclosures

HCN: Series E1a front on 48-inch high enclosures PK4FL (Before 11/14/97)

PK22FL (After 11/14/97)

I-Line Panelboards (4-piece trim with door kit)

HCN: Series E1a fronts on enclosures up to 74 inches high PK4FL

90.00

HCN: Series E1a fronts on enclosures up to 91 inches high bPK4FL (Before 02/22/02)

PK22FL (After 02/22/02)

NQ and NF Panelboards

All frontsc d with the exception of those for use on panels

using LC or LI main circuit breakers PK22FL 90.00

NQOD, NQO, and NQOB Panelboards

All fronts on enclosures 56 inches high or higher, excluding 53-inch

through 68-inch high vented fronts

PK5FL (Before 11/01/99) 165.00

PK22FL (After 11/01/99) 90.00

I-Line Panelboards

HCN: Series 1 and 2 fronts on enclosures 63 inches high or higher PK5FL 165.00

HCN: Series E1afronts on enclosures 83 inches high or higher PK5FL (Before 04/05/02) 165.00

PK22FL (After 04/05/02) 90.00

HCM: Series 1 and 2 fronts on enclosures 47 inches high or higher PK5FL 165.00

HCN: Series E1a fronts on enclosures 64 inches high or higher PK5FL (Before 04/05/02) 165.00

PK22FL (After 04/05/02) 90.00

HCW, HCWM, HCWM-U, HCR-U: Series E1aPK5FL (Before 02/23/02) 165.00

PK22FL (After 02/23/02) 90.00

I-Line Panelboards (4-piece trim with door kit)

HCN: Series E1e fronts on enclosures 83 inches high or higher PK5FL (Before 02/23/02) 165.00

HCW, HCWM, HCWM-U, HCR-U: Series E1aPK22FL (After 02/23/02) 90.00

HCP-SU PK22FL 90.00

NQ and NF Panelboards

Fronts on enclosures 68 inches high or higher for panels using LC or LI

main circuit breakers PK5FL 165.00

aPanelboards that meet 1984 NEC® Wire Bending Space are Series E1.

bFronts on enclosures 73 inches or higher require two locks.

cFronts 56 inches or higher on 250 A maximum interior require two locks.

dFront 74 inches or higher on 600 A maximum interior require two locks.

eOne NSR-251 key is included with each lock.

Table 4.13: Locks—Type 3R/12 Enclosures

Application Catalog No. $ Price

NQOD, NQO, NQOB, NF all enclosures Series E1 PK4NVL 167.00

NQ, NQOD, NF Series E2 8011604350 (one handle) 90.00

8011604351 (two handles) 159.00

I-Line and QMB Series E1 aPK4NVL 167.00

I-Line and QMB Series E2 8012106350 75.00

I-Line—Handle for padlocking Series 1 and 2 3000711851 Order from the Raleigh, NC plant.

aPanelboards that meet 1984 NEC® Wire Bending Space are Series E1.

Table 4.14: Replacement Keys

Application Catalog No. $ Price

For use on all locks LP9618 28.80

Catalog No. PK4FL Catalog No. PK5FL

Catalog No. PK4NVL Catalog No. 30007 11851

Catalog No.

LP9618

PE1A Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

4PANELBOARDS

Replacement Parts for

Standard Panelboards

Retrofit Existing Enclosure Data Sheet

The following dimensions are necessary for quotation and production of a panel to fit an

existing enclosure. Provide dimensions in inches only.

Existing Flush-Mounted Enclosures

•Height dimension “A”:

•Width dimension “B”:

•Depth dimension “C”:

•Flange width dimension “D”:

•If enclosure is not flush with Plaster Line, dimension “E”:

Existing Surface-Mounted Enclosures

•Height dimension “A”:

•Width dimension “B”:

•Depth dimension “C”:

•Flange dimension may be either dimension “D” or “F”

(select one)

— Dimension “D”:

— Dimension “F”:

NOTE: Trims are furnished so that the interior must be centered within the enclosure.

If the enclosure is deeper than the standard panelboard enclosure for the

required type of panelboard, customer-supplied mounting brackets may be

necessary to bring the interior out to the front of the enclosure.

If interior requires a vented enclosure, contact your nearest Schneider Electric

sales office for assistance.

This data sheet is also available on-line.

1. Go to http://intranet.us.schneider-electric.com

2. Click on U.S. Business, then select Sales & Marketing Home from the pulldown menu

3. On the Sales & Marketing page, select Support and Resources

4. On the Support and Resources page, select Mentor from the Tools options

5. On the Mentor page, select Mentor Order Quality from the Mentor Application options

6. When the Mentor order page appears, type in a project name in the Project Name: field, an

8-character number in the Q2C # field and your name in the Prepared by: field. Click on the box

next to Panelboards, and then click on the Next---> button at the top of the page.

7. On the Panelboards Mentor page, click on the box next to Trims to Fit, and then click on the

Next---> button at the top of the page.

8. When the File Download window appears, click on the Open option.

9. When the Mentor document opens, click on the Trims to Fit Data Sheet link at the bottom of the

page.

10. When the File Download window appears, click on the Open option to display the data sheet, or

click the Save option to save the data sheet to your hard drive.

Data Sheet for Panelboards to Retrofit Existing Enclosures

Distributor:

Job Name:

Contractor:

Panel Marking:

Top View

Front View

Plaster Line

5-1

5SWITCHBOARDS

Table of Contents

Section 5

05 Switchboards

Power-Style® Commercial Multi-Metering

Switchboard Lineup

Power-Style® Commercial Multi-Metering Switchboards

Meter Sockets, Covers, Hardware Kits 5-2

Tenant Main Disconnects 5-3

Class T Fusible Pullouts, CMM Pullout Heads 5-4

www.schneider-electric.us

5SWITCHBOARDS

Power-Style® Commercial

Multi-Metering

Replacement Parts

Class 2755, 2756 / Refer to Catalog 2755CT9501, 2756CT9601

Meter Sockets, Covers, Hardware Kits

Meter socket kits include meter socket (ringless type or ring type—see tables below) and instruction bulletin. The

connection cables from the line bus to the meter socket and from the meter socket to the tenant main disconnect are

not included. These should be provided by the contractor.

For additional information or for custom applications, please contact your local Schneider Electric

representative. Or, visit us on the web at www.schneider-electric.us.

Table 5.1: EUSERC Meter Socket with Test Block Kit (Ring Type; Class 2756)

Voltage System Poles Description Catalog No. $ Price

Single-Phase 3-Phase

120/240 V, 208Y/120 V, or 240/120 V Delta

Old design: plug on to line side bus

CM522ABE —

1087.00

AC CM522ACE —

BC CM522BCE —

AC New design: lugs on line side CMLL522E —

208Y/120 V, 240/120 V Delta, or 480Y/277 V ABC Old design: plug on to line side bus — CM732E 1349.00

New design: lugs on line side — CMLL732E

Table 5.2: Lever Bypass Meter Socket (Ringless Type; Class 2755)

Voltage System Poles Description Catalog No. $ Price

Single-Phase 3-Phase

480Y/277 V ABC Old design: plug on to line side bus — CM732 1349.00

New design: lugs on line side — CMLL732

Table 5.3: Cover and Hardware Kits

Description Tenant Main Structure Catalog No. $ Price

CMM Circuit Breaker Cover Kit a

Allows PowerPact® H, J, and Q circuit

breakers to be installed in legacy

design CMM structures.

3-Socket CM3BKRCVR 137.00

6-Socket CM6BKRCVR 173.00

CMM Meter Cover Kit for EUSERC Applications

Includes meter cover, test block cover,

and hardware.

3-Socket CM7CR20ER 373.00

6-Socket CM7CR32ER 536.00

CMM Meter Cover Kit for Lever Bypass Applications

Meter socket cover CM7CR20Rb419.00

Blank cover CM20BLK b353.00

CMM Universal Hardware Kit

Required to add any tenant main disconnect. CMUHWKIT 58.00

aA new circuit breaker cover is required when adding a PowerPact Q, H, or J circuit breaker to a legacy

design tenant metering structure. The new cover has larger openings to accommodate the padlock

attachment for these circuit breakers.

bOrder point: PDS.

CM3BKRCVR

CM6BKRCVR

PE1A Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

5SWITCHBOARDS

Power-Style® Commercial

Multi-Metering

Replacement Parts

Class 2755, 2756 / Refer to Catalog 2755CT9501, 2756CT9601

Tenant Main Disconnects

aTo complete the catalog number for these PowerPact F-frame circuit breakers, replace xxx with the required ampacity (070, 080, 090, or 100).

bA shunt trip is not available on PowerPact Q–frame circuit breakers.

cA new circuit breaker cover is required when adding a PowerPact Q-, H-, or J-frame circuit breaker to an old–design tenant metering structure. This new

cover has larger openings to accommodate the padlock attachment for these circuit breakers. See page 2 for ordering information.

dTo complete the catalog number for PowerPact Q-frame circuit breakers, replace xxx with the required ampacity (110, 125, 150, 175, or 200).

eTo complete the catalog number for PowerPact H-frame circuit breakers, replace xxx with the required ampacity (070, 080, 090, 100, 110, 125, or 150).

fTo complete the catalog number for PowerPact J-frame circuit breakers, replace xxx with the required ampacity (175 or 200).

Table 5.4: Circuit Breakers

(Universal Hardware Kit CMUHWKIT required; see page 5-2 for ordering information.)

Ampacity Catalog No. SCCR $ Price Load Lug Information

240 V 480 V

100 A F-frame Circuit Breaker

60 A FAL34060 25 kA 18 kA 521.00

#12 - 1/0 AWG Al or Cu

70–100 A FAL34xxx a616.00

60 A FHL36060 65 kA 25 kA 905.00

70–100 A FHL36xxx a1027.00

Padlock Attachment HPAFK — — 16.10 —

PowerPact® Q-frame 250 A Circuit Breaker (240 Vac) b c

110–200 A QDL32xxx d25 kA N/A 1189.00

#4 - 300 kcmil Al or Cu 110–200 A QGL32xxx d65 kA N/A 1628.00

110–200 A QJL32xxx d100 kA N/A 1864.00

Padlock Attachment QBPAF — — 51.50 —

PowerPact H-frame 150 A Circuit Breaker (600 Vac, 250 Vdc)

60 A HDL36060

25 kA 18 kA

725.00 #4 - 3/0 kcmil Al or Cu

70–100 A HDL36xxx e885.00

110–150 A 1733.00

60 A HGL36060

65 kA 35 kA

995.00

70–100 A HGL36xxx e1134.00

110–150 A 2399.00

60 A HJL36060

100 kA 65 kA

1299.00

70–100 A HJL36xxx e1399.00

110–150 A 3449.00

60 A HLL36060

100 kA 100 kA

1899.00

70–100 A HLL36xxx e2099.00

110–150 A 4499.00

Padlock Attachment S37422 — — 51.00 —

PowerPact J-frame 250 A Circuit Breaker (600 Vac, 250 Vdc)

175–200 A JDL36xxx f25 kA 18 kA 1820.00

#4 - 300 kcmil Al or Cu

175–200 A JGL36xxx f65 kA 35 kA 2519.00

175–200 A JJL36xxx f100 kA 65 kA 3621.00

175–200 A JLL36xxx f100 kA 100 kA 4724.00

Padlock Attachment S37422 — — 51.00 —

DE2 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

5SWITCHBOARDS

Power-Style® CMM Replacement Parts

Class 2755, 2756 / Refer to Catalog 2755CT9501, 2756CT9601

Class T Fusible Pullouts, CMM Pullout Heads

a240 V fusible pullouts cannot be used on a Lever Bypass CMM. Only 480 V pullouts can be used.

bDiscount schedules: FTL3100 and FTL3200 = DE5; FTL43060, FTL43100, and FTL43200 = PE1A.

cDiscount schedule: DE5.

dOrder point: Lexington, KY.

Table 5.5: Class T Fusible Pullouts (Universal Hardware Kit CMUHWKIT Required)

(Universal Hardware Kit CMUHWKIT required; see page 5-2 for ordering information.)

Ampacity Catalog No. SCCR $ Price bWire Size Al or Cu

240 V a480 V

100 A FTL3100 100 kA N/A 1000.00 #14 - 1/0 AWG

200 A FTL3200 100 kA N/A 1045.00 #4 - 250 kcmil

60 A FTL43060 N/A 100 kA 839.00 #14 - #2

100 A FTL43100 N/A 100 kA 840.00 #14 - 1/0 AWG

200 A FTL43200 N/A 100 kA 1877.00 1/0 AWG - 300 kcmil

Table 5.6: CMM Pullout Heads

Mains Pullout Head

(No Base)

Catalog No. $ Price c

Voltage System Rating (A) Poles

1Ø3W 120/240 V

3Ø4W 240/120 V Delta

3Ø4W 208Y/120 V

100 3 4050707050 d196.00

200 3 4050705950 d288.00

3Ø4W 480Y/277 V

60 3 — —

100 3 — —

200 3 — —

DE5 PE1A Discount

Schedule

6-1

6TRANSFORMERS

Table of Contents

Section 6

06 Transformers

Dry Type, General Purpose

see pages 6-2 and 6-3

Watchdog® Low Termpeature Rise

see page 6-3

Type EO

see page 6-6

460R Voltage Transformer

see page 6-8

270R Split-Core

Current Transformer

see page 6-11

66R Current Transformer

see page 6-8

260R Rectangular Window

Current Transformer

see page 6-11

Dry Type, 600 Volts and Below

Three-Phase, General Purpose Transformers 6-2

Three-Phase, Copper Wound Transformers 6-2

Single-Phase, General Purpose Transformers 6-3

Watchdog® Low Temperature Rise Transformers 6-3

K-Rated Transformers 6-4

Open Core and Coil 6-5

Industrial Control

Type EO Transfor mers 6-6

Type T and MultiTap™ Transformers 6-7

Type TF Tra nsfor me rs 6-7

Instrument, 600 Volt Class

Voltage and Current Transformers 6-8

Torroidal Current Transformers 6-9

Shorting Terminal Blocks 6-10

Multi-Ratio Current Transformers 6-11

Rectangular Window Current Transformers 6-11

Split Core Current Transformers 6-11

Bushing Current Transformers 6-12

Auxiliary Current Transformers 6-12

www.schneider-electric.us

6TRANSFORMERS

Dry Type 600 Volts and

Below

Three-Phase

Class 7400 / Refer to Catalogs 7400CT0601, 7400CT9601

Three-Phase General Purpose

General purpose standard transformers are intended for

power, heating, and lighting applications.

NOTE: These products are obsolete and can no

longer be ordered. The information in this

table is for reference only.

NOTE: Lugs are furnished by customer.

Taps on transformers 225 kVA and larger may

vary in 3–5% steps to obtain best design.

Three-Phase Copper Wound

All Square D® brand transformers are available with

optional copper windings.

NOTE: These products are obsolete and can no

longer be ordered. The information in this

table is for reference only.

Table 6.1: Three-Phase General Purpose

Transformer Selection

kVA Catalog

Number Full Capacity Taps °C

Temp.

Rise

Weight a

(lbs) Enclosure

480 V Delta Primary, 208Y/120 V Secondary, 60 Hz

CULUS Listed

15 15T3H 6–2.5%2+4– 150 200 17D

30 30T3H 6–2.5%2+4– 150 250 17D

45 45T3H 6–2.5%2+4– 150 340 18D

75 75T3H 6–2.5%2+4– 150 500 19D

112.5 112T3H 6–2.5%2+4– 150 750 21D

150 150T3H 6–2.5%2+4– 150 800 22D

225 225T3H 6–2.5%2+4– 150 1025 24D

300 30T3H 6–2.5%2+4– 150 1450 25D

500 500T68H 4–2.5%2+2– 150 2460 30D

750 750T68H 4–2.5%2+2– 150 3950 31D

1000 1000T77H 2–5%1+1– 150 6300 33F

600 V Delta Primary, 208Y/120 V Secondary, 60 Hz

CULUS Listed

15 15T8H 6–2.5%2+4– 150 200 17D

30 30T8H 6–2.5%2+4– 150 250 17D

45 45T8H 6–2.5%2+4– 150 340 18D

75 75T8H 6–2.5%2+4– 150 500 19D

112.5 112T8H 6–2.5%2+4– 150 750 21D

150 150T8H 6–2.5%2+4– 150 800 22D

225 225T8H 6–2.5%2+4– 150 1025 24D

300 300T8H 6–2.5%2+4– 150 1450 25D

500 500T79H 4–2.5%FCBN c150 2100 30D

750 750T79H 4–2.5%FCBN c150 3950 31D

1000 1000T79H 4–2.5%FCBN c150 6600 33F

208 V Delta Primary, 208Y/120 V Secondary, 60 Hz d

CULUS Listed

15 15T85HIS 3–5%1+2– 150 200 17D

30 15T85HIS 3–5%1+2– 150 250 17D

45 45T85HIS 3–5%1+2– 150 340 18D

75 75T85HIS 3–5%1+2– 150 500 19D

112.5 112T85HIS 3–5%1+2– 150 815 21D

150 150T85HIS 3–5%1+2– 150 800 22D

225 225T85HIS 3–5%1+2– 150 1025 24D

300 300T85HIS 3–5%1+2– 150 1450 25D

500 500T85HIS 3–5%1+2– 150 2100 30D

240 V Delta Primary, 208Y/120 V Secondary, 60 Hz

CULUS Listed

15 15T12H 6 - 2.5% 2+4- 150 200 17D

30 30T12H 6 - 2.5% 2+4- 150 250 17D

45 45T12H 6 - 2.5% 2+4- 150 340 18D

75 75T12H 6 - 2.5% 2+4- 150 500 19D

112.5 112T12H 6 - 2.5% 2+4- 150 750 21D

150 150T12H 6 - 2.5% 2+4- 150 800 22D

225 225T12H 6 - 2.5% 2+4- 150 1025 24D

300 300T12H 6 - 2.5% 2+4- 150 1450 25D

500 500T239H 3 - 5% 1+2- 150 2100 30D

480 V Delta Primary, 240 V Delta Secondary with 120 V Center Tap, 60 Hz e

UL Listed

15 15T6HCT 6–2.5%2+4– 150 200 17D

30 30T6HCT 6–2.5%2+4– 150 250 17D

45 45T6HCT 6–2.5%2+4– 150 340 18D

75 75T6HCT 6–2.5%2+4– 150 500 19D

112.5 112T6HCT 6–2.5%2+4– 150 750 21D

150 150T6HCT 6–2.5%2+4– 150 800 22D

225 225T6HCT 6–2.5%2+4– 150 1025 24D

300 300T6HCT 6–2.5%2+4– 150 1450 25D

500 500T6HCT 4–2.5%2+2– 150 2100 30D

750 750T6HCT 4–2.5%2+2– 150 3950 31D

1000 1000T6HCT 2–5%1+1– 150 6000 33F

kVA Catalog

Number Full Capacity Taps °C

Temp.

Rise

Weight a

(lbs) Enclosure

208 V Delta Primary, 480Y/277 V Secondary, 60 Hz

CULUS Listed

15 15T64H 2–5%FCBN c150 200 17D

30 30T64H 2–5%FCBN c150 250 17D

45 45T64H 2–5%FCBN c150 340 18D

75 75T64H 2–5%FCBN c150 500 19D

112.5 112T64H 2–5%FCBN c150 750 21D

150 150T64H 2–5%FCBN c150 800 22D

225 225T64H 2–5%FCBN c150 1025 24D

300 300T64H 2–5%FCBN c150 1450 25D

500 500T64H 2–5%FCBN c150 2100 30D

480 V Delta Primary, 480Y/277 V Secondary, 60 Hz

CULUS Listed

15 15T76H 4–2.5%2+2– 150 200 17D

30 30T76H 4–2.5%2+2– 150 250 17D

45 45T76H 4–2.5%2+2– 150 340 18D

75 75T76H 4–2.5%2+2– 150 500 19D

112.5 112T76H 4–2.5%2+2– 150 750 21D

150 150T76H 4–2.5%2+2– 150 800 22D

225 225T76H 4–2.5%2+2– 150 1025 24D

300 300T76H 4–2.5%2+2– 150 1450 25D

500 500T76H 4–2.5%2+2– 150 2100 30D

aNot for construction. Contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales

office for certified prints.

bFor enclosure styles, see Dimensions Table, page 6.

cFCBN = full capacity below normal

dThese are electrostatically shielded transformers, as indicated by the

letters IS at the end of catalog number.

eCaution: Single Phase load is limited to maximum 5% of rated kVA.

Contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for other loading.

Table 6.2: Three-Phase Copper Wound

Transformer Selection

kVA Catalog

Number Full Capacity Taps °C

Temp.

Rise

Weighta

(lbs) Enclosure

480 V Delta Primary, 208Y/120 V Secondary, 60 Hz

CULUS Listed. Copper Windings

15 15T3HCU 6–2.5%2 + 4– 150 240 17D

30 30T3HCU 6–2.5%2 + 4– 150 300 17D

45 45T3HCU 6–2.5%2 + 4– 150 385 18D

75 75T3HCU 6–2.5%2 + 4– 150 600 19D

112.5 112T3HCU 6–2.5%2 + 4– 150 780 21D

150 150T3HCU 6–2.5%2 + 4– 150 1100 22D

225 225T3HCU 6–2.5%2 + 4– 150 1300 24D

300 300T3HCU 6–2.5%2 + 4– 150 1800 25D

500 500T68HCU 4–2.5%2 + 2– 150 2550 30D

750 750T68HCU 4–2.5%2 + 2– 150 4800 31D

480 V Delta Primary, 240 V Delta Secondary, 60 Hz

CULUS Listed. Copper Windings

15 15T6HCU 6–2.5%2 + 4– 150 240 17D

30 30T6HCU 6–2.5%2 + 4– 150 300 17D

45 45T6HCU 6–2.5%2 + 4– 150 385 18D

75 75T6HCU 6–2.5%2 + 4– 150 600 19D

112.5 112T6HCU 6–2.5%2 + 4– 150 780 21D

150 150T6HCU 6–2.5%2 + 4– 150 1100 22D

225 225T6HCU 6–2.5%2 + 4– 150 1700 4D

300 300T6HCU 6–2.5%2 + 4– 150 1800 25D

500 500T63HCU 4–2.5%2 + 2– 150 2550 30D

www.schneider-electric.us

6TRANSFORMERS

Dry Type 600 Volts and

Below

Single-Phase and Watchdog®

Class 7400 / Refer to Catalogs 7400CT0601, 7400CT9601

Single-Phase, General Purpose

General purpose standard transformers are intended for

power, heating, lighting, and light-duty control applications.

NOTE: These products are obsolete and can no

longer be ordered. The information in this table

is for reference only.

NOTE: Lugs are furnished by customer.

Watchdog® Low Temperature Rise

•Designed for low energy losses at loads greater than 50% of

nameplate rating.

•Extra long life expectancy using 220 oC insulation system

designed for full load operation at a maximum temperature rise

of 115 oC or 80 oC instead of 150 oC.

•Continuous emergency overload capability of 15% on 115 oC

rise and 30% on 80 oC rise.

NOTE: These products are obsolete and can no

longer be ordered. The information in this table

is for reference only.

Table 6.3: Single-Phase, General Purpose

Transformer Selection

kVA Catalog

Number Full Capacity Taps °C

Temp.

Rise

Weighta

(lbs) Enclosure ab

240 X 480 V Primary, 120/240 V Secondary, 60 Hz

CULUS Listed through 167 kVA

15 15S1H 6–2.5%2+4–c150 200 17D

25 25S3H 6–2.5%2+4–c150 245 17D

37.5 37S3H 6–2.5%2+4–c150 325 18D

50 50S3H 6–2.5%2+4–c150 350 18D

75 75S3H 6–2.5%2+4–c150 450 21D

100 100S3H 6–2.5%2+4–c 150 640 22D

167 167S3H 6–2.5%2+4–c150 975 24D

250 200S3H 6–2.5%2+4–c150 1220 25D

333 250S3H 6–2.5%2+4–c150 1535 25D

600 V Primary, 120/240 V Secondary, 60 Hz

CULUS Listed through 167 kVA

15 15S5H 6–2.5%2+4–c150 17D

25 25S5H 6–2.5%2+4–c150 245 17D

37.5 37S5H 6–2.5%2+4–c150 325 18D

50 50S5H 6–2.5%2+4–c150 350 18D

75 75S5H 6–2.5%2+4–c150 450 21D

100 100S5H 6–2.5%2+4–c150 640 22D

167 167S5H 6–2.5%2+4–c150 975 24D

250 250S5H 6–2.5%2+4–c150 1220 25D

333 333S5H 6–2.5%2+4–c150 1535 25D

208 V Primary, 120/240 V Secondary, 60 Hz

CULUS Listed through 167 kVA

15 15S60H 2-5%FCBNd150 205 17D

25 25S60H 2-5%FCBNd150 240 17D

37.5 37S60H 2-5%FCBNd150 325 18D

50 50S60H 2-5%FCBNd150 350 18D

75 75S60H 2-5%FCBNd150 450 21D

100 100S60H 2-5%FCBNd150 640 22D

167 167S60H 2-5%FCBNd150 975 24D

277 V Primary, 120/240 V Secondary, 60 Hz

CULUS Listed through 167 kVA

15 15S61H 2-5%FCBNd150 205 17D

25 25S61H 2-5%FCBNd150 240 17D

37.5 37S61H 2-5%FCBNd150 325 18D

50 50S61H 2-5%FCBNd150 350 18D

75 75S61H 2-5%FCBNd150 450 21D

100 100S61H 2-5%FCBNd150 640 22D

167 167S61H 2-5%FCBNd150 975 24D

aNot for construction. Contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales

office for certified prints.

bFor enclosure styles, see Dimensions Table, page 6.

cWhen 240 volt connection is used, there will be 3–5% taps, 1 above and

2 below 240 volts.

dFCBN = full capacity below normal

Table 6.4: Watchdog Low Temperature Rise

Transformer Selection

kVA Catalog Number Full Capacity Taps Weighta

(lbs) Enclosure ab

115 °C Rise Single Phase – 240x480 V Primary 120/240 V Secondary 60 Hz

CULUS Listed

15 15S3HF 6–2.5%2 + 4–c230 17D

25 25S3HF 6–2.5%2 + 4–c325 18D

37.5 37S3HF 6–2.5%2 + 4–c350 18D

50 50S3HF 6–2.5%2 + 4–c450 21D

75 75S3HF 6–2.5%2 + 4–c650 22D

100 100S3HF 6–2.5%2 + 4–c1050 24D

80 °C Rise Single Phase – 240x480 V Primary 120/240 V Secondary 60 Hz

CULUS Listed

15 15S3HB 6–2.5%2 + 4–c230 17D

25 25S3HB 6–2.5%2 + 4–c325 18D

37.5 37S3HB 6–2.5%2 + 4–c350 18D

50 50S3HB 6–2.5%2 + 4–c450 21D

75 75S3HB 6–2.5%2 + 4–c675 22D

100 100S3HB 6–2.5%2 + 4–c1100 24D

115 °C Rise Three Phase–480 V Delta Primary 208Y/120 V Secondary 60 Hz

CULUS Listed

15 15T3HF 6–2.5%2 + 4– 250 17D

30 30T3HF 6–2.5%2 + 4– 340 18D

45 45T3HF 6–2.5%2 + 4– 500 19D

75 75T3HF 6–2.5%2 + 4– 620 21D

112.5 112T3HF 6–2.5%2 + 4– 800 22D

150 150T3HF 6–2.5%2 + 4– 1025 24D

225 225T3HF 6–2.5%2 + 4– 1450 25D

300 300T3HF 6–2.5%2 + 4– 2460 30D

500 500T68HF 6–2.5%2 + 4– 3950 31D

115 °C Rise Three Phase–480 V Delta Primary 208Y/120 V Secondary 60 Hz

CULUS Listed. Copper Windings

15 15T3HFCU 6–2.5%2 + 4– 250 17D

30 30T3HFCU 6–2.5%2 + 4– 340 18D

45 45T3HFCU 6–2.5%2 + 4– 500 19D

75 75T3HFCU 6–2.5%2 + 4– 620 21D

112.5 112T3HFCU 6–2.5%2 + 4– 800 22D

150 150T3HFCU 6–2.5%2 + 4– 1025 24D

225 225T3HFCU 6–2.5%2 + 4– 1450 25D

300 300T3HFCU 6–2.5%2 + 4– 2460 30D

500 500T68HFCU 6–2.5%2 + 4– 3950 31D

80 °C Rise Three Phase – 480 V Delta Primary 208Y/120 V Secondary 60 Hz

CULUS Listed

15 15T3HB 6–2.5%2 + 4– 250 17D

30 30T3HB 6–2.5%2 + 4– 340 18D

45 45T3HB 6–2.5%2 + 4– 500 19D

75 75T3HB 6–2.5%2 + 4– 750 21D

112.5 112T3HB 6–2.5%2 + 4– 850 22D

150 150T3HB 6–2.5%2 + 4– 1075 24D

225 225T3HB 6–2.5%2 + 4– 1450 25D

300 300T3HB 6–2.5%2 + 4– 2460 30D

500 500T68HB 6–2.5%2 + 4– 3950 31D

80 °C Rise Three Phase–480 V Delta Primary 208Y/120 V Secondary 60 Hz

CULUS Listed. Copper Windings

15 15T3HBCU 6–2.5%2 + 4– 250 17D

30 30T3HBCU 6–2.5%2 + 4– 340 18D

45 45T3HBCU 6–2.5%2 + 4– 500 19D

75 75T3HBCU 6–2.5%2 + 4– 750 21D

112.5 112T3HBCU 6–2.5%2 + 4– 850 22D

150 150T3HBCU 6–2.5%2 + 4– 1075 24D

225 225T3HBCU 6–2.5%2 + 4– 1450 25D

300 300T3HBCU 6–2.5%2 + 4– 2460 30D

500 500T68HBCU 6–2.5%2 + 4– 3950 31D

www.schneider-electric.us

6TRANSFORMERS

Dry Type 600 Volts and

Below

K-Rated

Class 7400 / Refer to Catalog 7455CT0001

Transformers Designed for High Harmonic Loads—NL and NLP Series

•Three phase dry type transformers, 480 Delta—208Y/120

•Aluminum or Copper windings

•Electrostatic shield

•Class 220 insulation

•NLP Series has maximum sound level 3dB below NEMA Standard

•115 oC temperature rise standard ; available with optional 80 oC temperature rise.c

•Double size neutral terminal for additional customer neutral cables

•Additional coil capacity to compensate for higher non-linear load loss

•Heavy gauge ventilated indoor enclosures (weathershields available)

•cULus Listed

NOTE: These products are obsolete and can no longer be ordered. The information in this table is for reference only.

aNot for construction. Contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for certified prints.

bFor enclosure styles, see Dimensions Table, 6-6.

cTo order with optional 80 °C temperature rise, replace “F” in catalog number with “B”. Example: 15T3HBISNL.

NOTE: Lugs are furnished by customer.

Table 6.5: NL and NLP Series Transformers

kVA Catalog Number Taps Weighta

(lbs) Enclosure

ab kVA Catalog Number Taps Weighta

(lbs) Enclosure

NL Series for Typical Non-Linear Load Service

K-4 Rated—Aluminum Windings, 115 °C Rise

NL Series for Typical Non-Linear Load Service

K-4 Rated—Aluminum Windings, 150 °C Rise

15 15T3HFISNL 6–2.5% 2+4– 240 17D 15 15T3HISNL 6–2.5% 2+4– 250 17D

30 30T3HFISNL 6–2.5% 2+4– 300 18D 30 30T3HISNL 6–2.5% 2+4– 340 18D

45 45T3HFISNL 6–2.5% 2+4– 500 19D 45 45T3HISNL 6–2.5% 2+4– 500 19D

75 75T3HFISNL 6–2.5% 2+4– 725 21D 75 75T3HISNL 6–2.5% 2+4– 750 21D

112.5 112T3HFISNL 6–2.5% 2+4– 800 22D 112.5 112T3HISNL 6–2.5% 2+4– 800 22D

150 150T3HFISNL 6–2.5% 2+4– 985 24D 150 150T3HISNL 6–2.5% 2+4– 1025 24D

225 225T3HFISNL 6–2.5% 2+4– 1450 25D 225 225T3HISNL 6–2.5% 2+4– 1450 25D

300 300T68HFISNL 4–2.5% 2+2– 1725 30D 300 300T68HISNL 4–2.5% 2+2– 2100 30D

500 500T68HFISNL 4–2.5% 2+2– 3600 31D 500 500T68HISNL 4–2.5% 2+2– 3950 31D

NLP Series for More Severe Non-Linear Load Service

K-13 Rated—Aluminum Windings, 115 °C Rise

NLP Series for More Severe Non-Linear Load Service

K-13 Rated—Aluminum Windings, 150 °C Rise

15 15T3HFISNLP 6–2.5% 2+4– 245 17D 15 15T3HISNLP 6–2.5% 2+4– 250 17D

30 30T3HFISNLP 6–2.5% 2+4– 350 18D 30 30T3HISNLP 6–2.5% 2+4– 340 18D

45 45T3HFISNLP 6–2.5% 2+4– 600 19D 45 45T3HISNLP 6–2.5% 2+4– 500 19D

75 75T3HFISNLP 6–2.5% 2+4– 725 22D 75 75T3HISNLP 6–2.5% 2+4– 750 21D

112.5 112T3HFISNLP 6–2.5% 2+4– 850 22D 112.5 112T3HISNLP 6–2.5% 2+4– 800 22D

150 150T3HFISNLP 6–2.5% 2+4– 1380 25D 150 150T3HISNLP 6–2.5% 2+4– 1025 24D

225 225T3HFISNLP 6–2.5% 2+4– 2010 25D 225 225T3HISNLP 6–2.5% 2+4– 1450 25D

300 300T68HFISNLP 4–2.5% 2+2– 2100 30D 300 300T68HISNLP 4–2.5% 2+2– 2100 30D

500 500T68HFISNLP 4–2.5% 2+2– 4000 31D 500 500T68HISNLP 4–2.5% 2+2– 3950 31D

NL Series for Typical Non-Linear Load Service

K-4 Rated—Copper Windings, 115 °C Rise

NL Series for Typical Non-Linear Load Service

K-4 Rated—Copper Windings, 150 °C Rise

30 30T3HFISCUNL 6–2.5% 2+4– 380 18D 30 30T3HISCUNL 6–2.5% 2+4– 380 18D

45 45T3HFISCUNL 6–2.5% 2+4– 475 18D 45 45T3HISCUNL 6–2.5% 2+4– 475 18D

75 75T3HFISCUNL 6–2.5% 2+4– 865 21D 75 75T3HISCUNL 6–2.5% 2+4– 865 21D

112.5 112T3HFISCUNL 6–2.5% 2+4– 925 22D 112.5 112T3HISCUNL 6–2.5% 2+4– 925 22D

150 150T3HFISCUNL 6–2.5% 2+4– 1275 24D 150 150T3HISCUNL 6–2.5% 2+4– 1275 24D

225 225T3HFISCUNL 6–2.5% 2+4– 1700 25D 225 225T3HISCUNL 6–2.5% 2+4– 1700 25D

300 300T68HFISCUNL 4–2.5% 2+2– 2750 25D 300 300T68HISCUNL 4–2.5% 2+2– 2750 25D

NLP Series for More Severe Non-Linear Load Service

K-13 Rated—Copper Windings, 115 °C Rise

NLP Series for More Severe Non-Linear Load Service

K-13 Rated—Copper Windings, 150 °C Rise

15 15T3HFISCUNLP 6–2.5% 2+4– 310 17D 15 15T3HISCUNLP 6–2.5% 2+4– 310 17D

30 30T3HFISCUNLP 6–2.5% 2+4– 370 18D 30 30T3HISCUNLP 6–2.5% 2+4– 370 18D

45 45T3HFISCUNLP 6–2.5% 2+4– 600 19D 45 45T3HISCUNLP 6–2.5% 2+4– 600 19D

75 75T3HFISCUNLP 6–2.5% 2+4– 875 22D 75 75T3HISCUNLP 6–2.5% 2+4– 875 21D

112.5 112T3HFISCUNLP 6–2.5% 2+4– 1100 22D 112.5 112T3HISCUNLP 6–2.5% 2+4– 1100 22D

150 150T3HFISCUNLP 6–2.5% 2+4– 1500 25D 150 150T3HISCUNLP 6–2.5% 2+4– 1500 25D

225 225T3HFISCUNLP 6–2.5% 2+4– 2450 25D 225 225T3HISCUNLP 6–2.5% 2+4– 2450 25D

300 300T68HFISCUNLP 4–2.5% 2+2– 2600 30D 300 300T68HISCUNLP 4–2.5% 2+2– 2600 30D

www.schneider-electric.us

6TRANSFORMERS

General Purpose Dry Type

600 Volts and Below

Open Core and Coil

Class 7400 / Refer to Catalog 7400CT9601

Open Core and Coil Transformers Designed for General

Applications for 600 V and Below

Units are designed with 220 °C insulation, aluminum windings, top terminations, compact

design to save space, and are UL component recognized for:

•Non-energy efficiency (less than 15 kVA)

Single-phase 5–10 VA

Three-phase 3–9 VA

•Energy efficiency (meets Table 4-2 of NEMA TP1–2002)

Single-phase 15–75 kVA

Three-phase 15–112.5 kVA

aNot for construction. Contact your local Schneider Electric sales office for certified prints.

bWhen 240 V tap is used, there will be 3–5% taps, 1 above and 2 below.

aNot for construction. Contact your local Schneider Electric sales office for certified prints.

bDimensions may vary due to manufacturing process.

Figure 1

Figure 2

Table 6.1: Single-Phase Open Core and Coil Transformers—240 X 480 V Primary

120/240 V Secondary 60 Hz

kVA Catalog

No. $ Price

Deg.

Temp.

Rise

Full Capacity

Taps

Dimensions a

Weight

(lbs)

Figure

ABC DEb

in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm

55S1HFOC2868.00 115 — 8.00 203 9.00 229 11.00 279 8.00 203 8.00 203 66 1

7.5 7S1HFOC 3062.00 115 — 8.00 203 9.00 229 14.25 362 8.00 203 8.50 216 80 1

10 10S1HFOC 3396.00 115 — 20.50 521 18.5 470 14.00 356 17.0 432 4.25 108 140 2

15 EE15S3HOC 3072.00 150 6–2.5% 2+4–b20.50 521 18.5 470 14.00 356 17.0 432 4.25 108 140 2

25 EE25S3HOC 4151.00 150 6–2.5% 2+4–b20.25 514 18.5 470 14.00 356 17.0 432 5.00 127 200 2

37.5 EE37S3HOC 5534.00 150 6–2.5% 2+4–b22.00 559 18.5 470 18.00 457 17.0 432 5.50 140 255 2

50 EE50S3HOC 6731.00 150 6–2.5% 2+4–b22.00 559 18.5 470 18.00 457 17.0 432 6.50 165 310 2

75 EE75S3HOC 9128.00 150 6–2.5% 2+4–b22.25 565 28.0 711 22.00 559 27.0 686 8.50 216 460 2

Figure 3

Table 6.2: Three Phase Open Core and Coil Transformers—480 V to 208Y/120

kVA Catalog

No. $ Price

Degree

Temp.

Rise

Dimensions a

Weight

(lbs)

Figure

AB C DEb

in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm

99T3HFOC3424.00 115 14.75 375 18.50 470 14.00 356 17.00 432 5.13 130 145 3

15 EE15T3HOC 4532.00 150 14.75 375 18.50 470 14.00 356 17.00 432 5.13 130 145 3

30 EE30T3HOC 6799.00 150 16.50 419 18.50 470 14.00 356 17.00 432 5.88 149 185 3

45 EE45T3HOC 6234.00 150 17.25 438 18.50 470 18.00 457 17.00 432 6.50 165 285 3

75 EE75T3HOC 9393.00 150 21.00 533 28.00 711 18.00 457 26.94 684 6.75 171 450 3

112.5 EE112T3HOC 12513.00 150 21.75 552 28.00 711 22.00 559 26.94 684 6.75 171 460 3

240 V to 208Y/120

kVA Catalog

No. $ Price

Degree

Temp.

Rise

Dimensions a

Weight

(lbs)

Figure

AB C DEb

in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm

9 9T67HFOC 3424.00 115 14.75 375 18.50 470 14.00 356 17.00 432 5.13 130 165 3

15 EE15T67HOC 4434.00 150 14.75 375 18.50 470 14.00 356 17.00 432 5.13 130 165 3

30 EE30T67HOC 5828.00 150 16.50 419 18.50 470 14.00 356 17.00 432 5.88 149 185 3

45 EE45T67HOC 7013.00 150 17.25 438 18.50 470 18.00 457 17.00 432 6.50 165 295 3

75 EE75T67HOC 10567.00 150 21.00 533 28.00 711 18.00 457 27.00 686 6.38 162 450 3

112.5 EE112T67HOC 14077.00 150 21.75 552 28.00 711 22.00 559 27.00 686 6.38 162 460 3

600 V to 208Y/120

kVA Catalog

No. $ Price

Degree

Temp.

Rise

Dimensions a

Weight

(lbs)

Figure

AB C DEb

in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm

9 9T65HFOC 3424.00 115 14.75 375 18.50 470 14.00 356 17.00 432 5.13 130 165 3

15 EE15T65HOC 5122.00 150 14.75 375 18.50 470 14.00 356 17.00 432 5.13 130 165 3

30 EE30T65HOC 7683.00 150 16.50 419 18.50 470 14.00 356 17.00 432 5.88 149 215 3

45 EE45T65HOC 7013.00 150 17.25 438 18.50 470 18.00 457 17.00 432 6.50 165 290 3

75 EE75T65HOC 10567.00 150 21.00 533 28.00 711 18.00 457 27.00 686 6.75 171 445 3

112.5 EE112T65HOC 14077.00 150 21.75 552 28.00 711 22.00 559 27.00 686 6.75 171 450 3

PE2E PE2 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

6TRANSFORMERS

Industrial Control Type EO

Class 9070 / Refer to Catalog 9070CT9901

Type EO units are designed with exceptional voltage regulation. These control transformers are constructed using

traditional materials and manufacturing techniques, and are designed for 25–5000 VA with a 55 °C temperature rise.

When exceptional regulation and very low temperature rise are an absolute necessity, choose Type EO units.

aAppended catalog number example: 9070EO61D5

Table 6.8: Regulation Chart for Type EO Transformers

(60 Hz)

Secondary Voltage

Inrush UL VA at 20% Power Factor Inrush UL VA at 40% Power Factor

95% 90% 85% 95% 90% 85%

25 95 — 146 60 — 119

50 164 213 277 123 168 225

75 387 487 622 284 375 798

100 479 606 770 346 463 613

150 755 1177 1532 567 930 1252

200 1260 1883 2419 910 1462 1950

250 1530 2327 2995 1115 1811 2419

300 2030 2981 3800 1455 2290 3038

350 2920 4586 5981 2180 3637 4903

500 4230 5984 7707 3120 4661 6229

750 7430 11460 14736 5380 8907 11891

1000 10300 16873 21734 7450 13145 17571

1500 19200 30042 39217 14500 23859 32179

2000 27750 45194 60022 21750 36901 50994

3000 31800 82333 108205 26750 66072 89509

5000 86100 148768 202077 72600 126887 175552

Table 6.9: Type EO Transformer Dimensions

(60 Hz)

Catalog Number

Class 9070 $ Price A B C Weight

IN mm IN mm IN mm lbs kg

220x440 V Primary, 110 V Secondary; 230x460 V Primary, 115 V Secondary; or 240x480 V Primary, Secondary

120

25 9070EO17D1 79.00 3.31 84 3.00 76 2.50 64 1.9 0.9

50 9070EO1D1 99.00 3.31 84 3.00 76 2.50 64 2.2 1.0

75 9070EO18D1 114.00 3.78 96 3.38 86 2.81 71 3.5 1.6

100 9070EO2D1 136.00 3.78 96 3.38 86 2.81 71 3.8 1.7

150 9070EO3D1 153.00 4.441133.75953.13806.02.7

200 9070EO19D1 214.00 4.81 122 4.50 114 3.75 95 10.5 4.8

250 9070EO15D1 250.00 5.19 132 4.50 114 3.75 95 13.2 6.0

300 9070EO04D1 300.00 5.56 141 4.50 114 3.75 95 17.2 7.8

500 9070EO51D1 333.00 6.56 167 5.25 133 4.38 111 24.5 11.1

750 9070EO61D1 473.00 7.94 202 5.25 133 4.38 111 30.5 13.8

1000 9070EO71D1 543.00 7.94 202 6.00 152 5.00 127 45.0 20.4

1500 9070EO81D1 831.00 8.59 218 7.06 179 6.03 153 56.0 25.4

2000 9070EO91D1 1007.00 9.22 234 7.06 179 6.03 153 72.0 32.7

3000 9070EO10D1 1365.00 9.44 239 9.00 229 7.50 191 115.0 52.2

240x480 V Primary, 24 V Secondary

25 9070EO17D2 79.00 3.31 84 3.00 76 2.50 64 1.9 0.9

50 9070EO10D2 99.00 3.31 84 3.00 76 2.50 64 2.2 1.0

75 9070EO18D2 114.00 3.78 96 3.38 86 2.81 71 3.5 1.6

100 9070EO2D2 136.00 3.78 96 3.38 86 2.81 71 3.8 1.7

250 9070EO16D2 295.00 6.19 157 4.50 114 3.75 95 13.2 6.0

550 V Primary, 110 V Secondary; 575 V Primary, 115 V Secondary; or 600 V Primary, 120 V Secondary;

200 9070EO19D5 214.00 5.56 4.81 122 4.50 114 3.75 10.5 4.8

300 9070EO04D5 276.00 5.56 141 4.50 114 3.75 95 17.2 7.8

500 9070EO51D5 333.00 6.56 167 5.25 133 4.38 111 24.5 11.1

750 9070EO61D5 473.00 7.94 202 5.25 133 4.38 111 30.5 13.8

CP8 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

6TRANSFORMERS

Industrial Control Types T and TF

Class 9070 / Refer to Catalogs 9070CT9901, 7400CT9601

Type T and MultiTap™ Transformers

Type T transformers are designed with low impedance

windings for excellent voltage regulation and can

accommodate the high inrush current associated with

contactors, starters, solenoids, and relays. As the most

popular and complete line of control transformers with

unmatched design innovations for top performance, Type Ts

are manufactured using the most advanced insulating

materials and are the best choice if size and cost are of

concern. It is available in the MultiTap version, designed to

respond to the increased need for voltage and stock flexibility.

It combines multiple primary voltages with one or more

secondary voltages, all in a single transformer.

Selection Guide

1. Determine the inrush and sealed VA of each coil in the control

circuit, and the VA of all other components.

2. Total the sealed VA of all operating coils and the VA of all other

loads. (This determines the minimal VA size required for the

circuit.)

3. Total the inrush VA of all coils that are starting at the same

time, and all loads and coils that are running. (Use the

regulation chart to give possible units to be used.)

4. Taking the VA size from step 2, go to the standard VA size in

the chart. Make sure the inrush VA from the chart is greater

than the total VA from step 3. (If not, go to the next larger VA

size and repeat.)

If your supply voltage is stable and fluctuates less than 5%,

we recommend you use the 90% secondary voltage

column. If your supply voltage is not stable and fluctuates

more than 10%, we recommend you use the 95%

secondary voltage column. We recommend that you never

use the 85% secondary voltage column since magnetic

devices lose life expectancy if they are continuously

started at 85% of rated voltage.

Type TF Transformers

Schneider Electric offers Type TF transformers with

factory-installed overcurrent protection fuse blocks. The

Type TF transformer consists of two primary fuse blocks

and one secondary fuse block, a configuration that meets

the majority of overcurrent needs by panel builders and

machinery OEMs.

Since the fuse blocks are pre-wired and mounted on top

of the transformer, the Type TF transformer has the

same footprint as the Type T transformer. This design

frees up space normally used for separate fuse blocks.

Schneider Electric also offers an extensive fuse block

offering for custom applications.

Table 6.10: Regulation Chart for Type T Transformers

(60 Hz)

Secondary Voltage

Inrush UL VA at 20% Power Factor Inrush UL VA at 40% Power Factor

95% 90% 85% 95% 90% 85%

50 193 266 339 151 215 282

75 271 396 20 210 318 430

100 339 499 659 266 404 549

150 666 893 1120 529 731 942

200 588 815 1041 459 659 866

250 1416 1910 2388 1057 1494 1936

300 1634 2184 2709 1194 1681 2169

350 1894 2592 3261 1392 2005 621

500 3197 4104 4981 2374 3195 4019

750 3770 5515 7231 2887 4391 5945

1000 6587 9079 11430 4706 6886 9051

1500 19324 23983 28607 15066 19361 23756

2000 31384 38777 6161 24794 31630 38667

3000 26539 39934 52713 19355 30721 42216

5000 53111 85265 116277 39368 66309 93882

Table 6.11: Type T Transformer Selection

VA Catalog

No. $ Price

HWD

Weight

(lbs)

UL/

CSA/

NOM

CE in (mm) in (mm) in (mm)

Primary 600 Secondary 120; Primary 575 Secondary 115; or Primary 550

Secondary 110

50 50 9070T50D5 135.00 2.58 (65.5) 3.00 (76.2) 3.09 (78.5) 2.5

75 75 9070T75D5 162.00 2.89 (73.4) 3.38 (85.8) 3.34 (84.8) 3.8

100 100 9070T100D5 182.00 2.89 (73.4) 3.38 (85.8) 3.34 (84.8) 3.8

150 150 9070T150D5 230.00 3.20 (81.3) 3.75 (95.3) 3.59 (91.2) 5.5

200 200 9070T200D5 293.00 3.20 (81.3) 3.75 (95.3) 3.59 (91.2) 5.5

250 160 9070T250D5 363.00 3.25

(82.6) 3.75

(95.3) 5.25

(133.4) 7.1

300 200 9070T300D5 372.00 3.80

(96.5) 4.50

(114.3) 4.70

(119.4) 8.5

350 250 9070T350D5 432.00 3.80

(96.5) 4.50

(114.3) 5.09

(129.3) 10.5

500 300 9070T500D5 471.00 3.80

(96.5) 4.50

(114.3) 5.46

(138.7) 11.9

750 500 9070T750D5 665.00 4.43

(112.5) 5.25

(133.4) 5.66

(143.8) 11.0

1000 630 9070T1000D5 837.00 4.43

(112.5) 5.25

(133.4) 6.04

(153.4) 20.6

1500 1000 9070T1500D5 1170.00 6.16

(156.5) 7.06

(179.3) 5.81

(147.6) 34.0

2000 1500 9070T2000D5 1358.00 6.16

(156.5) 7.06

(179.3) 7.04

(178.8) 47.0

3000 2000 9070T3000D5 1914.00 8.46

(214.9) 9.00

(228.6) 6.86

(174.2) 60.0

5000 3000 9070T5000D5 3015.00 8.46

(214.9) 9.00

(228.6) 8.73

(221.7) 89.0

Primary 480 Secondary 240

50 50 9070T50D12 135.00 2.58 (65.5) 3.00 (76.2) 3.09 (78.5) 2.5

75 75 9070T75D12 162.00 2.89 (73.4) 3.38 (85.8) 3.34 (84.8) 3.8

100 100 9070T100D12 182.00 2.89 (73.4) 3.38 (85.8) 3.34 (84.8) 3.8

150 150 9070T150D12 230.00 3.20 (81.3) 3.75 (95.3) 3.59 (91.2) 5.5

200 200 9070T200D12 293.00 3.20

(81.3) 3.75

(95.3) 3.59

(91.20) 5.5

250 160 9070T250D12 363.00 3.25

(82.6) 3.75

(95.3) 5.25

(133.4) 7.1

300 200 9070T300D12 372.00 3.80

(96.5) 4.50

(114.3) 4.70

(119.4) 8.5

350 250 9070T350D12 432.00 3.80

(96.5) 4.50

(114.3) 5.09

(129.3) 10.5

500 300 9070T500D12 471.00 3.80

(96.5) 4.50

(114.3) 5.46

(138.7) 11.9

750 500 9070T750D12 665.00 4.43

(112.5) 5.25

(133.4) 5.66

(143.8) 11.0

1000 630 9070T1000D12 837.00 4.43

(112.5) 5.25

(133.4) 6.04

(153.4) 20.6

1500 1000 9070T1500D12 1170.00 6.16

(156.5) 7.06

(179.3) 5.81

(147.6) 34.0

2000 1500 9070T2000D12 1358.00 6.16

(156.5) 7.06

(179.3) 7.04

(178.8) 47.0

3000 2000 9070T3000D12 1914.00 8.46

(214.9) 9.00

(228.6) 6.86

(174.2) 60.0

5000 3000 9070T50000D12 3015.00 8.46

(214.9) 9.00

(228.6) 8.73

(221.7) 89.0

Table 6.12: Type TF Transformer Selection

VA Catalog

No. $ Price

HWD

Weight

(lbs)

UL/

CSA/

NOM

CE in (mm) in (mm) in (mm)

Primary 600 Secondary 120; Primary 575 Secondary 115; or Primary 550

Secondary 110

50 50 9070TF50D5 185.00 4.00

(101.6) 3.00

(76.2) 3.09

(78.5) 2.5

75 75 9070TF75D5 477.00 4.25

(107.9) 3.38

(85.8) 3.34

(84.8) 3.8

100 100 9070TF100D5 230.00 4.25

(107.9) 3.38

(85.8) 3.34

(84.8) 3.8

150 150 9070TF150D5 276.00 4.55

(115.6) 3.75

(95.3) 3.59

(91.2) 5.5

200 200 9070TF200D5 293.00 4.55

(115.6) 3.75

(95.3) 3.59

(91.2) 5.5

250 160 9070TF250D5 687.00 4.55

(115.6) 3.75

(95.3) 5.25

(133.4) 7.1

300 200 9070TF300D5 486.00 5.10

(129.6) 4.50

(114.3) 4.70

(119.4) 8.5

350 250 9070TF350D5 696.00 5.10

(129.6) 4.5

(114.3) 5.09

(129.3) 10.5

500 300 9070TF500D5 522.00 5.10

(129.6) 4.50

(114.3) 5.46

(138.7) 11.9

750 500 9070TF750D5 716.00 5.73

(145.6) 5.25

(133.4) 5.66

(143.8) 11.0

1000 630 9070TF1000D5 869.00 5.73

(145.6) 5.25

(133.4) 6.04

(153.4) 20.6

1500 1000 9070TF1500D5 1221.00 7.46

(189.5) 7.06

(179.3) 5.81

(147.6) 34.0

2000 1500 9070TF2000D5 1409.00 7.46

(189.5) 7.06

(179.3) 7.04

(178.8) 47.0

Table 6.11: Type T Transformer Selection

VA Catalog

No. $ Price

HWD

Weight

(lbs)

UL/

CSA/

NOM

CE in (mm) in (mm) in (mm)

CP8 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

6TRANSFORMERS

Instrument

600 Volt Class

Voltage Transformers, Current Transformers

Class 4210 / Refer to Catalog 4210CT9701

Voltage Transformers

•These voltage transformers are designed for line-to-line or line-to-ground connection on the primary voltage indicated. See the table

below to determine the applicable configuration for proper system voltage indication.

•Model 450R is designed for switchboard use. This model features high accuracy and burden capacity for excellent performance in

metering and indication.

•Model 460R is a compact, lightweight design, providing exceptional performance in indicating applications.

•Model 470R is a compact, low cost design optimized for maximum accuracy and performace when used with Powerlogic® circuit

monitors.

Current Transformers

aMounting brackets on 6-12.

bUse on 277/480 Wye systems

cUse on 480 V Delta systems

dDesigned for 50 Hz applications

Table 6.13: Voltage Transformers, UR/cUR Recognized. 60 Hz

MODEL 450R

Thermal Rating: 500 VA @ 30 oC;

300 VA @ 55 oC.

Accuracy 0.3W. X.M & Y: 1.2 Z

MODEL 460R

Thermal Rating: 150 VA @ 30 oC;

100 VA @ 55 oC.

Accuracy 0.6W: 1.2 X

MODEL 470R

Thermal Rating: 150 VA @ 30 oC;

100 VA @ 55 oC.

Accuracy 0.3W: 1.2 X System

Voltage Winding

Ratio

Catalog Number $ Price Each Catalog Number $ Price Each Catalog Number $ Price Each

450R069

450R120

450R208

450R240

450R288

1097.00

1053.00

460R069

460R120

460R208

460R240

460R288

759.00

786.00

470R069

470R120

470R208

470R240

470R288

558.00

578.00

69/120Y

120/208Y

240/416Y

288/500Yb

0.58:1

1:1

1.73:1

2:1

2.4:1

450R300

450R380

450R480

450R600

1097.00

1398.00

1097.00

460R300

460R380

460R480

460R600

810.00

861.00

810.00

470R300

470R380

470R480

470R600

596.00

635.00

596.00

300/520Y

220/380Y

480/480Yc

600/600Y

2.5:1

3.17:1

4:1

5:1

Table 6.14: General Purpose Compact Units, UR/cUR Recognized

Window Size

(inches) Catalog Number

(without brackets)aCurrent Rating

(Amperes) VA 60 Hz VA 400 Hz Accuracy

(At Rated Current)

Rating

Factor

30 oC Ambient

$ Price

Each

1-1/8

2NR500

2NR600

2NR750

2NR800

2NR101

2NR121

2NR1250

2NR151

2NR201

2NR251

2NR301

50:5

60:5

75:5

80:5

100:5

120:5

125:5

150:5

200:5

250:5

300:5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

2.0

3.0

4.0

5.0

= 2%

= 1%

1.0

96.00

1-9/16

5NR101

5NR151

5NR201

5NR251

5NR301

5NR401

5NR501

5NR601

100:5

150:5

200:5

250:5

300:5

400:5

500:5

600:5

2.0

2.5

5.0

12.5

25.0

4.0

5.0

12.5

25.0

50.0

= 1%

1.0

114.00

123.00

1-9/16

54R101

54R151

54R201

54R251

54R301

54R401

54R501

54R601

100:5

150:5

200:5

250:5

300:5

400:5

500:5

600:5

2.0

2.5

5.0

12.5

25.0

4.0

5.0

12.5

25.0

50.0

= 1%

1.0

120.00

134.00

2-1/4

7RL500

7RL101

7RL151

7RL201

7RL251

7RL301

7RL401

7RL501

7RL601

7RL751

7RL801

7RL102

7RL122

7RL152

50:5

100:5

150:5

200:5

250:5

300:5

400:5

500:5

600:5

750:5

800:5

1000:5

1200:5

1500:5

2.5

5.0

12.5

25.0

5.0

10.0

25.0

50.0

= 1%

1.5

137.00

158.00

Model 450R

Model 460R

Model 470R

Model Dimensions (inches)

ABC

450R

460R

470R

4-3/4

7-1/8

4-1/2

5-7/8

3-7/8

Model 54R

ACEB

.20 Dia.

Mtg. Hole

(2)

Model Dimensions (inches)

ABCDE

2NR

5NR

54R

7RL

1.13

1.56

2.25

2.38

3.50

4.38

—

4.56

—

.94

1.06

1.38

—

4.00

—

PA1 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

6TRANSFORMERS

Instrument

600 Volt Class

Current Transformers: Torroidal

Class 4210 / Refer to Catalog 4210CT9701

Torroidal Current Transformers

aMounting brackets on 6-12.

Table 6.15: Torroidal Current Transformers, UR/cUR Recognized, 25–400 Hz

Window

Size

(inches)

Catalog

Number

(without

brackets)a

Current

Rating

(Amperes)

Relay

Class

ANSI Accuracy Classification—60 Hz

Metering Class Rating

Factor

30 oC

Ambient

$ Price

B-0.1 B-0.2 B-0.5 B-0.9 B-1.8

1-15/16

64R101

64R151

64R201

64R251

64R301

64R401

64R501

64R601

64R751

100:5

150:0

200:5

250:5

300:5

400:5

500:5

600:5

750:5

—

1.2

0.6

0.3

2.4

1.2

0.6

0.3

—

2.4

1.2

0.6

0.3

—

2.4

1.2

0.6

—

1.2

0.6

1.33

140.00

164.00

189.00

192.00

1-15/16

66R101

66R151

66R201

66R251

66R301

66R401

66R501

66R601

66R751

100:5

150:0

200:5

250:5

300:5

400:5

500:5

600:5

750:5

—

C10

C20

1.2

0.6

0.3

2.4

1.2

0.6

0.3

—

2.4

1.2

0.6

0.3

—

2.4

1.2

0.6

0.3

—

2.4

1.2

0.6

0.3

1.33

264.00

297.00

327.00

337.50

2-11/32

74R201

74R251

74R301

74R401

74R501

74R601

74R751

74R801

74R102

74R122

74R152

200:5

250:5

300:5

400:5

500:5

600:5

750:5

800:5

1000:5

1200:5

1500:5

—

1.2

0.6

0.3

1.2

0.6

0.3

0.6

1.2

0.6

0.3

0.6

0.3

—

1.2

2.4

1.2

0.6

0.3

—

1.2

0.6

1.33

1.00

192.00

206.00

203.00

219.00

243.00

2-11/32

76R201

76R251

76R301

76R401

76R501

76R601

76R751

76R801

76R102

76R122

76R152

200:5

250:5

300:5

400:5

500:5

600:5

750:5

800:5

1000:5

1200:5

1500:5

C10

C20

0.6

0.3

0.6

0.3

1.2

0.6

0.3

2.4

1.2

0.6

0.3

2.4

1.2

0.6

0.3

1.33

1.00

260.00

297.00

378.00

392.00

459.00

100R201

100R301

100R401

100R501

100R601

100R801

100R102

100R122

100R152

100R162

100R202

200:5

300:5

400:5

500:5

600:5

800:5

1000:5

1200:5

1500:5

1600:5

2000:5

C10

C20

C50

0.6

0.3

1.2

0.6

0.3

2.4

1.2

0.6

0.3

—

1.2

0.6

0.3

—

2.4

1.2

0.6

0.3

1.33

386.00

480.00

561.00

110R201

110R301

110R401

110R501

110R601

110R801

110R102

110R122

110R152

110R162

110R202

200:5

300:5

400:5

500:5

600:5

800:5

1000:5

1200:5

1500:5

1600:5

2000:5

C20

C50

C100

0.6

0.3

0.6

0.3

1.2

0.6

0.3

2.4

1.2

0.6

0.3

—

2.4

1.2

0.6

0.3

1.33

543.00

618.00

672.00

723.00

5-3/4

120R201

120R301

120R401

120R501

120R601

120R801

120R102

120R122

120R152

120R162

120R202

120R252

120R302

120R402

200:5

300:5

400:5

500:5

600:5

800:5

1000:5

1200:5

1500:5

1600:5

2000:5

2500:5

3000:5

4000:5

C10

C20

C50

—

1.2

0.6

0.3

2.4

1.2

0.6

0.3

2.4

1.2

0.6

0.3

—

2.4

1.2

0.6

0.3

—

2.4

1.2

0.6

0.3

1.33

1.00

426.00

443.00

486.00

524.00

618.00

780.00

8-1/8

140R500 50:5 — For Ground Fault Sensing — — 1.33 894.00

140R101 100:5 — — — 1.33 894.00

140R401

140R501

140R601

140R801

140R102

140R122

140R152

140R202

140R252

140R302

140R402

140R502

140R602

400:5

500:5

600:5

800:5

1000:5

1200:5

1500:5

2000:5

2500:5

3000:5

4000:5

5000:5

6000:5

C20

C50

C100

0.6

0.3

0.6

0.3

1.2

0.6

0.3

1.2

0.6

0.3

2.4

1.2

0.6

0.3

1.33

1.00

894.00

962.00

1131.00

1202.00

1418.00

1691.00

Models 64R, 74R

Models 66R, 76R

Models 100R, 110R, 120R, 140R

Table 6.16: Dimensions

Model Dimensions (inches)

ABC

64R

66R

74R

76R

100R

110R

120R

140R

1-15/16

2-11/32

5-3/4

8-1/8

4-3/16

4-11/16

8-1/2

1-1/2

31/16

1-5/8

3-1/4

2-1/8

2-7/8

2-1/8

PA1 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

6TRANSFORMERS

Instrument

600 Volt Class

Current Transformers: Torroidal, Shorting Terminal Blocks

Class 4210 / Refer to Catalog 4210CT9701

Torroidal Current Transformers

Table 6.17: Dimensions

Models 152R, 170R, 180R, 210R

Model Dimensions (inches)

ABC

152R

170R

180R

210R

6.88

4.25

2.50

6.25

12.25

6.75

4.50

9.50

4.12

1.31

2.12

2.87

Models 200R, 201R, 202R, 203R

ModelbDimension A (Inches)

200R

201R

202R

203R

2.50

3.50

4.50

5.25

Shorting Terminal Blocks

Catalog No. Description $ Price

3090TB4 Shorting Terminal Block (4-pole) 75.00

3090TB6 Shorting Terminal Block (6-pole) 86.00

aMounting brackets on 6-12

bBase is included

8.50

3.25

4.62

1. 0 1. 0

Table 6.18: Torroidal Current Transformers, UR/cUR Recognized, 25–400 Hz

Window

Size

(inches)

Catalog

Number

(without

brackets)a

Current

Rating

(Amperes)

Relay

Class

ANSI Accuracy Classification—60 Hz

Metering Class Rating

Factor

30 oC

Ambient

$ Price

B-0.1 B-0.2 B-0.5 B-0.9 B-1.8

6-7/8

152R500

152R101

152R151

152R201

50:5

100:5

150:5

200:5

C10

C20

C50

1.2

0.6

—

2.4

1.2

0.6

—

2.4

1.2

—

2.4

—

2.4

1.33

1461.00

1601.00

1722.00

1799.00

152R251

152R301

152R401

152R501

250:5

300:5

400:5

500:5

C50

C100

0.3

0.6

0.3

0.6

0.3

1.2

0.6

0.3

2.4

1.2

0.6

1.33

1857.00

1917.00

2019.00

2087.00

152R601

152R801

152R102

152R122

600:5

800:5

1000:5

1200:5

C200

C400

0.3

0.6

0.3

1.33

2163.00

2265.00

2373.00

2441.00

152R152

152R162

152R202

152R252

1500:5

1600:5

2000:5

2500:5

C400

0.3

1.33

2528.00

2576.00

2660.00

2765.00

152R302

152R402 3000:5

4000:5 C400

C800 0.3

0.3 0.3

0.3 1.33

1.33 2862.00

3000.00

4-1/4

170R201

170R251

170R301

200:5

250:5

300:5

—

1.2

0.6

2.4

1.2

—

2.4

—

1.33

294.00

170R401

170R501

170R601

400:5

500:5

600:5

—

0.6

0.3

0.6

0.3

0.6

1.2

—

2.4

1.33

294.00

170R751

170R801

170R102

750:5

800:5

1000:5

C10

0.3

0.6

0.3

0.6

0.3

1.2

0.6

1.33

308.00

402.00

170R122

170R152

170R162

170R202

170R252

1200:5

1500:5

1600:5

2000:5

2500:5

C10

—

0.3

0.6

0.3

1.33

402.00

500.00

2-1/2

180R101

180R151

180R201

100:5

150:5

200:5

—

2.4

1.2

2.4

1.2

—

2.4

—

1.33

227.00

180R251

180R301

180R401

250:5

300:5

400:5

—

0.6

0.3

1.2

0.6

0.3

2.4

1.2

0.6

2.4

1.2

—

2.4

1.33

227.00

180R501

180R601

180R751

500:5

600:5

750:5

—

0.3

0.6

0.3

0.6

0.3

1.2

0.6

1.33

227.00

246.00

180R801

180R102

180R122

180R152

800:5

1000:5

1200:5

1500:5

—

0.3

0.6

0.3

1.2

0.6

0.3

1.33

246.00

318.00

338.00

2-1/2

210R122

210R162

210R202

210R252

210R302

210R402

1200:5

1600:5

2000:5

2500:5

3000:5

4000:5

C100

C200

0.3

1.33

1.0

1131.00

1286.00

1434.00

2-1/2

200R101

200R151

200R201

200R251

100:5

150:0

200:5

250:5

C50

C100

0.6

0.3

1.2

0.6

0.3

1.2

0.6

0.3

—

1.2

0.6

—

2.4

1.2

1.5

1493.00

200R301

200R401

200R501

200R601

300:5

400:5

500:5

600:5

C100

C200

0.3

0.6

0.3

1.5

1493.00

3-1/2

201R101

201R151

201R201

100:5

150:5

200:5

C20

C50

1.2

0.3

1.2

0.6

0.3

2.4

1.2

0.6

2.4

1.2

—

2.4

1.5

1218.00

201R251

201R301

201R401

201R501

250:5

300:5

400:5

500:5

C100

C200

0.3

0.6

0.3

1.2

0.6

0.3

1.2

0.6

0.3

1.5

1218.00

1256.00

201R601

201R751

201R801

600:5

750:5

800:5

C200

0.3

1.5

1256.00

1293.00

1361.00

4-1/2

202R101

202R151

202R201

100:5

150:5

200:5

C20

C50

1.2

0.3

2.4

1.2

0.6

2.4

1.2

—

2.4

1.2

—

2.4

1.5

1064.00

202R251

202R301

202R401

202R501

250:5

300:5

400:5

500:5

C50

C100

0.3

0.6

0.3

1.2

0.6

0.3

1.2

0.6

0.8

1.5

1094.00

1115.00

202R601

202R751

202R801

202R102

600:5

750:5

800:5

1000:5

C100

C200

0.3

1.5

1128.00

1155.00

1277.00

5-1/4

203R101

203R151

203R201

100:5

150:5

200:5

C20

1.2

0.6

0.3

2.4

1.2

0.6

—

2.4

1.2

—

2.4

—

2.4

1.5

939.00

203R251

203R301

203R401

250:5

300:5

400:5

C20

C50

0.3

0.6

0.3

1.2

0.6

1.2

0.6

2.4

1.2

1.5

939.00

203R501

203R601

203R751

203R801

500:5

600:5

750:5

800:5

C100

0.3

0.6

0.3

1.5

939.00

962.00

203R102

203R122

203R152

203R162

1000:5

1200:5

1500:5

1600:5

C200

0.3

1.5

1.33

962.00

1002.00

203R202

203R252

203R302

2000:5

2500:5

3000:5

C200

0.3

1.33

1002.00

PA1 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

6TRANSFORMERS

Instrument

600 Volt Class

Current Transformers: Multi-Ratio, Rectangular, Split-Core

Class 4210 / Refer to Catalog 4210CT9701

Multi-Ratio Current Transformers

Rectangular Window Current Transformers

Split-Core Current Transformers

aMounting brackets on 6-12.

bSee chart at left for multi-ratio (MR) taps.

cRelay class applies to nominal ratio only.

Table 6.19: Dimensions

Models 151R, 312R

Model Dimensions (inches)

ABC

151R

312R 6.88

4.50 12.25

11.00 4.12

2.38

Multi-Ratio Taps

(Models 151R, 312R, 781R, 786R)

Nominal

Ratio Current Ratioc

(Amperes)

600:5

1200:5

2000:5

3000:5

4000:5

600/500/450/400/300/250/200/150/100/50:5

1200/1000/900/800/600/500/400/300/200/100:5

2000/1600/1500/1200/1100/800/500/400/300:5

3000/2500/2200/2000/1500/1200/1000/800/500/300:5

4000/3500/3000/2500/2000/1500/1000/500

cTaps in accordance with ANSI C57.13 and NEMA SG-4.

Model Dimensions (inches)

ABCDE

260R

270R

273

560R

2.13

3.56

3.50

3.75

4.25

8.81

6.25

7.45

2.12

3.00

3.27

1.13

4.88

9.25

5.53

7.25

13.06

11.28

11.19

X5 X4 X3 X2 X1

A C

Table 6.20: Multi-Ratio Transformers, UR/cUR Recognized

60 Hz-Model 312R, 25–400 Hz-Model 151R

Window

Size

(inches)

Catalog

Number

(without

brackets)a

Currentb

Rating

(Amperes)

Relay

Class

ANSI Accuracy Classification – 60 Hz

Metering Class Rating

Factor

30 oC

Ambient

$ Price

B-0.1 B-0.2 B-0.5 B-0.9 B-1.8

4-1⁄2

312R601

312R122

312R202

312R302

312R402

600:5MR

1200:5MR

2000:5MR

3000:5MR

4000:5MR

C100

C200

C400

—

1.5

1.33

1628.00

1863.00

2123.00

2282.00

2420.00

6-7⁄8

151R601

151R122

151R202

151R302

151R402

600:5MR

1200:5MR

2000:5MR

3000:5MR

4000:5MR

C200

C400

C800

—

1.33

2697.00

3149.00

3396.00

3534.00

3635.00

Table 6.21: Rectangular Window Transformers, UR/cUR Recognized, 50–400 Hz

Window

Size

(inches)

Catalog

Number

(without

brackets)a

Current

Rating

(Amperes)

ANSI Accuracy Classification—60 Hz

Metering Class

Rating

Factor

30 oC

Ambient $ Price

B-0.1 B-0.2 B-0.5 B-0.9 B-1.8

2-1/8

4-1/4

260R101

260R151

260R201

100:5

150:5

200:5

1.2

2.4

1.2

—

1.33

621.00

260R301

260R401

260R601

300:5

400:5

600:5

0.6

0.3

0.6

0.3

—

1.33

621.00

260R801

260R122

260R162

800:5

1200:5

1600:5

0.3

—

1.33

713.00

821.00

260R202

260R252

260R302

260R402

2000:5

2500:5

3000:5

4000:5

0.3

—

1.33

1.0

894.00

1040.00

3-3/4

7-7/16

560R401

560R501

560R601

560R751

560R801

400:5

500:5

600:5

750:5

800:5

1.2

0.6

1.2

0.6

2.4

1.2

—

2.4

1.2

—

2.4

1.33

500.00

560R102

560R122

560R152

560R162

560R202

1000:5

1200:5

1500:5

1600:5

2000:5

0.3

0.6

0.3

1.2

0.6

1.2

0.6

1.33

507.00

524.00

560R252

560R302

560R322

560R402

560R502

2500:5

3000:5

3200:5

4000:5

5000:5

0.3

0.6

1.33

524.00

561.00

611.00

Table 6.22: Split-Core Transformers, Model 270R is UR/cUR Recognized, 60 Hz

Window

Size

(inches)

Catalog

Number

(without

brackets)a

Current

Rating

(Amperes)

ANSI Accuracy Classification — 60 Hz

Metering Class Rating

Factor

30 oC

Ambient

$ Price

B-0.1 B-0.2 B-0.5 B-0.9 B-1.8

3-9/16

8-3/16

270R401

270R501

270R601

400:5

500:5

600:5

—

1.33

1563.00

3-9/16

8-3/16

270R801

270R102

270R122

270R152

270R162

800:5

1000:5

1200:5

1500:5

1600:5

1.2

2.4

1.2

—

2.4

—

1.33

1353.00

1493.00

270R202

270R252

270R302

270R402

270R502

2000:5

2500:5

3000:5

4000:5

5000:5

1.2

2.4

1.2

—

2.4

1.2

1.33

1.0

1596.00

1674.00

1772.00

1971.00

3-1/2

6-1/4

273201

273251

273301

273401

273501

200:5

250:5

300:5

400:5

500:5

—

2.4

—

1.33

1245.00

273601

273801

273102

273122

273162

600:5

800:5

1000:5

1200:5

1600:5

2.4

1.2

2.4

1.2

—

2.4

—

1.33

1509.00

1245.00

273202

273252

273302

273402

2000:5

2500:5

3000:5

4000:5

1.2

2.4

1.2

—

2.4

1.2

1.33

1.00

1425.00

1604.00

PA1 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

6TRANSFORMERS

Instrument

600 Volt Class

Current Transformers: Bushing, Auxiliary

Class 4210 / Refer to Catalog 4210CT9701

Bushing Current Transformers 50–400 Hz

aSee chart on 6-11 for multi-ratio (MR) taps.

Auxiliary Current Transformers

NOTE: Model 81X Accuracy 0.3B0.1, B0.2, B0.5@60 Hz, RF=1.5@30 oC

Table 6.23: Dimensions

Models 780R, 781R, 785R, 786R

Model T (inches)

780R

781R

785R

786R

3.38

6.75

Model 81X

Table 6.24: Mounting Brackets

Model Bracket $ Price

2NR MB1 9.00

5NR MB1

MB7

9.00

7RL 11.70

54R Included —

64R MB10 9.00

66R MB12 13.10

74R MB16 13.10

76R MB18 13.10

81X MB81 27.20

100R MB31 27.20

110R MB32 27.20

120R MB31 27.20

140R MB32 27.20

151R MB30 27.20

152R MB30 27.20

170R MB30 27.20

180R MB9 16.40

200R Included —

201R Included —

202R Included —

203R Included —

210R MB32 27.20

260R Not Available —

270R Not Available —

273 Not Available —

H2 H1

9.88

251

9.88

251

6.5

5.88

149 3.25

6.38

162

.75

10-32 Studs

Table 6.25: Bushing Current Transformers

Window

Size

(inches)

Catalog

Number

Currenta

Rating

(Amperes)

Relay

Class

ANSI Accuracy Classification—60 Hz

Metering Class Rating

Factor

30oC

Ambient

$ Price

B-0.1 B-0.2 B-0.5 B-0.9 B-1.8

6-1⁄2

780R500 50:5 — — — — — — 2.0 723.00

780R750 75:5 C10 1.2 2.4 — — — 2.0 723.00

780R101 100:5 C10 2.4 2.4 — — — 2.0 723.00

780R151 150:5 C20 0.6 1.2 — — — 2.0 723.00

780R201 200:5 C20 0.6 1.2 2.4 — — 2.0 723.00

780R251 250:5 C20 0.6 0.6 1.2 2.4 — 2.0 723.00

780R301 300:5 C50 0.3 0.6 1.2 1.2 2.4 2.0 723.00

780R401 400:5 C50 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.2 1.2 2.0 723.00

780R501 500:5 C50 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 1.2 2.0 723.00

780R601 600:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 2.0 723.00

780R751 750:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 2.0 780.00

780R801 800:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 2.0 780.00

780R102 1000:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 780.00

780R122 1200:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 780.00

780R152 1500:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 780.00

780R162 1600:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 813.00

780R202 2000:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 813.00

780R252 2500:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 813.00

780R302 3000:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 813.00

780R402 4000:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.5 867.00

6-1⁄2

781R601 600:5 MR C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 2.0 972.00

781R122 1200:5 MR C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1023.00

781R202 2000:5 MR C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1064.00

781R302 3000:5 MR C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1083.00

781R402 4000:5 MR C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.5 1118.00

6-1⁄2

785R500 50:5 C10 2.4 2.4 — — — 2.0 1317.00

785R750 75:5 C20 1.2 1.2 — — — 2.0 1317.00

785R101 100:5 C20 1.2 1.2 2.4 — — 2.0 1317.00

785R151 150:5 C50 0.6 0.6 1.2 2.4 _ 2.0 1317.00

785R201 200:5 C50 0.6 0.6 1.2 2.4 2.4 2.0 1317.00

785R251 250:5 C50 0.3 0.6 1.2 1.2 2.4 2.0 1317.00

785R301 300:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 1.2 2.0 1317.00

785R401 400:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.2 2.0 1317.00

785R501 500:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 2.0 1317.00

785R601 600:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 2.0 1317.00

785R751 750:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1317.00

785R801 800:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1415.00

785R102 1000:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1415.00

785R122 1200:5 C400 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1415.00

785R152 1500:5 C400 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1415.00

785R162 1600:5 C400 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1479.00

785R202 2000:5 C400 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1479.00

785R252 2500:5 C400 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1479.00

785R302 3000:5 C400 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1479.00

785R402 4000:5 C400 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.5 1577.00

6-1⁄2

786R601 600:5 MR C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1566.00

786R122 1200:5 MR C400 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1664.00

786R202 2000:5 MR C400 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1722.00

786R302 3000:5 MR C400 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1749.00

786R402 4000:5 MR C400 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.5 1823.00

Table 6.26: Auxiliary Current Transformers

Catalog Number

(without brackets) Ratio $ Price

81X05000100

81X05000200

81X05000250

81X05000500

81X07500500

81X10000500

81X12500500

81X15000500

5:1

5:2

5:2.5

5:5

7.5:5

10:5

12.5:5

15:5

990.00

PA1 Discount

Schedule

7-1

7INTERNATIONAL LOAD

CENTERS

Table of Contents

Section 7

07 International Load Centers

Circuit Breaker Load Centers

International Miniature Circuit Breakers

QO® Plug-On and Bolt-On Circuit Breakers and Switches 7-2

Plug-On QOXD and Bolt-On QOBXD 7-3

Load Centers

IEC Certified QO® Load Centers, Type 1 (Indoor) 7-4

www.schneider-electric.us

7INTERNATIONAL LOAD

CENTERS

International Miniature

Circuit Breakers

QO® Plug-On and Bolt-On Circuit Breakers and Switches

General Description

In 1955 Square D Company introduced the QO Plug-on System and revolutionized the way electrical contractors install

miniature circuit breakers in the United States. Today as part of Schneider Electric we offer the same Plug-on System

technology around the world. IEC certified QO products are available for residential, commercial and industrial

applications.

Characteristics

•Circuit breakers are rated 240 Vac single phase and 415 Vac three phase, 50/60 Hz.

•Circuit breakers are available in 1-, 2- or 3-pole construction.

•Thermal trip elements are factory calibrated to 40°C (IEC 947-2) and 30°C (IEC 898) ambient temperature.

•Trip-free handle ensures tripping even when the circuit breaker is held or locked in the ON position.

•Circuit breakers are in compliance with international standards set by the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC).

•The CE marking is located on each circuit breaker in accordance with the low voltage directive of the European Union.

•The entire QO circuit breaker family provides the advantage of a plug-on connection. (Bolt-on connections also available)

Accessories

Circuit Breaker Operating Characteristics

Main Switches

Table 7.1: International Miniature Circuit Breaker Description

Circuit Breaker Description 1Ø Consumer Units 3Ø Distribution Boards

QOXD Branch circuit breaker X X

Table 7.2: Accessories

Accessory Description Cat. No. QOXD

Handle Tie Ties two 1P circuit breakers together QO1HT X

Handle Lock-Off

(Clamp)

Attaches to 1P circuit breaker handles QO1LO X

Attaches to 1P, 2P, 3P circuit breaker handles HLO1 X

Handle Padlock

Attachment

Attaches to 1P, 2P, 3P circuit breaker handles QOEPLA —

Attaches to 1P circuit breaker handles QOE1PL —

Attaches to 1P circuit breaker escutcheon (fixed) QO1PA X

Attaches to 1P circuit breaker handles (removable) QOHPL X

Attaches to 2P, 3P circuit breaker handles (removable) QO1HPL X

Attaches to 2P circuit breaker handles (removable) GFI2PA —

Table 7.3: Branch Circuit Breakers

Cat. No. Prefix Number of Poles Continuous

Ampere Rating

IEC 898 Service Rating Icn Tripping Characteristics

Plug-on Bolt-on 240 V 415 V

QOXD QOBXD 1, 2, 3 10–32 A 3000 3000 Type D (10–20 In)

Cat. No. Prefix Number of Poles Continuous

Ampere Rating

IEC 947-2 Service Rating Icu (Ics)—

Plug-on Bolt-on 240 V 415 V —

QOXD QOBXD

1, 2, 3 10–32 A 3000 (100%) 3000 (100%) —

1 40–63 A 3000 (50%) — —

2, 3 40–100 A — 3000 (50%) —

Table 7.4: QO-M Plug-On Main Incomer Switch

240 V Certified to IEC 947-3

Ampere Rating 1P 2P 3P and 4P

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

100 A N/A — N/A — N/A —

125 A N/A — N/A — QO3100M 116.00

125 A–4P N/A — N/A — QO4100M 200.00

DE2A Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

7INTERNATIONAL LOAD

CENTERS

International Miniature

Circuit Breakers

Plug-On QOXD and Bolt-On QOBXD

Class 738, 739

Short circuit ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-2

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-2

Table 7.5: QOXD Thermal-Magnetic, Plug-On Miniature Circuit Breakers

240/415 V 10–32 A Certified to IEC 898 @ 3 kA, 40–100 A Certified to IEC 947-2 @ 3 kA

Ampere

Rating

1P 2P 3P Terminal Capacity

Range

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

10 A QOXD110 20.40 QOXD210 46.90 QOXD310 165.00 2.5-6 mm2

16 A QOXD116 20.40 QOXD216 46.90 QOXD316 165.00 2.5-6 mm2

20 A QOXD120 20.40 QOXD220 46.90 QOXD320 165.00 2.5-6 mm2

25 A QOXD125 20.40 QOXD225 46.90 QOXD325 165.00 2.5-6 mm2

32 A QOXD132 20.40 QOXD232 46.90 QOXD332 165.00 2.5-6 mm2

40 A QOXD140 20.40 QOXD240 46.90 QOXD340 165.00 10-25 mm2

45 A QOXD145 20.40 QOXD245 46.90 QOXD345 165.00 10-25 mm2

50 A QOXD150 20.40 QOXD250 46.90 QOXD350 165.00 10-25 mm2

63 A QOXD163 20.40 QOXD263 46.90 QOXD363 165.00 10-25 mm2

80 A N/A — QOXD280 132.00 QOXD380 244.00 25-50 mm2

100 A N/A — QOXD2100 132.00 QOXD3100 244.00 25-50 mm2

Table 7.6: QOBXD Thermal-Magnetic, Bolt-On Miniature Circuit Breakers

240/415 V 10–32 A Certified to IEC 898 @ 3 kA, 40–100 A Certified to IEC 947-2 @ 3 kA

Ampere Rating 1P 2P 3P Terminal Capacity

Range

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

10 A QOBXD110 26.50 QOBXD210 59.00 QOBXD310 195.00 2.5-6 mm2

16 A QOBXD116 26.50 QOBXD216 59.00 QOBXD316 195.00 2.5-6 mm2

20 A QOBXD120 26.50 QOBXD220 59.00 QOBXD320 195.00 2.5-6 mm2

25 A QOBXD125 26.50 QOBXD225 59.00 QOBXD325 195.00 2.5-6 mm2

32 A QOBXD132 26.50 QOBXD232 59.00 QOBXD332 195.00 2.5-6 mm2

40 A QOBXD140 26.50 QOBXD240 59.00 QOBXD340 195.00 10-25 mm2

45 A QOBXD145 26.50 QOBXD245 59.00 QOBXD345 195.00 10-25 mm2

50 A QOBXD150 26.50 QOBXD250 59.00 QOBXD350 195.00 10-25 mm2

63 A QOBXD163 26.50 QOBXD263 59.00 QOBXD363 195.00 10-25 mm2

80 A N/A — QOBXD280 160.00 QOBXD380 279.00 25-50 mm2

100 A N/A — QOBXD2100 160.00 QOBXD3100 279.00 25-50 mm2

DE2A Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

7INTERNATIONAL LOAD

CENTERS

Load Centers IEC Certified QO® Load Centers, Type 1 (Indoor)

Application Data

QO 3 Phase Circuit Breaker Load Centers from Square D can be certified to IEC 60439-1 and 60439-3. Contact your

local Square D Field Sales office for more information. They are designed to meet residential, commercial, and

industrial requirements to protect electrical systems and equipment.

Features

•Three phase construction

•100, 125, 150, 200 and 225 A mains ratings with main lugs, main circuit breaker, and main switch ratings

•9-42 circuit indoor version

•Flush or surface mounting

•Straight-in wiring to minimize service cable installation

•Top or bottom feed

•Automatic flush adjustment cover to speed installation

•Covers sold separately

•Products are stocked in USA

•Bus on 12-60 circuit load centers is one piece, solid copper

•Order entry point is Lexington

•For more information, contact your local Field Sales office.

aF/S at end of catalog number indicates to order F for flush device or S for surface device.

bDiscount Schedule DE3A

Table 7.7: Load Centers

Mains Rating

Ampere Spaces/

Max. Poles

Type 1

Box and Interior Cover With Door

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No.a$ Price

Main Lugs 240/415 Vac 3Ø4W

125 A

12 QO312L125G 221.00 QOC16UF/Sb25.10

20 QO320L125G 314.00 QOC24UF/Sb25.10

24 QO324L125G 360.00 QOC24UF/Sb25.10

200 18 QO318L200G 295.00 QOC30UF/Sb58.00

30 QO330L200G 413.00 QOC30UF/Sb58.00

225 42 QO342L225G 561.00 QOC42UF/Sb74.00

Main Circuit Breaker 240/415 Vac 3Ø4W

125 30 QO330MQ125 1226.00 QOC342MQF/S 61.00

150 30 QO330MQ150 1226.00 QOC342MQF/S 61.00

42 QO342MQ150 1351.00 QOC342MQF/S 61.00

200 30 QO330MQ200 1226.00 QOC342MQF/S 61.00

42 QO342MQ200 1351.00 QOC342MQF/S 61.00

225 42 QO342MQ225 1351.00 QOC342MQF/S 61.00

DE3 DE3A Discount

Schedule

8-1

8INTERNATIONAL SAFETY

SWITCHES

Table of Contents

Section 8

08 International Safety Switches

General Duty Safety Switches

CSA Certified General Duty—Fusible 240 Vac 8-2

Heavy Duty Safety Switches

CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Fusible 240 Vac 8-3

CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Fusible 600 Vac 8-3

CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Non-Fusible 600 Vac 8-4

CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Special Applications 8-4

Double-Throw Safety Switches

CSA Certified Double-Throw 8-5

Accessories

CSA Certified Switch Accessories 8-6

www.schneider-electric.us

8INTERNATIONAL SAFETY

SWITCHES

General Duty Safety

Switches

International

Class 736, 1130

CSA Certified General Duty—Fusible 240 Vac

•Switches have factory-installed ground bars.

•Optional accessories are listed on page 8-6.

•Products are not stocked in the USA.

•Order entry point is Lexington.

aNot suitable for use as service entrance equipment.

bF Series only

cStock

dNot suitable for use as service equipment.

Table 8.1: General Duty Single-Throw 120/240 Vac (Plug); 240 Vac (Cartridge)

Ampere Fuse Type 1 Type 3R Field Installable Class R Fuse Kitsc

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

2-Pole + S/N (2 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 S/N)—Suitable For Service Entrance Use

30 A Plug CD211Na104.00 ————

30 A Cartridge CD221Na137.00 ——DRK30 25.70

60 A — CD222N 221.00 CD222NRB 339.00 RFK03H 25.50

100 A — CD223N 485.00 CD223NRB 543.00 RFK10b47.70

200 A — CD224N 947.00 CD224NRB 1200.00 HRK1020 47.70

400 A — CD225N 2610.00 CD225NR —DRK40 111.00

600 A — CD226N 5166.00 CD226NR —DRK600 111.00

3-Pole + S/N (3 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 S/N)—Suitable For Service Entrance Use

30 A Cartridge CD321Na146.00 CD321NRB 494.00 DRK30 25.70

60 A — CD322N 366.00 CD322NRB 743.00 RFK03H 25.50

100 A — CD323N 485.00 CD323NRB 1371.00 RFK10b47.70

200 A — CD324N 2019.00 CD324NRB 2454.00 HRK1020 47.70

400 A — CD325N 3113.00 CD325NR —DRK40 111.00

600 A — CD326N 5823.00 CD326NR —DRK600 111.00

Table 8.2: Light Duty Single-Throw 120 Vac Plug

Ampere Fuse Type 1

Cat. No. $ Price

30 A Plug L111Nd54.00

DE1A Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

8INTERNATIONAL SAFETY

SWITCHES

Heavy Duty Safety

Switches

International

Class 736, 1130

CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Fusible 240 Vac

•Switches have factory–installed ground bars.

•Switches 30 A–200 A Type 4/4X and 12 have viewing windows.

•Optional accessories are listed on page 8-6.

•Products are not stocked in the USA.

•Order entry point is Lexington.

aDual UL Listed and CSA Certified device.

CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Fusible 600 Vac

•Switches have factory-installed ground bars.

•Switches 30 A–200 A Type 4/4X and 12 have viewing windows.

•Optional accessories are listed on page 8-6.

•Products are not stocked in the USA.

•Order entry point is Lexington .

aDual UL Listed and CSA Certified device.

Table 8.3: Single-Throw 240 Vac, 250 Vdc

Ampere Type 1 Type 3R Type 4/4X Type 12

Cat. No. Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

2P + S/N (2 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 S/N)—Suitable For Service Entrance Use

30 A CH221N 251.00 CH221NRB 480.00

Use 3P devices

listed below.

CH221NAWK 620.00

60 A CH222N 504.00 CH222NRB 893.00 CH222NAWK 791.00

100 A CH223N 807.00 CH223NRB 1196.00 CH223NAWK 1250.00

200 A CH224N 1409.00 CH224NRB 1695.00 CH224NAWK 1964.00

400 A CH225N 3246.00 CH225NR 4568.00 CH225NAWK 4409.00

600 A CH226N 6219.00 CH226NR 8061.00 CH226NAWK 6936.00

800 A H227Na10067.00 H227NRa12216.00 — — H227NAWKa12338.00

1200 A H228Na12422.00 H228NRa16665.00 — — H228NAWKa17184.00

3P + S/N (3 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 S/N)—Suitable For Service Entrance Use

30 A CH321N 339.00 CH321NRB 596.00 CH321NDS 2201.00 CH321NAWK 750.00

60 A CH322N 569.00 CH322NRB 947.00 CH322NDS 2687.00 CH322NAWK 1007.00

100 A CH323N 941.00 CH323NRB 1398.00 CH323NDS 5651.00 CH323NAWK 1625.00

200 A CH324N 1580.00 CH324NRB 1896.00 CH324NDS 7836.00 CH324NAWK 2249.00

400 A CH325N 3977.00 CH325NR 4650.00 CH325NDS 15321.00 CH325NAWK 4737.00

600 A CH326N 6845.00 CH326NR 9164.00 CH326NDS 21759.00 CH326NAWK 7863.00

800 A H327Na12189.00 H327NRa15563.00 ——H327NAWKa15879.00

1200 A H328Na15314.00 H328NRa19709.00 ——H328NAWKa20015.00

Table 8.4: Single-Throw 600 Vac, 600 Vdc

Ampere Type 1 Type 3R Type 4/4X Type 12

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

3-Pole (3 Blades and Fuseholders)

30 A CH361 379.00 CH361RB 636.00 CH361DS 1714.00 CH361AWK 667.00

60 A CH362 453.00 CH362RB 744.00 CH362DS 1881.00 CH362AWK 686.00

100 A CH363 868.00 CH363RB 1191.00 CH363DS 3729.00 CH363AWK 1079.00

200 A CH364 1233.00 CH364RB 1620.00 CH364DS 5184.00 CH364AWK 1649.00

400 A CH365 3186.00 CH365R 3872.00 CH365DS 10214.00 CH365AWK 3641.00

600 A CH366 5354.00 CH366R 7703.00 CH366DS 14601.0 CH366AWK 6135.00

800 A H367a8879.00 H367Ra11000.00 ——H367AWKa10901.00

1200 A H368a11671.00 H368Ra13339.00 ——H368AWKa13137.00

3-Pole + S/N (3 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 S/N)—Suitable For Service Entrance Use

30 A

For 3 pole switches 30 A–1200 A with solid neutral

attachment, select switch from 3-Pole table

above and add the Solid Neutral Assembly Kit

from the Accessories 8-6.

60 A

100 A

200 A

400 A

600 A

800 A

1200 A

4-Pole (4 Blades and Fuseholders)—Not Suitable For Service Entrance Use

30 A H461a609.00 ————H461AWKa743.00

60 A H462a710.00 ————H462AWKa838.00

100 A H463a1185.00 ————H463AWKa1288.00

200 A H464a2008.00 ————H464AWKa2218.00

400 A CH465 4140.00 ————CH465AWK 4538.00

600 A CH466 6736.00 ——————

DE1 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

8INTERNATIONAL SAFETY

SWITCHES

Heavy Duty Safety

Switches

International

Class 736, 1130

CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Non-Fusible 600 Vac

•Switches have factory-installed ground bars.

•Switches 30 A–200 A Type 4/4X and 12 have viewing windows.

•Optional accessories are listed on page 8-6.

•Products are not stocked in the USA.

•Order entry point is Lexington.

aDual UL Listed and CSA Certified devices.

bF Series devices.

CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Special Applications

•Switches have factory-installed ground bars.

•Optional accessories are listed on page 8-6.

•Products are not stocked in the USA.

•Order entry point is Lexington.

aF Series devices.

bDual UL Listed and CSA Listed device.

Table 8.5: Single-Throw 600 Vac, 600 Vdc

Ampere Type 1 Type 3R Type 4/4X Type 7/9 Type 3R/12

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

30 A CHU361 305.00 CHU361RB 530.00 CHU361DS 2184.00 — — CHU361AWK 692.00

60 A CHU362 530.00 CHU362RB 932.00 CHU362DS 2568.00 H60XFAa2571.00 CHU362AWK 873.00

100 A CHU363 878.00 CHU363RB 1343.00 CHU363DS 5199.00 H100XFAa3045.00 CHU363AWK 1281.00

200 A CHU364 1325.00 CHU364RB 1616.00 CHU364DS 7055.00 H225XKAa6387.00 CHU364AWK 1686.00

400 A CHU365 3054.00 CHU365RB 6216.00 CHU365DS 14397.00 — — CHU365AWK 4127.00

600 A CHU366 5352.00 CHU366R 8180.00 CHU366DS 19358.00 — — CHU366AWK 6816.00

800 A HU367a9978.00 HU367Ra13050.00 — — — — HU367AWKa13097.00

1200 A HU368a13421.00 HU368Ra17867.00 — — — — HU368AWKa17940.00

4P, 600 Vac, 600 Vdc

30 A HU461ab 827.00 — — — — — — HU461AWKab 915.00

60 A HU462ab 914.00 — — — — — — HU462AWKab 1008.00

100 A HU463ab 1647.00 — — — — — — HU463AWKab 1791.00

200 A HU464a2454.00 — — — — — — HU464AWK 2937.00

400 A CHU465 5201.00 — — — — — — CHU465AWK 5775.00

600 A CHU466 9072.00 — — — — — — CHU466AWK —

6P, 600 Vac

30 A — — — — — — — — HU661AWKa3357.00

60 A — — — — — — — — HU662AWKa3884.00

100 A — — — — — — — — HU663AWKa4793.00

200 A — — — — — — — — HU664AWK 10571.00

Table 8.6: Krydon® Enclosures—Single-Throw 600 Vac, 600 Vdc

Amperes Type 4X

Cat. No. $ Price

3P Fusible

30 A H361DFba 3570.00

60 A H362DFba 3968.00

100 A H363DFba 7613.00

200 A H364DFb9729.00

3P Non-Fusible

30 A HU361DFba 3402.00

60 A HU362DFba 3782.00

100 A HU363DFba 7241.00

200 A HU364DFb9695.00

Table 8.7: Receptacle Switches—Single-Throw 600 Vac

Ampere Stainless Steel Type 4/4X Use With Plug Type 12

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

3P Fusible

30 A CH361DSWC 4322.00 APJ3485 1235.00 CH361AWC 2243.00

60 A CH362DSWC 4581.00 APJ6485 1295.00 CH362AWC 2459.00

100 A CH363DSWC 8309.00 APJ10487 1928.00 CH363AWC 3689.00

3P Non-Fusible

30 A CHU361DSWC 3927.00 APJ3485 1235.00 CHU361AWC 2058.00

60 A CHU362DSWC 4325.00 APJ6485 1295.00 CHU362AWC 2310.00

100 A CHU363DSWC 7863.00 APJ10487 1928.00 CHU363AWC 3282.00

DE1 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

8INTERNATIONAL SAFETY

SWITCHES

Double-Throw Safety

Switches

International

Class 736, 1130

CSA Certified Double-Throw

•Switches have factory-installed ground bars.

•Optional accessories are listed on page 8-6.

•Products are not stocked in the USA.

•Order entry point is Lexington..

a240 Vac Maximum

bFor isolation only, not Load-Make/Load-Break.

Table 8.8: Double-Throw

Ampere Type 1 Type 3R Type 4/4X Type 12

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

2P 240 Vac—250 Vdc

30 A C92251 615.00 ——————

60 A

For 2P switch applications, select

3P switch 60 A–600 A from 3P table below.

100 A

200 A

400 A

3P 600 Vac—250 Vdc

30 A C92351a716.00 ——————

60 A For 60–100 A, use US devices.

100 A

200 A C82344b2813.00 C82344RBb5898.00 C82344DSb11444.00 CH82344b7532.00

4P 600 Vac

30 A C92451a981.00 ——————

60 A For 60–100 A, use US devices.

100 A

DE1 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

8INTERNATIONAL SAFETY

SWITCHES

Double-Throw Safety

Switch

Accessories

Class 736, 1130

CSA Certified Switch Accessories

•Optional

•Order entry point is Lexington for non-stock items.

aNot for C92251, C92351, C92451.

bE-series uses EK1020-1 or -2. Requires 2.

cC92251, C92351, C92451 uses DT30SN.

dNot Stocked—Order Only.

•Products are not stocked in the USA.

•Optional

•Order entry point is Lexington.

Table 8.9: Electrical Interlock Kits

Ampere Single-Throw Double-Throw Type 1 Only

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

30–100 A EIK-1 or -2 311.00 EIK-1 or -2a311.00

200 A-3P EIK-1 or -2b311.00 EK200DTU2 389.00

200 A-4P EIK-1 or -2b311.00 EK100DTU2 389.00

400 A EIK4060-1 or -2 533.00 EK400DTU2 389.00

600 A EIK4060-1 or -2 533.00 ——

800 A EIK4060-1 or -2 533.00 ——

1200 A EIK4060-1 or -2 533.00 ——

Table 8.10: Fuse Puller Kitsd

Ampere Cat. No. $ Price

30 A FPK03 30.20

60 A FPK0610 42.60

100 A FPK0610 42.60

Table 8.11: Class R Fuse Kits

Voltage Ampere Cat. No. $ Price

240 Vac

30 A RFK03L 25.50

60 A RFK03H 25.50

100 A RFK10 47.70

200 A HRK1020 47.70

400 A HRK4060 111.00

600 A HRK4060 111.00

600 Vac

30 A RFK03H 25.50

60 A RFK06H 25.50

100 A RFK10 47.70

200 A HRK1020 47.70

400 A HRK4060 111.00

600 A HRK4060 111.00

Table 8.12: Solid Neutral Assembly Kitsd

Ampere Single-Throw Type 1, 3R Single-Throw (Copper) Type 4, 4X Double-Throw Type 1

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

30 A CSN03 83.00 CSN03C 102.00 SN0310c114.00

60 A CSN0610 107.00 CSN0610C 114.00 SN0310 114.00

100 A CSN0610 107.00 CSN0610C 114.00 SN0310 114.00

200 A CSN20 200.00 CSN20C 252.00 225SNA 198.00

400 A CH600SN 327.00 CH600SNC 453.00 DT400N 458.00

600 A CH600SN 327.00 CH600SNC 453.00 ——

800 A H800SNE4 753.00 ————

1200 A H1200SNE4 1034.00 ————

Table 8.13: Hubs

Size Type 3R Type 4/4X/12

Standard Zinc Chrome Plated Zinc

Inches Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

0.50 — — H050 31.10 H050CP 40.70

0.75 B075 35.00 H075 45.00 H075CP 57.00

1.00 B100 35.00 H100 47.10 H100CP 65.00

1.25 B125 35.00 H125 54.00 H125CP 67.00

1.50 B150 35.00 H150 83.00 H150CP 96.00

2.00 B200 65.00 H200 120.00 H200CP 137.00

2.50 B250 107.00 H250 138.00 ——

3.00 — — H300 177.00 ——

CAP BCAP 3.80 ————

DE1 Discount

Schedule

9-1

9LOAD CENTERS

Table of Contents

Section 9

09 International Circuit Breakers

Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers

F-, Q-, K-, L- and M-frame, IEC Rated 415/240 Vac Max. 9-2

Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers

P-frame, 3P, Micrologic® Electronic-trip, IEC Rated 9-3

R-frame, 3P, Micrologic Electronic-trip, IEC Rated 9-4

P-frame, 4P, Micrologic Electronic-trip, IEC Rated 9-5

R-frame, 4P, Micrologic Electronic-trip, IEC Rated 9-6

Breaking Capacities 9-7

Circuit Breaker Dimensions 9-8

www.schneider-electric.us

9LOAD CENTERS

Thermal-Magnetic

Circuit Breakers

F-, Q-, K-, L- and M-frame, IEC Rated 415/240 Vac Max.

Class 600

•CE marking.

•S-frame circuit breakers are CCC Certified.

•International products—for export use only.

•MCCBs in I-Line® plug-on construction and a complete line of accessories are available. Contact your local Field Sales office.

•Order entry point is Cedar Rapids, Iowa.

aDE2A Discount Schedule

Table 9.1: F-frame and Q-frame, Individually-Mounted, IEC Rated 415/240 Vac Max., 50/60 Hz, 1P, 2P, and 3P

Ampere Rating 1P 2P 3P

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

SFAL

16 A SFAL1016 450.00 SFAL2016 704.00 SFAL3016 906.00

20 A SFAL1020 450.00 SFAL2020 704.00 SFAL3020 906.00

32 A SFAL1032 450.00 SFAL2032 704.00 SFAL3032 906.00

40 A SFAL1040 450.00 SFAL2040 704.00 SFAL3040 906.00

50 A SFAL1050 450.00 SFAL2050 704.00 SFAL3050 906.00

63 A SFAL1063 450.00 SFAL2063 704.00 SFAL3063 906.00

80 A SFAL1080 510.00 SFAL2080 890.00 SFAL3080 1115.00

100 A SFAL1100 510.00 SFAL2100 890.00 SFAL3100 1115.00

125 A — — SFAL2125 1076.00 SFAL3125 1262.00

160 A — — SFAL2160 1259.00 SFAL3160 1449.00

SFHL

16 A — — SFHL2016 1163.00 SFHL3016 1355.00

20 A — — SFHL2020 1163.00 SFHL3020 1355.00

32 A — — SFHL2032 1163.00 SFHL3032 1355.00

40 A — — SFHL2040 1163.00 SFHL3040 1355.00

50 A — — SFHL2050 1163.00 SFHL3050 1355.00

63 A — — SFHL2063 1163.00 SFHL3063 1355.00

80 A — — SFHL2080 1353.00 SFHL3080 1541.00

100 A — — SFHL2100 1353.00 SFHL3100 1541.00

SFIL Current-limiting I-Limiter®

20 A — — SFIL2020 3317.00 SFIL3020 3999.00

32 A — — SFIL2032 3317.00 SFIL3032 3999.00

40 A — — SFIL2040 3317.00 SFIL3040 3999.00

50 A — — SFIL2050 3317.00 SFIL3050 3999.00

63 A — — SFIL2063 3317.00 SFIL3063 3999.00

80 A — — SFIL2080 3317.00 SFIL3080 3999.00

100 A — — SFIL2100 3317.00 SFIL3100 3999.00

PowerPact® Q-frame—250 A, Thermal-magnetic (415Y/240 Vac)a

70 A — — QBL22070 474.00 QBL32070 1248.00

80 A — — QBL22080 474.00 QBL32080 1248.00

90 A — — QBL22090 474.00 QBL32090 1248.00

100 A — — QBL22100 474.00 QBL32100 1248.00

110 A — — QBL22110 474.00 QBL32110 1248.00

125 A — — QBL22125 474.00 QBL32125 1248.00

150 A — — QBL22150 474.00 QBL32150 1248.00

175 A — — QBL22175 474.00 QBL32175 1248.00

200 A — — QBL22200 474.00 QBL32200 1248.00

225 A — — QBL22225 474.00 QBL32225 1248.00

250 A — — QBL22250 693.00 QBL32250 1812.00

Table 9.2: K-, L-, and M-frame, Individually-Mounted, IEC Rated 415/240 Vac Max.,

50/60 Hz, 2P and 3P

Frame Size Circuit Breaker

Type Ampere

Rating

2P 3P

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

250 A SKIL

125 A SKIL2125 6177.00 SKIL3125 7751.00

160 A SKIL2160 6177.00 SKIL3160 7751.00

175 A SKIL2175 6177.00 SKIL3175 7751.00

200 A SKIL2200 6177.00 SKIL3200 7751.00

225 A SKIL2225 6177.00 SKIL3225 7751.00

250 A SKIL2250 7223.00 SKIL3250 9080.00

400 A SLAL

250 A SLAL2250 3807.00 SLAL3250 4619.00

300 A SLAL2300 3807.00 SLAL3300 4619.00

350 A SLAL2350 3807.00 SLAL3350 4619.00

400 A SLAL2400 3807.00 SLAL3400 4619.00

DE2 DE2A Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

9LOAD CENTERS

Electronic Trip Circuit

Breakers

P-frame, 3P, Micrologic® Electronic-trip, IEC Rated

Class 612

Note: See Digest for accessories and other information.

Table 9.3: P-frame—1600 A, Individually-Mounted, Micrologic® Electronic Trip Unit,

IEC Rated 415/240 Vac Max., 3P

Sensor

Rating

N Interrupting H Interrupting L Interrupting Terminal

Wire

Range

(AWG–kcmil)

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LS0 Trip Functions

630 A PNLE36063U32R 13958.00 PHLE36063U32R 14792.00 PLLE36063U32R 15626.00

(4) 3/0–500

Al/Cu

800 A PNLE36080U32R 13958.00 PHLE36080U32R 14792.00 PLLE36080U32R 15626.00

1000 A PNLE36100U32R 18843.00 PHLE36100U32R 19985.00 PLLE36100U32R 21128.00

1250 A PNLE36125U32R 18843.00 PHLE36125U32R 19985.00 ——

1600 A PNLE36160U32R 20163.00 PHLE36160U32R 21384.00 ——

3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions

630 A PNLE36063U33R 14280.00 PHLE36063U33R 15114.00 PLLE36063U33R 15947.00

(4) 3/0–500

Al/Cu

800 A PNLE36080U33R 14280.00 PHLE36080U33R 15114.00 PLLE36080U33R 15947.00

1000 A PNLE36100U33R 19166.00 PHLE36100U33R 20309.00 PLLE36100U33R 21450.00

1250A PNLE36125U33R 19166.00 PHLE36125U33R 20309.00 ——

1600A PNLE36160U33R 20508.00 PHLE36160U33R 21731.00 ——

Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit

3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LS0 Trip Functions

630 A PNLE36063U42R 14768.00 PHLE36063U42R 15600.00 PLLE36063U42R 16434.00

(4) 3/0–500

Al/Cu

800 A PNLE36080U42R 14768.00 PHLE36080U42R 15600.00 PLLE36080U42R 16434.00

1000 A PNLE36100U42R 19653.00 PHLE36100U42R 20795.00 PLLE36100U42R 21936.00

1250 A PNLE36125U42R 19653.00 PHLE36125U42R 20795.00 ——

1600 A PNLE36160U42R 21030.00 PHLE36160U42R 22250.00 ——

3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions

630 A PNLE36063U43R 16191.00 PHLE36063U43R 17024.00 PLLE36063U43R 17858.00

(4) 3/0–500

Al/Cu

800 A PNLE36080U43R 16191.00 PHLE36080U43R 17024.00 PLLE36080U43R 17858.00

1000 A PNLE36100U43R 21077.00 PHLE36100U43R 22218.00 PLLE36100U43R 23360.00

1250 A PNLE36125U43R 21077.00 PHLE36125U43R 22218.00 ——

1600 A PNLE36160U43R 22551.00 PHLE36160U43R 23774.00 ——

3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSIG Trip Functions

630 A PNLE36063U44R 17964.00 PHLE36063U44R 18798.00 PLLE36063U44R 19631.00

(4) 3/0–500

Al/Cu

800 A PNLE36080U44R 17964.00 PHLE36080U44R 18798.00 PLLE36080U44R 19631.00

1000 A PNLE36100U44R 22850.00 PHLE36100U44R 23993.00 PLLE36100U44R 25134.00

1250 A PNLE36125U44R 22850.00 PHLE36125U44R 23993.00 ——

1600 A PNLE36160U44R 24450.00 PHLE36160U44R 25671.00 ——

Micrologic Power Trip Unit

3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions

630 A PNLE36063U63RE1 20382.00 PHLE36063U63RE1 21216.00 PLLE36063U63RE1 22049.00

(4) 3/0–500

Al/Cu

800 A PNLE36080U63RE1 20382.00 PHLE36080U63RE1 21216.00 PLLE36080U63RE1 22049.00

1000 A PNLE36100U63RE1 25268.00 PHLE36100U63RE1 26409.00 PLLE36100U63RE1 27552.00

1250 A PNLE36125U63RE1 25268.00 PHLE36125U63RE1 26409.00 ——

1600 A PNLE36160U63RE1 27036.00 PHLE36160U63RE1 28257.00 ——

3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSIG Trip Functions

630 A PNLE36063U64RE1 21410.00 PHLE36063U64RE1 22244.00 PLLE36063U64RE1 23078.00

(4) 3/0–500

Al/Cu

800 A PNLE36080U64RE1 21410.00 PHLE36080U64RE1 22244.00 PLLE36080U64RE1 23078.00

1000 A PNLE36100U64RE1 26297.00 PHLE36100U64RE1 27437.00 PLLE36100U64RE1 28578.00

1250 A PNLE36125U64RE1 26297.00 PHLE36125U64RE1 27437.00 ——

1600 A PNLE36160U64RE1 28136.00 PHLE36160U64RE1 29358.00 ——

Table 9.4: Interrupting Ratings

NHL

Icu Ics (%Icu) Icu Ics (%Icu) Icu Ics (%Icu)

220/240 V 50 kA

75%

70 kA

50%

150 kA

100%

380/415 V 50 kA 70 kA 150 kA

440 V 50 kA 65 kA 130 kA

500/525 V 40 kA 50 kA 100 kA

660/690 V 30 kA 42 kA 25 kA

DE2 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

9LOAD CENTERS

Electronic Trip Circuit

Breakers

R-frame, 3P, Micrologic® Electronic-trip, IEC Rated

Class 612

Note: See Digest for accessories and other information.

Table 9.5: R-frame—3200 A, Individually-Mounted, Micrologic® Electronic Trip

Unit, IEC Rated 415/240 Vac Max., 3P

Sensor

Rating

N Interrupting H Interrupting

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LS0 Trip Functions

1600 A RNFE36160U32R 22004.00 RHFE34160U32R 23120.00

2000 A RNFE36200U32R 22004.00 RHFE34200U32R 23120.00

2500 A RNFE36250U32R 34607.00 RHFE34250U32R 36384.00

3200 A RNFE36320U32R 34607.00 RHFE34320U32R 36384.00

3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions

1600 A RNFE36160U33R 22326.00 RHFE34160U33R 23441.00

2000 A RNFE36200U33R 22326.00 RHFE34200U33R 23441.00

2500 A RNFE36250U33R 34929.00 RHFE34250U33R 36707.00

3200 A RNFE36320U33R 34929.00 RHFE34320U33R 36707.00

Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit

3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LS0 Trip Functions

1600 A RNFE36160U42R 22812.00 RHFE34160U42R 23928.00

2000 A RNFE36200U42R 22812.00 RHFE34200U42R 23928.00

2500 A RNFE36250U42R 35414.00 RHFE34250U42R 37194.00

3200 A RNFE36320U42R 35414.00 RHFE34320U42R 37194.00

3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions

1600 A RNFE36160U43R 24234.00 RHFE34160U43R 25352.00

2000 A RNFE36200U43R 24234.00 RHFE34300U43R 25352.00

2500 A RNFE36250U43R 36837.00 RHFE34350U43R 38618.00

3200 A RNFE36320U43R 36837.00 RHFE34320U43R 38618.00

3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSIG Trip Functions

1600 A RNFE36160U44R 26010.00 RHFE34160U44R 27126.00

2000 A RNFE36200U44R 26010.00 RHFE34200U44R 27126.00

2500 A RNFE36250U44R 38612.00 RHFE34250U44R 41199.00

3200 A RNFE36320U44R 38612.00 RHFE34320U44R 41199.00

Micrologic Power Trip Unit

3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions

1600 A RNFE36160U63RE1 28425.00 RHFE34160U63RE1 29543.00

2000 A RNFE36200U63RE1 28425.00 RHFE34200U63RE1 29543.00

2500 A RNFE36250U63RE1 41030.00 RHFE34250U63RE1 42809.00

3200 A RNFE36320U63RE1 41030.00 RHFE34320U63RE1 42809.00

3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSIG Trip Functions

1600 A RNFE36160U64RE1 29454.00 RHFE34160U64RE1 30572.00

2000 A RNFE36200U64RE1 29454.00 RHFE34200U64RE1 30572.00

2500 A RNFE36250U64RE1 42057.00 RHFE34250U64RE1 43836.00

3200 A RNFE36320U64RE1 42057.00 RHFE34320U64RE1 48386.00

Table 9.6: Interrupting Ratings

Icu Ics Icu Ics (%Icu)

220/240 V 85 kA

65 kA

125 kA

75%

380/415 V 70 kA 85 kA

440 V 65 kA 85 kA

500/525 V 65 kA —

660/690 V 65 kA —

DE2 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

9LOAD CENTERS

Electronic Trip Circuit

Breakers

P-frame, 4P, Micrologic® Electronic-trip, IEC Rated

Class 612

Note: See Digest for accessories and other information.

Table 9.7: P-frame—1600 A, Individually-Mounted, Micrologic® Electronic Trip Unit,

IEC Rated 415/240 Vac Max., 4P

Sensor

Rating

N Interrupting H Interrupting L Interrupting Terminal

Wire

Range

(AWG–kcmil)

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LS0 Trip Functions

630 A PNLE46063U32R 17307.00 PHLE46063U32R 18341.00 PLLE46063U32R 19376.00

(4) 3/0–500

Al/Cu

800 A PNLE46080U32R 17307.00 PHLE46080U32R 18341.00 PLLE46080U32R 19376.00

1000 A PNLE46100U32R 23367.00 PHLE46100U32R 24783.00 PLLE46100U32R 26198.00

1250 A PNLE46125U32R 23367.00 PHLE46125U32R 24783.00 ——

1600 A PNLE46160U32R 25002.00 PHLE46160U32R 26517.00 ——

4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions

630 A PNLE46063U33R 17708.00 PHLE46063U33R 18741.00 PLLE46063U33R 19776.00

(4) 3/0–500

Al/Cu

800 A PNLE46080U33R 17708.00 PHLE46080U33R 18741.00 PLLE46080U33R 19776.00

1000 A PNLE46100U33R 23768.00 PHLE46100U33R 25182.00 PLLE46100U33R 26598.00

1250 A PNLE46125U33R 23768.00 PHLE46125U33R 25182.00 ——

1600 A PNLE46160U33R 25430.00 PHLE46160U33R 26945.00 ——

Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit

4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LS0 Trip Functions

630 A PNLE46063U42R 18311.00 PHLE46063U42R 19344.00 PLLE46063U42R 20378.00

(4) 3/0–500

Al/Cu

800 A PNLE46080U42R 18311.00 PHLE46080U42R 19344.00 PLLE46080U42R 20378.00

1000 A PNLE46100U42R 24371.00 PHLE46100U42R 25787.00 PLLE46100U42R 27201.00

1250 A PNLE46125U42R 24371.00 PHLE46125U42R 25787.00 ——

1600 A PNLE46160U42R 26076.00 PHLE46160U42R 27591.00 ——

4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions

630 A PNLE46063U43R 20076.00 PHLE46063U43R 21110.00 PLLE46063U43R 22143.00

(4) 3/0–500

Al/Cu

800 A PNLE46080U43R 20076.00 PHLE46080U43R 21110.00 PLLE46080U43R 22143.00

1000 A PNLE46100U43R 26135.00 PHLE46100U43R 27551.00 PLLE46100U43R 28967.00

1250 A PNLE46125U43R 26135.00 PHLE46125U43R 27551.00 ——

1600 A PNLE46160U43R 27964.00 PHLE46160U43R 29480.00 ——

4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSIG Trip Functions

630 A PNLE46063U44R 22277.00 PHLE46063U44R 23310.00 PLLE46063U44R 24344.00

(4) 3/0–500

Al/Cu

800 A PNLE46080U44R 22277.00 PHLE46080U44R 23310.00 PLLE46080U44R 24344.00

1000 A PNLE46100U44R 28335.00 PHLE46100U44R 29750.00 PLLE46100U44R 31166.00

1250 A PNLE46125U44R 28335.00 PHLE46125U44R 29750.00 ——

1600 A PNLE46160U44R 30317.00 PHLE46160U44R 31833.00 ——

Micrologic Power Trip Unit

4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions

630 A PNLE46063U63RE1 25274.00 PHLE46063U63RE1 26307.00 PLLE46063U63RE1 27341.00

(4) 3/0–500

Al/Cu

800 A PNLE46080U63RE1 25274.00 PHLE46080U63RE1 26307.00 PLLE46080U63RE1 27341.00

1000 A PNLE46100U63RE1 31332.00 PHLE46100U63RE1 32748.00 PLLE46100U63RE1 34164.00

1250 A PNLE46125U63RE1 31332.00 PHLE46125U63RE1 32748.00 ——

1600 A PNLE46160U63RE1 33525.00 PHLE46160U63RE1 35039.00 ——

4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSIG Trip Functions

630 A PNLE46063U64RE1 26549.00 PHLE46063U64RE1 27582.00 PLLE46063U64RE1 28614.00

(4) 3/0–500

Al/Cu

800 A PNLE46080U64RE1 26549.00 PHLE46080U64RE1 27582.00 PLLE46080U64RE1 28614.00

1000 A PNLE46100U64RE1 32606.00 PHLE46100U64RE1 34022.00 PLLE46100U64RE1 35438.00

1250 A PNLE46125U64RE1 32606.00 PHLE46125U64RE1 34022.00 ——

1600 A PNLE46160U64RE1 34890.00 PHLE46160U64RE1 36404.00 ——

Table 9.8: Interrupting Ratings

NHL

Icu Ics (%Icu) Icu Ics (%Icu) Icu Ics (%Icu)

220/240 V 50 kA

75%

70 kA

50%

150 kA

100%

380/415 V 50 kA 70 kA 150 kA

440 V 50 kA 65 kA 130 kA

500/525 V 40 kA 50 kA 100 kA

660/690 V 30 kA 42 kA 25 kA

DE2 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

9LOAD CENTERS

Electronic Trip Circuit

Breakers

R-frame, 4P, Micrologic® Electronic-trip, IEC Rated

Class 612

Note: See Digest for accessories and other information.

Table 9.9: R-frame—3200 A, Individually-Mounted, Micrologic® Electronic Trip

Unit, IEC Rated 415/240 Vac Max., 4P

Sensor

Rating

N Interrupting H Interrupting

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LS0 Trip Functions

1600 A RNFE46160U32R 27284.00 RHFE44160U32R 28667.00

2000 A RNFE46200U32R 27284.00 RHFE44200U32R 28667.00

2500 A RNFE46250U32R 42911.00 RHFE44250U32R 45117.00

3200 A RNFE46320U32R 42911.00 RHFE44320U32R 45117.00

4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions

1600 A RNFE46160U33R 27684.00 RHFE44160U33R 29067.00

2000 A RNFE46200U33R 27684.00 RHFE44200U33R 29067.00

2500 A RNFE46250U33R 43311.00 RHFE44250U33R 45518.00

3200 A RNFE46320U33R 43311.00 RHFE44320U33R 45518.00

Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit

4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LS0 Trip Functions

1600 A RNFE46160U42R 28287.00 RHFE44160U42R 29670.00

2000 A RNFE46200U42R 28287.00 RHFE44200U42R 29670.00

2500 A RNFE46250U42R 43914.00 RHFE44250U42R 46119.00

3200A RNFE46320U42R 43914.00 RHFE44320U42R 46119.00

4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions

1600 A RNFE46160U43R 30051.00 RHFE44160U43R 31436.00

2000 A RNFE46200U43R 30051.00 RHFE44300U43R 31436.00

2500 A RNFE46250U43R 45678.00 RHFE44350U43R 47885.00

3200 A RNFE46320U43R 45678.00 RHFE44320U43R 47885.00

4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSIG Trip Functions

1600 A RNFE46160U44R 32252.00 RHFE44160U44R 33636.00

2000 A RNFE46200U44R 32252.00 RHFE44200U44R 33636.00

2500 A RNFE46250U44R 47879.00 RHFE44250U44R 51087.00

3200 A RNFE46320U44R 47879.00 RHFE44320U44R 51087.00

Micrologic Power Trip Unit

4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions

1600 A RNFE46160U63RE1 35249.00 RHFE44160U63RE1 36633.00

2000 A RNFE46200U63RE1 35249.00 RHFE44200U63RE1 36633.00

2500 A RNFE46250U63RE1 50876.00 RHFE44250U63RE1 53082.00

3200 A RNFE46320U63RE1 50876.00 RHFE44320U63RE1 53082.00

4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSIG Trip Functions

1600 A RNFE46160U64RE1 36522.00 RHFE44160U64RE1 37907.00

2000 A RNFE46200U64RE1 36522.00 RHFE44200U64RE1 37907.00

2500 A RNFE46250U64RE1 52152.00 RHFE44250U64RE1 54357.00

3200 A RNFE46320U64RE1 52152.00 RHFE44320U64RE1 54357.00

Table 9.10: Interrupting Ratings

Icu Ics Icu Ics (%Icu)

220/240 V 85 kA

65 kA

125 kA

75%

380/415 V 70 kA 85 kA

440 V 65 kA 85 kA

500/525 V 65 kA —

660/690 V 65 kA —

DE2 Discount

Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

9LOAD CENTERS

Breaking Capacities

•CE Marking

•International products—IEC 60947-2 rated. North American products are dual rated, UL 489 and IEC 60947-2.

•MCCBs in I-Line® plug-on construction and a complete line of accessories are available. Contact your nearest Field Sales office.

•Order entry point is Cedar Rapids, Iowa.

aSingle pole ratings are 240 V.

bSFA 2 & 3 pole marked Line and Load.

cIEC rating 415Y/240 Vac; NEMA/UL rating 240 Vac.

d250 A lugs are suitable for copper conductors only.

Table 9.11: Circuit Breaker Breaking Capacities

Circuit Breaker Cat. Prefix Current Rating

(Amps)

Short-circuit Ratings (415 Vac)

Isolator Rating Impulse Rating

Uimp (kV) Insulation

Rating Ui (Vac)

International North America Ultimate Service Withstand

lcu Ics Icw

— FA, FH 15–100 A 10 kA 2.5 kA N/A Yes 6 750

— FA, FH (1 pole)a15–100 A 18 kA 9 kA N/A Yes 6 750

SFA (1 pole)a

SFAb—16–100 A

16–160 A 25 kA

25 kA 12.5 kA

12.5 kA N/A

N/A Ye s

Ye s 6

6750

750

— FC 15–100 A 10 kA 2.5 kA N/A Yes 6 750

SFH — 16–63 A

80–100 A 65 kA

65 kA 50 kA

33 kA N/A

N/A Ye s

Ye s 6

6750

750

— FI 20–100 A 6 kA 1.5 kA N/A Yes 6 750

SFI — 20–100 A 150 kA 75 kA N/A Yes 6 750

—QBc70–250 Ad10 kA 5 kA N/A Yes 6 750

— KA, KH 70–250 A 10 kA 2.5 kA N/A Yes 6 750

SKI KI 125–250 A 130 kA 65 kA N/A Yes 6 750

— LA 125–400 A 20 kA 5 kA N/A Yes 6 750

SLA — 250–400 A 36 kA 18 kA N/A Yes 6 750

LC LC 300–400 A

450–630 A 65 kA

65 kA 65 kA

50 kA N/A

N/A Ye s

Ye s 6

6750

750

LX LE

LX 100–400 A

450–600 A 65 kA

65 kA 65 kA

50 kA N/A

N/A Ye s

Ye s 6

6750

750

— LH 125–400 A 20 kA 5 kA N/A Yes 6 750

—MA

MAL 300–800 A

300–1000 A 30 kA

30 kA 30 kA

30 kA N/A

N/A Ye s

Ye s 6

6750

750

SMA, SMAL — 300–800 A

300–1000 A 50 kA

50 kA 25 kA

25 kA N/A

N/A Ye s

Ye s 6

6750

750

SMH, SMHL MH

MHL 300–800 A

300–1000 A 65 kA

65 kA 33 kA

33 kA N/A

N/A Ye s

Ye s 6

6750

750

ME, MX

SNA

SNC

NE, NX

ME, MX

—

NE, NX

450–800 A

630–1250 A

600–1200 A

65 kA

50 kA

70 kA

33 kA

25 kA

35 kA

8.0 kA

N/A

16.0

Ye s

750

—NC

NA 600–1200 A

600–1200 A 70 kA

50 kA 35 kA

25 kA N/A

N/A No

No 6

6750

750

—

250–1200 A

35 kA 17.5 kA 25 kA

Ye s 6 7 5 0

PJ 50 kA 25 kA 10 kA

PL 85 kA 42.5 kA 10 kA

PK 50 kA 25 kA 25 kA

—

600–2500 A

35 kA 17.5 kA 32 kA

Ye s 6 7 5 0

RJ 50 kA 25 kA 32 kA

RL 85 kA 42.5 kA 32 kA

RK 70 kA 52.5 kA 32 kA

— PA 600–2000 A 50 kA 38 kA N/A No 6 750

— PC, PH 600–2500 A 70 kA 53 kA N/A No 6 750

PE, PX PE, PX 600–2500 A 70 kA 53 kA 12.5 No 6 750

www.schneider-electric.us

9LOAD CENTERS

Circuit Breaker

Dimensions

•CE Marking

•International products—IEC 60947-2 rated. North American products are dual rated, UL 489 and

IEC 60947-2.

•MCCBs in I-Line® plug-on construction and a complete line of accessories are available. Contact

your nearest Field Sales office.

•Order entry point is Cedar Rapids, Iowa.

aDimensions E are 40 mm at ON end and 16 mm at OFF end.

Table 9.12: Dimensions

Circuit

Breaker No.

Poles Fig.

No.

Dimensions – mm

ABCDEFGH

SFA, SFH/FS, FH 3 1 152 114 80 105 11 130 38 19

SFI/FI 3 1 203 114 93 121 11 181 38 19

KA, KH, KC 3 1 203 114 93 121 11 181 38 19

SKI/KI 3 1 203 114 93 121 11 181 38 19

SLA/LA, LH 3 1 279 152 103 148 22 235 51 25

SMA, SMH/MA, MH 3 1 356 229 115 165 42 272 76 38

SNA, SNC/NA, NC 3 2 308 381 163 205 43 222 127 —

PA, PH 3 3 511 348 184 364 356 305 324 —

PC 3 4 663 592 339 419 356 305 — —

QB 2 5 164 76 77 100 a108 —

3 6 164 114 77 100 a1083819

PG, PJ, PL 2, 3 7 414 210 140 204 106 200 200 —

RG, RJ, RL 2, 3 8 381 420 160 365 222 362 390 —

C/L

Figure 1

Figure 2

Figure 3

Figure 4

Figure 6

C/L

Figure 8

Figure 7

C/L

Figure 5

10-1

10 INTERNATIONAL PANELBOARDS

Table of Contents

Section 10

10 International Panelboards

NQX Factory Assembled Circuit Breaker Panelboards

NQX Panelboard

NQX Panelboards (Replace NQODX panelboards)

Factory Assembled Circuit Breaker Panelboards 10-1

Application For export application only. Not UL Listed.

Service 1Ø3W 110/220, 115/230/ Vac 50 Hz, 60 Hz

3Ø4W 220/110, 220/127, 230/115, 380/220, 415Y/240 Vac 50 Hz, 60 Hz

Mains

Mains Rating Main Lugs Main Circuit Breaker

70 A — QOBXDa, QB, HD

100 A Yes QOBXDa, QB, HD

150 A — QB, HD

225 A Yes QB

250 A — JD

400 A Yes SLA

600 A Yes —

aAvailable at 240 Vac maximum.

Distributed Phase Bussing

Main Lugs Main Circuit Breaker

100 A (1) #6-2/0 Al or Cu 100 A QOXD/QOBXD (1) #4-2/0 Al or Cu

225 A (1) #6-350 kcmil Al or Cu 150 A HD (1) #14-3/0 Al or Cu

400 A (1) 1/0-750 kcmil, or 225 A QB (1) #4-300 kcmil Al or Cu, or

(2) 1/0-350 kcmil Al or Cu JD (1) #3/0-350 kcmil Al or Cu

600 A (2) 1/0-750 kcmil Al or Cu 250 A JD (1) #3/0-350 kcmil Al or Cu

400 A SLA (1) #1-600 kcmil, or

(2) #1-250 kcmil Al or Cu

Branches Plug-on QOXD and Bolt-on QOBXD

10–100 A QOXD and QOBXD 1-, 2-, and 3-pole (3000 AIR)

Boxes Galvanized steel with removable endwalls with knockouts on one end.

Two sizes:

•NQB — 14 in. W x 5.75 in. D — 225 A interior maximum (availability to be announced)

•MH — 20 in. W x 5.75 in. D — 600 A main lug interior maximum

Fronts Features:

•Gray baked enamel finish (ANSI49)

•Door with flush lock

•Mono-Flat® fronts on 100–225 A. Front mounts to the interior with trim screws.

(Both trim screws and door hinges are concealed.)

•Fronts for 400A–600 A interiors are louvered and mount to the enclosure with trim screws.

(Door hinges are concealed.)

Common

Features Sub-Feed Lugs, Sub-Feed Circuit Breaker, Split Bus, Feed-Through Lugs

Bus Bars •Aluminum bus, standard — 100 A, 225 A, and 400 A interiors

•Copper bus, optional — 100 A, 225 A, and 400 A interiors

•Copper bus, standard — 600 A interiors

Neutrals •100% Aluminum neutral, standard

•100% Copper neutral, optional

•200% Neutral, optional

Enclosures •Type 1, standard

•Type 3R, 5, and 12, optional

•Type 3R, 4, 4X, and 12 Stainless Steel, optional

NOTE: Price factory assembled NQX panelboard in the Quote to Cash Product Selector.

Select "NQ" panelboard, then select the appropriate "International Voltage".

Order Point Peru, IN

www.schneider-electric.us

10 INTERNATIONAL PANELBOARDS

11-1

11 OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Table of Contents

Section 11

11 Obsolescent and Obsolete Circuit Breakers

Obsolescent and Obsolete Types

Circuit Breaker Availability 11-2

Pictorial and Dimensions 11-3—11-4

Obsolescent Circuit Breakers

F-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 11-5

K- and Q4-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 11-6

Automatic Molded-Case Switches, Thermal-Magnetic Circuit

Breakers for Mining Applications

11-7

Mag-Gard® Motor Circuit Protector 11-8

UL Listed Marine and 500 Vdc Circuit Breakers 11-9

Circuit Breakers for NQO, NQOB and NQOD Panelboards, Branch

Circuit Breakers and Mounting Assemblies for ML Panelboards

11-10

Rating Plugs For Obsolete Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers 11-11

EH/EHB Circuit Breakers 11-12

FJA Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 11-13

QE Metering Circuit Breakers 11-14

KD/KG Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 11-15

IL/ ILL Circuit Breakers and Adapter Kit for Rotary Handle Operator 11-16

NHL Thermal-Magnetic Molded Case Circuit Breaker 11-17

SE Circuit Breaker with Full-Function Trip Unit 11-18

SE Circuit Breaker Accessories 11-19

Compact® CK Circuit Breaker, UL 489 11-20

Compact CK Trip Units, Rating Plugs 11-21

Compact CK and Compact® C Circuit Breaker 11-22

Compact CK and Compact® C Circuit Breaker Accessories 11-23

Compact CM Circuit Breakers, UL 489 Listed 11-24

Compact CM Circuit Breaker Accessories IEC 947-2 11-25

Compact CM 1250/1600/2000/3200 Circuit Breakers 11-26

Masterpact® Circuit Breakers, UL 489/1066 Listed 11-27—11-28

Masterpact Circuit Breaker Control Units 11-29

Masterpact Circuit Breaker Accessories 11-30—11-34

Masterpact Circuit Breaker Spare Parts 11-35—11-36

www.schneider-electric.us

11 OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Obsolescent and

Obsolete Types

Circuit Breaker Availability

Class 600

Contact your local Sales Office for availability.

Table 11.1: Circuit Breaker Availability

Series of

Cat. No. Frame Size Volts Poles Amperes

Availability

Obsolete

No Longer Available Obsolescent

115A–130A MO-1 (Add-on) 120 Vac 1 15–30 X

215A–250A MO-2 (Add-on) 120/240 Vac 2 15–50 X

215B–250B MO-2B (Add-on) 120/240 Vac 2 S.P. 15–50 X

70000 Multi-Breaker 120 Vac 4 S.P. 15–50 X

111600 MO-2 120/240 Vac 2 15–30 X

131600 MO-2 120/240 Vac 2 15–30 X

151101 MO-1 120 Vac 1 15–30 X

151600 MO-2 120/240 Vac 2 15–30 X

161101 MO-1 120 Vac 1 With SN 15–30 X

161600 MO-2 120/240 Vac 2 With SN 15–30 X

161700 MO-2 120/240 Vac 2 S.P. 15–30 X

260000 MB (Left-hand) 120 Vac 4 S.P. 15–50 X

270000 MB (Right-hand) 120 Vac 4 S.P. 15–50 X

460000 MO-8 120/240 Vac 4 S.P. 15–50 X

470000 MO-4 120/240 Vac 4 S.P. 15–40 X

480000 MO-4 (Plug-in) 120/240 Vac 4 S.P. 15–50 X

940000 LM 600 Vac 2-3 125–800 X

950000 50 A Form W 250 Vac 1, 2, 3 15–50 X

951000 50 A Form W 250 Vac 2, 3 15–50 X

952000 50 A Form W 250 Vac 2, 3 15–50 X

953000 Flip-on Form W 230 Vac 1, 2, 3 15–50 X

954000 100 A Form W (Trip Unit) 250 Vac 2, 3 50–100 X

955000 100 A Form W 250 Vac 2, 3 50–100 X

956000 225 A Form W 250 Vac 2, 3 70–225 X

957000 400 A (KL) Form W 250 Vac 2, 3 125–400 X

958000 600 A (WL) Form W 250 Vac 2, 3 225–600 X

959000 KL Frame Only 600 Vac 2, 3 125–400 X

961000 50 A Form W 600 Vac 2, 3 15–50 X

962000 50 A Form W 600 Vac 2, 3 15–50 X

964000 100 A Form W 600 Vac 2, 3 50–100 X

965000 100 A Form W 600 Vac 2, 3 50–100 X

966000 225 A Form W 600 Vac 2, 3 70–225 X

967000 400 A (KL) Form W 600 Vac 2, 3 125–400 X

968000 600 A (WL) Form W 600 Vac 2, 3 225–600 X

970000 Type L Form W 240 Vac 1, 2, 3 10–50 X

971000 Type L Form W (Flip-on) 240 Vac 1, 2, 3 10–50 X

972000 M1 (Bolt-on) 240 Vac 2, 3 15–70 X

973000 M2 (Bolt-on) 240 Vac 2, 3 50–100 X

974000 MM (M) (Bolt-on) 120/240 Vac 2 S.P. 15–50 X

975000 100 A Trip Unit 250 Vac 2, 3 50–100 X

976000 225 A Trip Unit 250 Vac 2, 3 70–225 X

977000 KL Trip Unit 600 Vac 2, 3 125–400 X

978000 LM Trip Unit 600 Vac 2, 3 225–800 X

979000 WL Frame 600 Vac 2, 3 225–600 X

982000 50 A Form W (Flip-on) 125/250 Vac 1, 2, 3 15–50 X

984000 ML-2 250 Vac 2, 3 50–100 X

985000 100 A (G) Form W 600 Vac 2, 3 50–100 X

986000 100 A (F) Form W 600 Vac 2, 3 10–100 X

987000 ML-3 250 Vac 2, 3 125–225 X

988000 ML-1 250 Vac 2, 3 15–100 X

989000 ML-1 480 Vac 2, 3 15–100 X

991000 QB 120/240 Vac 1 15–50 X

992000 ML 120/240 Vac 1, 2, 3 10–50 X

992900 ML Form Y 277 Vac 1 10–20 X

994000 ML-2 600 Vac 2, 3 15–100 X

995000 100 A (G) Form W 600 Vac 2, 3 15–100 X

996000 100 A (F) Form W 600 Vac 2, 3 15–100 X

997000 ML-3 600 Vac 2, 3 50–225 X

998000 ML-1 600 Vac 2, 3 15–100 X

999000 ML-1 600 Vac 2, 3 15–100 X

A1B 100 A 120/240 Vac 1, 2, 3 15–100 X

EH, EHB 100 A 480Y/277 Vac 1, 2, 3 15–100 See page 11-12

FD, FG, FJ 100 A 480Y/277 Vac 1, 2, 3 15–100 FD, FG FJ, page 11-13

IF, IFL 100 A 480 Vac 2, 3 20–100 X

IK, IKL 225 A 480 Vac 2, 3 110–225 X

IL, ILL 400 A 480 Vac 2, 3 300–400 See page 11-16

KD, KG 250 A 240 Vac 2, 3 100–250 See page 11-15

LA(JKL) 0000 400 A 600 Vac 2, 3 125–400 X

MA-0000 1000 A 600 Vac 2, 3 125–1000 X

Masterpact 6300 A 600 Vac 3, 4 800–6300 See pgs. 11-20–11-36

MEC 225 A 600 Vac 2, 3 100–225 X

MEC 400 A 600 Vac 2, 3 250–400 X

MEC 800 A 600 Vac 2, 3 400–800 X

MHAB, BC, CA MM (Plug-on) 120/240 Vac 2 S.P. 15–50 X

MHAB, BC, CA M1 (Plug-on) 120/240 Vac 2, 3 15–70 X

MHAB, BC, CA M2 (Plug-on) 120/240 Vac 2, 3 70–100 X

NHL 1200 A 480 Vac 2, 3 800–1200 See page 11-17

PEC 1200 A 600 Vac 2, 3 600–1200 X

PEC 1600 A 600 Vac 2, 3 1000–1600 X

PEC 2000 A 600 Vac 2, 3 1000–2000 X

QOT Series 1 120/240 Vac 1, 2 30 X

Q1, Q1B 150 A 120/240 Vac 1, 2 15–100 X

Q1, Q1B 150 A 240 Vac 3 15–100 X

Q1-H, Q1B-H 100 A 240 Vac 2 15–100 X

Q1-VH, Q1B-VH 125 A 120/240 Vac 2 15–30 X

Q1-VH, Q1B-VH 100 A 240 Vac 3 15–30 X

Q2, Q2-H, Q2H 225 A 240 Vac 2, 3 100–225 X

QE 200 A 120/240 Vac 2, 3 70–200 See page 11-14

SE 4000 A 600 Vac 3 200–4000 See pgs. 11-18–11-19

XO 50 A 120/240 Vac 1, 2 15–50 X

Y1B 100 A 277 Vac 1 15–100 X

www.schneider-electric.us

11 OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Obsolescent and Obsolete

Types

Pictorial and Dimensions

Class 600

Table 11.2: Circuit Breaker Dimensions

Circuit

Breaker

Type

Cat. No.

Prefix Number

Poles

Dimensions

ABCDEFGH

in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm

QB 991 13.75951.00252.50633.0678————————

992 1 6.00 152 1.00 25 3.09 78 3.91 99 .88 22 4.25 108 — — .33 8

992 2 6.00 152 2.00 51 3.09 78 3.91 99 .88 22 4.25 108 — — .19 5

992 3 6.00 152 3.00 76 3.09 78 3.91 99 .88 22 4.25 108 — — 1.83 46

ML-1 999 2 & 3 6.50 165 4.47 113 3.06 78 3.94 100 .94 24 4.25 108 1.50 38 .75 19

ML-2 994 2 & 3 9.56 243 4.47 113 3.75 95 4.88 124 1.69 43 6.50 165 1.50 38 .75 19

ML-3 997 2 & 3 10.38 264 5.97 152 3.88 98 5.31 135 1.69 43 6.63 168 2.00 51 1.00 25

LA (W) LA 2 & 3 10.75 273 8.25 209 4.31 109 5.50 140 .63 16 9.50 241 2.75 70 1.38 35

MA (W) MA 2 & 3 16.00 406 8.25 209 4.06 103 6.06 154 .88 22 14.25 362 2.75 70 1.38 35

KL 967 2 & 3 22.00 559 8.25 209 5.50 140 7.00 178 .63 16 20.75 527 2.75 70 1.38 35

LM 940 2 & 3 22.00 559 8.25 209 5.50 140 7.00 178 .63 16 20.75 527 2.75 70 1.38 35

IFL (4) IFL 2 & 3 8.29 210 4.46 113 3.67 93 4.70 119 .44 11 7.41 188 1.50 38 .75 19

IKL (4) IKL 2 & 3 11.00 279 6.00 152 4.02 102 5.51 140 .88 22 9.25 235 2.00 51 1.00 25

ILL ILL 2 & 3 11.00 279 12.00 305 4.05 103 6.11 155 .88 22 9.25 235 4.00 102 2.00 51

NHL NHL 2 & 3 20.00 508 12.00 305 5.75 146 8.12 206 5.87 149 7.76 197 4.00 102 2.00 51

ILL

ML-1

LA (W) MA (W)

ML-2

www.schneider-electric.us

11 OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Obsolescent and Obsolete

Types

Pictorial and Dimensions

Class 600

a70–100 A is 4.00 in.

bDimensions E are 1.59 in at ON end and 0.63 in at OFF end.

Figure 1

Figure 2

Figure 3

EH, EHB

C/L

Figure 4

C/L

Figure 5 Q2L

Figure 8

Figure 6

EBC/L

Figure 7

Table 11.3: Circuit Breaker Dimensions

Circuit Breaker

Cat. No. Prefix No.

Poles Fig.

No.

Dimensions—In.

ABCDEFGH

EH, EHB

1 1 1.00 3.50 2.00 2.97 2.44 — — —

2 2 2.00 3.50a2.00 2.97 2.44 — — —

3 3 3.00 3.50a2.00 2.97 2.44 — — —

FDA, FGA, FJA 1 Width 1.50

2, 3 Width 3.00

Q2L, Q2L-H 2 4 6.44 3.00 3.16 3.92 b4.25 — —

3 5 6.44 4.50 3.16 3.92 b4.25 1.50 0.75

KD, KG 2, 3 6 4.12 7.35 3.20 4.17 3.34 — — —

MXL, MEL 2 & 3 7 14.75 9.00 4.37 6.50 1.66 11.43 3.00 1.50

NAL, NCL,

NEL, NXL 2 & 3 8 12.12 14.98 6.40 8.07 1.69 8.75 5.00 —

www.schneider-electric.us

11 OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Obsolescent Circuit

Breakers

F-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers

Class 650

Thermal-magnetic molded case circuit breakers shown on pages 11-5 through 3-13 are permanent trip UL Listed,

CSA® Certified, IEC rated, and also meet the requirements of Federal Specification W–C–375B/GEN as indicated on

Digest pages 7-4 through 7-7.

NOTE: Consider using PowerPact® circuit breakers for situations requiring circuit breaker accessories. See Digest

Section 7 for more information.

a1P and 2P circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding the required phase connection letters as a suffix. See Phase Option Table.

bFCL 2P circuit breakers are built using 3P module.

cFCL circuit breakers are not rated for 250 Vdc.

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-26—3-28

OptionalLugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-29—3-30

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-35

Enclosures: see Digest Section 7

Table 11.4: F-Frame—100 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted, 480 Vac

Extra-High Interrupting

Ampere

Rating

Fixed AC Magnetic

Trip

2P 3P Terminal

Wire Range

(AWG)

480 Vac, 250 Vdc 480 Vac, 250 Vdc

Hold Trip Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

15 A 275 A 600 A — — FCL34015

CU30FA4

(1) 14–10 Cu

20 A 275 A 600 A — — FCL34020

25 A 275 A 600 A — — FCL34025

30 A 275 A 600 A — — FCL34030

35 A 400 A 850 A — — FCL34035

AL100FA4

(1) 14–3 Cu

or (2) 12–1 Al

40 A 400 A 850 A — — FCL34040

45 A 400 A 850 A — — FCL34045

50 A 400 A 850 A FCL24050 FCL34050

60 A 800 A 1450 A FCL24060 FCL34060

70 A 800 A 1450 A FCL24070 FCL34070

80 A 800 A 1450 A FCL24080 FCL34080

90 A 900 A 1700 A FCL24090 FCL34090

100 A 900 A 1700 A FCL24100 FCL34100

Table 11.5: Interrupting Ratings

Voltage FAL FHL FCL FIL

240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac

240 Vac 10 kA 18 kA (1P), 25 kA (2P, 3P) 25 kA 25 kA (1P) 65 kA (2P, 3P) 100 kA 200 kA

480 Vac — 18 kA 18 kA 25 kA (2P, 3P) 65 kA 200 kA

600 Vac — — 14 kA 18 kA (2P, 3P) — 100 kA

Termination Option

Termination Letter

F = No Lugs

L = Lugs both ends

P with MT Suffix = Lugs ON end

P = Lugs OFF end

Table 11.6: F-Frame—100 A, Thermal-Magnetic, I-Line® Construction, 480 Vac

Ampere

Rating

Fixed AC Magnetic

Trip

Extra-High Interruptingc

2Pa3P Terminal

Wire Range

(AWG)

480 Vac, 250 Vdcb480 Vac, 250 Vdcc

Hold Trip Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

15 A 275 A 600 A — FC34015

CU30FA4

(1) 14–10 Cu

20 A 275 A 600 A — FC34020

25 A 275 A 600 A — FC34025

30 A 275 A 600 A — FC34030

35 A 400 A 850 A — FC34035

AL100FA4

(1) 14–3 Cu

or (1) 12–1 Al

40 A 400 A 850 A — FC34040

45 A 400 A 850 A — FC34045

50 A 400 A 850 A FC24050( ) FC34050

60 A 800 A 1450 A FC24060( ) FC34060

70 A 800 A 1450 A FC24070( ) FC34070

80 A 800 A 1450 A FC24080( ) FC34080

90 A 900 A 1700 A FC24090( ) FC34090

100 A 900 A 1700 A FC24100( ) FC34100

FAL/FHL 2P

15–100 A

FAL/FHL 3P

15–100 A

FA 2P

3 in. (76 mm)

Mounting Height

FA 3P

4.5 in. (114 mm)

Mounting Height

F A L 3 6 1 0 0

For factory-installed termination, place

termination letter in the third block of the

circuit breaker catalog number.

Termination Letter

Table 11.7: Phase Options Table 11.8: Interrupting Ratings

Phase Option

Letter 1P 2P 3P Voltage FA FH FC FI

240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac

FA14035A

FA14035B

FA14035C

240 Vac 10 kA 18 kA (1P), 25 kA (2P, 3P) 25 kA 25 kA (1P) 65 kA (2P, 3P) 100 kA 200 kA

277 Vac — 18 kA — — 65 kA —

480 Vac — 18 kA 18 kA 25 kA (2P, 3P) 65 kA 200 kA

FA24030AB

FA24030AC

FA24030BC

600 Vac — — 14 kA 18 kA (2P, 3P) — 100 kA

ABC

CBA FA34030

FA34030CBA

DE2 Discount

Schedule

For pricing contact your local

Schneider Electric distributor.

For pricing contact your local

Schneider Electric distributor.

www.schneider-electric.us

11 OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Obsolescent Circuit

Breakers

K- and Q4-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers

Class 655, 825, 660

NOTE: Consider using PowerPact® circuit breakers for situations requiring circuit breaker accessories.

aUL magnetic trip setting tolerances are ±25% for low and ±20% for high from nominal value shown.

bKC circuit breakers are 480 Vac

c2P and 3P circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding the required phase connection letters as a suffix. See Phase Option Table.

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-26—3-28

OptionalLugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-29—3-30

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-35

Enclosures: see Digest Section 7

Table 11.9: K-Frame—250 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted, 600 Vac

Ampere

Rating

Adjustable AC

Magnetic TripaStandard

Interrupting High

Interrupting Extra-High

InterruptingbTerminal

Wire Range

Low High Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

2P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc

70 350 A 700 A KAL26070 KHL26070 — —

AL250KA

(1) 4 AWG–350 kcmil Al

80 400 A 800 A KAL26080 KHL26080 — —

90 450 A 900 A KAL26090 KHL26090 — —

100 500 A 1000 A KAL26100 KHL26100 — —

110 550 A 1100 A KAL26110 KHL26110 KCL24110

125 625 A 1250 A KAL26125 KHL26125 KCL24125

150 750 A 1500 A KAL26150 KHL26150 KCL24150

175 875 A 1750 A KAL26175 KHL26175 KCL24175

200 1000 A 2000 A KAL26200 KHL26200 KCL24200

225 1125 A 2250 A KAL26225 KHL26225 KCL24225

250 1250 A 2500 A KAL26250 KHL26250 KCL24250

3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc

70 350 A 700 A KAL36070 KHL36070 — —

AL250KA

(1) 4 AWG–350 kcmil Al

80 400 A 800 A KAL36080 KHL36080 — —

90 450 A 900 A KAL36090 KHL36090 — —

100 500 A 1000 A KAL36100 KHL36100 — —

110 550 A 1100 A KAL36110 KHL36110 KCL34110

125 625 A 1250 A KAL36125 KHL36125 KCL34125

150 750 A 1500 A KAL36150 KHL36150 KCL34150

175 875 A 1750 A KAL36175 KHL36175 KCL34175

200 1000 A 2000 A KAL36200 KHL36200 KCL34200

225 1125 A 2250 A KAL36225 KHL36225 KCL34225

250 1250 A 2500 A KAL36250 KHL36250 KCL34250

Table 11.10: K-Frame—250A, Thermal-Magnetic, I-Line® Construction, 600 Vac

Ampere

Rating

Adjustable AC

Magnetic TripaStandard

Interrupting High

Interrupting Extra-High

InterruptingbTerminal

Wire Range

Low High Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

2P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdcc

70 350 A 700 A KA26070( ) KH26070( ) — —

AL250KA

(1) 4 AWG–350 kcmil Al

80 400 A 800 A KA26080( ) KH26080( ) — —

90 450 A 900 A KA26090( ) KH26090( ) — —

100 500 A 1000 A KA26100( ) KH26100( ) — —

110 550 A 1100 A KA26110( ) KH26110( ) KC24110( )

125 625 A 1250 A KA26125( ) KH26125( ) KC24125( )

150 750 A 1500 A KA26150( ) KH26150( ) KC24150( )

175 875 A 1750 A KA26175( ) KH26175( ) KC24175( )

200 1000 A 2000 A KA26200( ) KH26200( ) KC24200( )

225 1125 A 2250 A KA26225( ) KH26225( ) KC24225( )

250 1250 A 2500 A KA26250( ) KH26250( ) KC24250( )

3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc

70 350 A 700 A KA36070 KH36070 — —

AL250KA

(1) 4 AWG–350 kcmil Al

80 400 A 800 A KA36080 KH36080 — —

90 450 A 900 A KA36090 KH36090 — —

100 500 A 1000 A KA36100 KH36100 — —

110 550 A 1100 A KA36110 KH36110 KC34110

125 625 A 1250 A KA36125 KH36125 KC34125

150 750 A 1500 A KA36150 KH36150 KH34150

175 875 A 1750 A KA36175 KH36175 KC34175

200 1000 A 2000 A KA36200 KH36200 KC34200

225 1125 A 2250 A KA36225 KH36225 KC34225

250 1250 A 2500 A KA36250 KH36250 KC34250

Table 11.11: Interrupting Ratings Table 11.12: Phase Options

Voltage KA, KAL KH, KHL KC, KCL KI, KIL Phase Option

Letter 2P 3P

240 Vac 42 kA 65 kA 100 kA 200 kA AB

KA26250AB

KA26250AC

KA26250BC

480 Vac 25 kA 35 kA 65 kA 200 kA

600 Vac 22 kA 25 kA — 100 kA

ABC

CBA KA36250

KA36250CBA

KA/KH/KC 2P and 3P

4.5 in. (114 mm)

Mounting Height

Table 11.13: Walking Beam Mechanical Interlock Componentse

Circuit

Breaker

Prefix

Manually Operated Electrically Operated

Operator

Suffix $ Price

Adder

Walking Beam

Ass'y. Mounting Pan Operator

Suffix $ Price

Adder

Walking Beam

Ass'y. Mounting Pan

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

KAL WB KA4WB KAWBP4 WBMO KA9WB KAWBP9

dWalking Beam Mechanical Interlock requires 2 circuit breakers with WB suffix, 1 walking beam assembly and 1 mounting pan.

eFully enclosed interlocked units are available in Type 1 and Type 3R enclosures, with two neutrals provided in each enclosure. The

completely enclosed assembly is not UL Listed. Consult your nearest Schneider Electric local sales office for more information.

DE2 Discount

Schedule

For pricing contact your local

Schneider Electric distributor.

For pricing contact your local

Schneider Electric distributor.

For pricing contact your local

Schneider Electric distributor.

www.schneider-electric.us

11 OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Obsolescent Circuit

Breakers

Automatic Molded-Case Switches,

Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers for Mining Applications

Class 680, 685

Automatic Molded Case Switches

Automatic molded case switches open instantaneously at a factory preset magnetic trip point, calibrated to protect only

the molded case switch itself, when it is subjected to high fault currents. The trip point is nonadjustable and provides no

overload or low level fault protection.

Molded case switches open when the handle is switched to the OFF position or in response to an auxiliary tripping

device such as a shunt trip.

Automatic switches will accept the same lugs and accessories as equivalent thermal-magnetic circuit breakers.

Automatic molded case switches are UL Listed per UL 489 and are CSA® Certified.

aUL magnetic trip tolerances are -20% / +30% from the nominal values shown.

bKHL automatic switches will not accept cylinder lock attachments.

cThe withstand rating is the fault current at rated voltage that the molded case switch will withstand without damage when protected by a circuit breaker

with an equal continuous current rating.

Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers for Mining Applications

These circuit breakers with the properly selected trip range provide protection for trailing cables in compliance with the

Federal Register for Mining Applications.

The thermal-magnetic circuit breakers listed below have thermally-responsive trip elements in addition to adjustable

instantaneous trip mechanisms. They allow for independent selection of thermal and magnetic trip characteristics. See

selection chart below. For Mag-Gard® instantaneous trip magnetic-only circuit breakers refer to Digest.

dMagnetic trip setting tolerances are -20% and +30% from nominal values shown.

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-26—3-28

OptionalLugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-29—3-30

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-35

Table 11.14: Automatic Molded Case Switches, 600 Vac

Ampere

Rating

2P 3P Withstand RatingcTrip Point (A) Lug Kit

Installed

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 250 Vdc ACaDCa

250 KHL26000MbKHL36000Mb65k 35k 25k 10k 4500 5175 AL250KA

Table 11.15: Circuit Breakers for Mining Applications

Adjustable Magnetic Trip RangedCat. No. $ Price

Low High

400 A 800 A

KAL3608021T 2600.00

KAL3609021T 2600.00

KAL3610021T 2600.00

KAL3611021T 2600.00

KAL3612521T 2600.00

KAL3615021T 2600.00

KAL3617521T 2600.00

KAL3620021T 2600.00

500 A 1000 A

KAL3610022T 2600.00

KAL3611022T 2600.00

KAL3612522T 2600.00

KAL3615022T 2600.00

KAL3617522T 2600.00

KAL3620022T 2600.00

KAL3622522T 2600.00

KAL3625022T 2600.00

625 A 1250 A

KAL3612525T 2600.00

KAL3615025T 2600.00

KAL3617525T 2600.00

KAL3620025T 2600.00

KAL3622525T 2600.00

KAL3625025T 2600.00

750 A 1500 A

KAL3615026T 2600.00

KAL3617526T 2600.00

KAL3620026T 2600.00

KAL3622526T 2600.00

KAL3625026T 2600.00

1125 A 2250 A KAL3622531T 2600.00

KAL3625031T 2600.00

1250 A 2500 A KAL3625032T 2600.00

DE2 Discount

Schedule

For pricing contact your local

Schneider Electric distributor.

www.schneider-electric.us

11 OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Obsolescent Circuit

Breakers

Mag-Gard® Motor Circuit Protector

Class 680, 685

Mag-Gard® Motor Circuit Protector

Instantaneous trip magnetic only circuit breakers have a single adjustment which simultaneously sets the magnetic trip

level of each individual pole. Mag-Gard circuit breakers comply with NEC® requirements for providing motor circuit

protection when installed as part of a UL Listed combination controller having motor overload protection. Interrupting

ratings are established for these UL Recognized Components only when they are used in combination with motor

starters with properly sized overload relays and contactors.

Mag-Gard circuit breakers will accept the same lugs and accessories as equivalent thermal-magnetic circuit breakers.

Mag-Gard circuit breakers are available with I-Line construction. H-construction Mag-Gard circuit breakers are also available.

aUL magnetic trip setting tolerances are -20%/+30% from the nominal values shown.

bNot UL Recognized.

Adjustable instantaneous-trip circuit breakers are intended for use in combination with motor starters with overload

relays for the protection of motor circuits from short circuits. Other specific applications include rectifiers and resistance

welders. These circuit breakers contain a magnetic trip element in each pole with the trip point adjustable from the

front. Interrupting ratings are determined by testing the instantaneous-trip circuit breakers in combination with a

contactor and overload relay.

Select instantaneous-trip circuit breakers as follows:

1. Use selection table for motors, other than NEMA Design E, with locked-rotor indicating code letters per NEC® Table 430.7 (b) as

follows:

For other motors order a special thermal-magnetic circuit breaker with magnetic trip settings for the specific motor— specify motor

horsepower, voltage, frequency, full-load current and code letter or locked rotor current.

2. Determine motor hp rating from the motor nameplate.

3. Refer to the table at right and select an instantaneous-trip circuit breaker with an Ampere rating recommended for the hp and

voltage involved.

4. Select an adjustable trip setting of at least 800%, not to exceed 1300%, of the motor full-load Amperes. (FLA) for other than Design

E motors. For Design E motors, select an adjustable trip setting of at least 1100% not to exceed 1700% of FLA.

5. The NEC 1300% maximum setting may be inadequate for instantaneous-trip circuit breakers to withstand current surges typical of

the magnetization current of autotransformer type reduced voltage starters, or open transition wye-delta starters during transfer

from “start” to “run,” constant hp multi-speed motors, and motors labeled “high efficiency.” Select thermal-magnetic circuit breakers

from Digest page 7-32 for those applications.

6. Part-winding motors, per NEC® 430.3, should have two circuit breakers selected from the above at not more than one half the

allowable trip setting for the horsepower rating. The two circuit breakers should operate simultaneously as a disconnecting means

per NEC 430.103.

aMotor full-load currents are taken from NEC Table 430.150. Select wire and circuit breakers on basis of horsepower rather than nameplate full-load

current per NEC 430.6 (A) for general motor applications. Do not use these values to select overload relay thermal units. See Digest Section 15 for

selection of thermal units when actual full load current is not known. The voltages listed are rated motor voltages. Corresponding nominal system

voltages are 200 to 208, 220 to 240, 440 to 480 and 550 to 600 volts.

bOnly MIN and MAX settings are shown, intermediate settings are available on all circuit breakers.

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-26—3-28

OptionalLugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-29—3-30

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-35

Table 11.16: Magnetic Only 3–1200 A 600 Vac, 50/60 Hz

Ampere

Rating Adjustablea

Trip Range

3P only

Cat. No. $ Price

KAL

150 A 750–1500 A KAL3615026M

250 A

400–800 A

500–1000 A

625–1250 A

750–1500 A

875–1750 A

1000–2000 A

1125–2250 A

1250–2500 A

1500–3000 A

KAL3625021M

KAL3625022M

KAL3625025M

KAL3625026M

KAL3625029M

KAL3625030M

KAL3625031M

KAL3625032M

KAL3625033Mb

Horsepower Motor Code Letters

1/2 or less A–L

3/4 to 1-1/2 A–K

2 to 3 A–J

5 to 25 A–H

30 to 125 A–G

150 or more A–F

Table 11.17: Adjustable Instantaneous-Trip Circuit Breakers for Single Motor Circuit Protection

Hp Ratings of Induction Type

Squirrel-Cage and Wound Rotor Motors Full Load

AmperesaMag-Gard

Circuit Breaker

Cat. No.

Magnetic Trip

Settings b

3Ø 60 Hz ac

200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V MIN MAX

30 92 KAL3625025M 700% 1400%

75 96 KAL3625025M 700% 1300%

100 99 KAL3625025M 600% 1300%

40 104 KAL3625026M 700% 1400%

40 120 KAL3625029M 700% 1500%

100 124 KAL3625029M 700% 1400%

125 125 KAL3625029M 700% 1400%

50 130 KAL3625029M 700% 1300%

150 144 KAL3625030M 700% 1400%

50 150 KAL3625030M 700% 1300%

60 154 KAL3625031M 700% 1500%

125 156 KAL3625031M 700% 1400%

60 177.1 KAL3625032M 700% 1400%

150 180 KAL3625032M 700% 1400%

75 200 192 KAL3625032M 700% 1300%

DE2 Discount

Schedule

For pricing contact your local

Schneider Electric distributor.

www.schneider-electric.us

11 OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Obsolescent Circuit

Breakers

UL Listed Marine and 500 Vdc Circuit Breakers

Class 600

UL Marine Listed Circuit Breakers

A standard for molded case circuit breakers which are intended to be installed and used

aboard a boat or vessel is included in Supplement SA to UL 489, “Standard for Molded

Case Circuit Breakers and Circuit Breaker Enclosures’’ (also referred to as UL product

category DKTY). This UL Standard was established in accordance with U.S. Coast Guard

regulations, applicable American Boat and Yacht Council Inc. publications, and NFPA® 302

“Standard for Motor Craft (Pleasure and Commercial)’’. In order to be UL Listed for marine

use, circuit breakers must not use aluminum or aluminum alloys for terminal connections

and must be calibrated at an ambient temperature of 40 oC. Standard circuit breakers

should not be specified or used in place of marine circuit breakers.

The following table lists those circuit breakers which are UL Marine Listed for use on

vessels over 65 ft. (19.8 m) in length. (PowerPact H and J-frame circuit breakers can also

be used in vessels under 65 ft. [19.8 m] in length.)